Full text of "Mechanical movements, powers, devices and applicances;"

See other formats

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at jhttp : //books . qooqle . com/

»';'':'' ..;-: ;

READY SHORTLY

VOLUME TWO

MechaunicaJ Movements

POWERS. DEVICES AND APPLIANCES

By GARDNKR D. HISCOX, M.E.
About Thirty Chapters. Very' Fully Illustrated

This volume will describe aud illustrate complicated machines, giving the
details of their parts, properly classified and arranged for ready reference
for Engineers, Draughtsmen, Mechanics, Inventors, Patent Attorneys and all
others engaged in the Mechanical Arts

Chapters on Perpetual Motion will he included, giving what has been
done along this line from the earliest times to the present.

A special detailed circular of this book will be sent on request. Address :

NORMAN W. HENLEY & CO., Publishers

132 Nassau Street, New York, U. 5. A.

Mechanical Movements

Powers, Devices and Appliances

COMPRISING

AN ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS AND
DEVICES USED IN CONSTRUCTIVE AND OPERATIVE MACHINERY AND
THE MECHANICAL ARTS, BEING PRACTICALLY A MECHANICAL
DICTIONARY, COMMENCING WITH A RUDIMENTARY DE-
SCRIPTION OF THE EARLY KNOWN MECHANICAL
POWERS AND DETAILING THE VARIOUS
MOTIONS, APPLIANCES AND INVEN-
TIONS USED IN THE ME-
CHANICAL ARTS TO
THE PRESENT
TIME

For the use of Inventors, Mechanics, Engineers, Draughtsmen
and all others interested in any way in Mechanics

4 -i. \ --______

' ; BY

.GARDNER D. HISCOX, M.E.

AUTHOR OF •

' Gas, Gasoline and Oil Engines," " Compressed Air," etc., etc.

Illustrated by Eighteen Hundred Engravings

KSPECIALLY MADE FOR THIS BOOK

Tenth Edition, Revised and Enlarged

By the addition of One Hundred and Fifty New Engravings

NEW YORK

NORMAN W. HENLEY & CO., Publishers

132 Nassau Street

1903

*.\

NORMAN W. HKNI^HY & CO.

NORMAN W. HENLEY & CO.

Macqowan A Slipper

PRINTERS
SO BEEKMAN ST., NEW YORK, N. Y.

PREFACE

The need for an illustrated and condensed work of reference
for the inventor, the mechanical student, the artisan, and the work-
ingman with the ambition of an inquiring mind, has become not
oniy apparent to teachers of mechanics, but a real want among all
who are interested in mechanical thought and work.

It is an interest the growth of which has been greatly encour-
aged by the rapid development of the inventive and mechanical
arts during the past half century.

The increasing inquiries from inventors and mechanics, in
regard to the principles and facts in constructive and operative
mechanics have induced the author to gather such illustrations as
have been found available on the subject of mechanical motions,
devices, and appliances, and to place them in a form for ready
reference with only sufficient text to explain the general principles
of construction and operation, and as a partial exhibit of the
mechanical forms in general use, with a view to place the largest
amount of illustrated information within the limited means of
the humblest seeker after mechanical knowledge.

The field of illustrated mechanics seems almost unlimited,
and with the present effort the author has endeavored partially to
fill a void and thus to help the inquirer in ideal and practical
mechanics, in the true line of research.

Mechanical details can best be presented to the mind by dia-
grams or illustrated forms, and this has been generally acknowl-
edged to be the quickest and most satisfactory method of convey-
ing the exact conditions of mechanical action and construction.

Pictures convey to the inquiring mind by instantaneous com-
parison what detailed description by its successive presentation of
ideas and relational facts fail to do; hence a work that appeals
directly to the eye with illustrations and short attached descrip-
tions, it is hoped, will become the means of an acceptable form of

I l«7.V

mechanical education that appeals to modern wants for the en-
couragement of inventive thought, through the study of illustra-
tions and descriptions of the leading known principles and facts
in constructive art.

The designing of the details of mechanical motion, devices, and
appliances for specific purposes is an endless theme in the con-
structive mind, and if we may be allowed to judge from the vast
number of applications for patents, of which there have been over
a million in the United States alone, and of which over six hundred
thousand have been granted in consideration of their novelty and
utility, the run of mechanical thought seems to have become a vast
river in the progress of modern civilization.

To bring into illustrated detail all the known forms and ele-
ments of construction is not within the limit of a human life ; but
to explore the borders of inventive design through the works that
have passed into record has been the principal aim of the author of
this book.

GARDNER D. HISCOX.

PREFACE TO TENTH EDITION.

The success of the previous editions of this work warrants
the issue of this edition in enlarged and improved form, in which
more than one hundred and fifty up-to-date mechanical move-
ments and devices have been added, making it a most useful
book of. reference for those engaged in mechanical studies and
pursuits, notably inventors and designers of machinery, in fact,
for all who are interested in mechanics and its devices.

May, 1903. GARDNER D. HISCOX.

CONTENTS.

SECTION I.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

Weight, Resolution of Forces, Pressures, Levers, Pulleys, Tackle.
The Resolution of Suspension — Lever Paradox — The Lever and Its Power—
The Inclined Plane — The Wedge — The Screw — Worm Gear or Endless Screw
—Chinese Wheel— Tackle Blocks — Chinese Windlass— Chinese Shaft Derrick —
Compound Weight Motor — Rope Twist Lever — Spanish Windlass — Rope Grip
Hook — Guy Rope Clip and Thimble— Rope End — Hemp Rope End ... 1 5 to 26

SECTION II.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

k*PES, Belts, Friction Gear, Spur, Bevel, and Screw Gear.
Alternating Circular Motion — Circular Motion — Eccentric Crank — Capstan, or
Vertical Windlass — Steering Gear — Jumping Motion — Rope Sprocket Wheel — ■
V-Grooved Rope Pulley — Rope Transmission— Vibratory Motion — Transmission
by Rope — Transmission by Rope to a Portable Drill or Swing Saw — Horizontal
Rope Transmission — Rope Transmission — Rope Transmission to a Movable
Shaft — Vertical Tension Carriage — Belt Lacing — Novel Belt Lacing — Over-
and Over Lacing — Interlocking Belt Lacing — Cross Lacing — Sectional Belt Lac-
ing—Quarter Twist Belt— Full Twist Belt— Full Twist or Cross Belt— Belting
to a Shaft at any Angle — Quarter Twist Return Belt — Change Speed Step
Pulleys — Cone Pulleys — Curved Cone Pulleys — Shifting Device for Cone Pulleys
— Belt Transmission — Belt Transmission of Power — Variable Transmission of
Motion — Stop, Driving, and Reversing Motion — Two Speed Pulleys and Belts —
Pulleys, Combined with a Differential Gear — Transmission of Two Speeds —
Two-Speed Gear — Variable Speed or Cone Gearing — Transmission of Power
— Frictional Rectilinear Motion — Variable Rotary Motion — Variable Motion
— Friction Gear — Transmission of Variable Speed — Variable Speed Gear —
Transmission of Rotary Motion — Combination of Friction Gear — Grooved Fric-
tion Gearing — Variable Motion — Transmission of Circular Motion — Three Crank
Link— Sprocket Wheel and Chain— link Belt and Pulley— Toothed Link Chain
and Pulley— Step Gear— V-Toothed Gearing— Oblique Tooth Gear— V-Toothed
Gear — Split Spur Gear — Star Wheel Gear — Elastic Spur Gear — Internal Spur
Gear and Pinion — Bevel Gears — Crown Wheel — Spiral Gearing — Oblique, Spur,
and Bevel Gear — Oblique Bevel Gear — Gear Train — Worm Gear — Skew Worm
and Wheel Gear — Uniform Intermittent Motion — Variable Speed Bevel Gear.

27 to 43

2 CONTENTS.

SECTION III.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

Speed, Pressure, Weight, Numbers, Quantities, and Appliances.
Prohy Brake — The Prony Brake Rule—" Webber " Dynamometer — Measure-
ment of Power — "Tatham's" Dynamometer — Bell-Crank Dynamometer —
" Neer's " Rotary Transmitting Dynamometer — " Van Winkle's " Power Meter —
Traction Recording Dynamometer — Friction Machine — Torsion Dynamometer-
Tensile Testing Machine — Bourdon Pressure Gauge — Corrugated Tube- Pressure
Gauge — Recording Pressure Gauge — Parallel Motion of the Indicator — Parallel
Motion for the Indicator — "Amsler " Planimeter — " Lippincott " Planimeter —
Centrifugal Speed Indicator — Speed Indicator — Meter Dial — Automatic Tipping
Scale — Double Link Balanced Scale — Differential Weighing Beam — Engine
Counter — Operation of a Counter — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Tire Measure
Counter 44 to 54

SECTION IV.

STEAM POWER.

Boilers and Adjuncts, Engines, Valves and Valve Gear, Parallel
Motion Gear, Governors and Engine Devices, Rotary Engines,
Oscillating Engines.
"Stevens" Boiler — Plain Cylindrical Boilers — Hanging Water Drum Cylindrical
Boiler — Cylindrical Double Flue Boiler — Internally Fired Flue Boiler — Hori-
zontal Tubular Boiler — Locomotive Boiler — Marine Boiler — " Eclipse " Return
Tubular Marine Boiler — " Galloway" Boiler — Internal Fired Cylindrical Tubular
Boiler—'* Dion " Vehicle Boiler—" Babcock and Wilcox " Water Tube Boiler—
*« Harrison " Boiler— Submerged Head Vertical Boiler — " Herreshoff " Boiler —
" Thornycrof t " Boiler— 1 ' See " Water Tube Boiler—" Yarrow " Water Tube
Boiler—" Boyer's" Water Tube Boiler—" Hazelton" Boiler— " Climax " Boiler—
' " Moyes" Water Tube Boiler—" Wheeler" Vertical Tube Boiler—" Cahall " Ver-
tical Water Tube Boiler— Vertical Water Tube Boiler— Boiler of the " Serpollet "
Tricycle—" Serpollet's" Steam Generator—" Serves " Boiler Tube— Shaking and
Tipping Furnace Grate — Shaking Grate for a Boiler Furnace — Furnace Grate
with Dumping Sections — " Columbia" Stoker — "Playford" Mechanical Stoker —
" American " Boiler Stoker — Mechanical Stoker—" Jones " Model of a Mechan-
ical Stoker — " Meissner " Model of a Mechanical Stoker for a Furnace — Feed
Worm and Air Blast — Petroleum Burner — Pop Safety Valve — Differential Seat
Safety Valve — Safety Valve — Original Form of the ^Eolipile or Hero's Steam
Engine — Steeple Engine — Vertical Engine, with Bell-Crank Lever — Inclined
Paddle- Wheel Engine — Diagonal Twin-Screw Engine — Twin-Screw Vertical
Cylinder Engine — Trunk Engine — Oscillating Engine — Compound Oscillating
Engine — Oscillating Hoisting Engine — Three-Cylinder Engine — Tandem Com*
pound Vertical Engine — Compound Engines — Compound Yacht Engine —
High-Speed Tandem Compound Engine — Modern High-Speed Engine-
Single D Slide Valve— Balanced Slide Valve— Double-Ported Slide Valve—

CONTENTS. 3

44 Meyer " Cut-off Valve— Single D Slide Valve— Gridiron Slide Valve — Rotary
Valves — Steam Engine Valve Chest — Balanced Slide Valve — Balanced Slide
Valve (Buchanan & Richter's Patent)— " Richardson-Allen " Balanced Slide
Valve— Balanced Throttle Valve— Wing Throttle Valve— Multiple Port Piston
Throttle Valve — " Corliss M Valve Gear — Locomotive Link-Motion Valve Gear
— Walschaert's Valve Gear — Reversing Link Motion — Valve Gear — "Joy's"
Valve Gear — " Bremme " Valve Gear — Single Eccentric Valve Gear — Cam-Bar
Valve Movement — Valve Gear of a Cornish Engine — Variable Expansion Gear
—Single Eccentric Variable Valve Throw—" Allen " Valve Lift or Toe — Tappet
Lever Valve Motion — Starting Lever — Simple Unhooking Device — Simple Re-
versing Gear — "Joy's" Hydraulic Shifting Eccentric — Shifting Eccentric —
Valve Motion Fccentric — " Peaucellier's " Parallel Motion — Parallel Motion
— " Cartwright's " Parallel Motion— Cross-Head Slide — Rack Gear Parallel
Motion — "Watt" Governor — Compensating Governor — Gravity Centrifugal
Governor — Engine Governor — Centrifugal Ball Governor — Inverted Governor
— Direct-Acting Centrifugal Governor — Spring Balanced Centrifugal Governor
— Parabolic Governor — " Anderson's " Gyroscope Governor — "Horizontal Cen-
trifugal Governor — Vane or Wing Governor — Governor for a Steam Engine —
Differential Governor — " Huntoon " Governor — " Proell " Governor — " Porter"
■Governor — "Richardson" Governor — Principle of the ** Pickering" Governor
— " Pickering " Governor — Pulley or Fly-Wheel Governor — Crank-Shaft Gover-
nor — Fly-Wheel or Pulley Governor — Slotted Cross-Head — Trammel Crank —
Crank-Pin Lubricator — Centrifugal Crank-Pin Oiler — Centrifugal Lubricating
Device — "Cochrane" Rotary Engine — "Franchot" Rotary Engine — Double
Slide Piston Rotary Engine — "Lamb" Rotary Engine — "Cochrane" Rotary
Engine — Rotary Engine — " Napuer " Rotary Engine — Roller Piston Rotary
Engine — " Cochrane " Rotary Engine — " Boardman " Rotary Engine — " Smith"
Rotary Engine— " Berrenburg " Rotary Engine — "Fletcher's" Rotary Con-
densing Engine — "Bartrum and Powell" Rotary Engine — "Ritter" Rotary
Engine— " Holly " Rotary Engine— " Stocker " Rotary Engine— " Forrester "
Rotary Engine — " Kipp" Rotary Piston Engine — " Ruth's " Rotary P^ngine —
41 Almond " Engine — Rotating Cylinder Engine — Rotary Multicylinder Engine
— "Bates" Compound Vibrating Engine — "Davies"' Disc Engine — "Reu-
leaux " Engine or Pump — " Link" Vibratory Engine — Oscillating Piston Engine
— Vibrating Piston Engine — " Knickerbocker " Four Piston Rotary Engine —
44 Root's" Double Quadrant Engine — "Root's" Square Piston Engine —
"Dake" Square Piston Engine — "Wilkinson's" Steam Turbine — "Dow"
Steam Turbine—" De Laval " Steam Turbine—" Parsons' " Steam Turbine.

55 to ioo

SECTION V.
STEAM APPLIANCES.
Injectors, Steam Pumps, Condensers, Separators, Traps, and Valves.
"Peerless" Injector — " Shaeffer and Budenberg" Injector — "National"
Automatic Injector— " Metropolitan " Injector — " Lunkenheimer " Injector —
"Eberman" Injector— "Nathan " Injector — "Little Giant" Injector— " Pen-
berthy" Special Injector— "Park" Injector— " Sellers'" Restarting Injector

4 CONTENTS.

— " Little Giant " Locomotive Injector — " Metropolitan " Double-Tube Injector
— " Brownley " Injector — " Leader " Injector—' 4 Excelsior " Injector — " Kort-
ing" Injector — " Hancock " Inspirator — Ball-Valve Injector—" Hancock " Loco-
motive Inspirator — " Standard " Injector — " Sellers' " Self-Adjusting Injector —
Steam Pump—" Misch's " Valve Tappet — Independent Jet Condenser Pump-
Ejector Condenser — Exhaust Jet Condenser — Balanced Reducing Valve — Pre-
sure Reducing Valve — " Foster " Pressure Reducing Valve — " Hotchkiss " Boiler
Cleaner — Feed-Water Heater — Steam Separator— Filter for Boiler — Return
Steam Trap— Spring Steam Trap— Steam Trap— "Bundy" Steam Trap-
Steam Trap with Valve — " Heintz " Steam Trap—" Moran's " Flexible Steam
Joint — Corrugated Expansion Coupling — Flanged Expansion Joint — Auto-
matic Relief Valve — Horizontal Swing Check Valve — Globe Valve — Exhaust
Steam Head — Centrifugal Exhaust Head 101 to 114

SECTION VI.

MOTIVE POWER.

Gas and Gasoline Engines, Valve Gear and Appliances, Connecting
Rods and Heads.
Gasoline Engine — Sectional Plan of a Gasoline Engine — Simple Gas or Gasoline
Engine — Gasoline Engine Valve Gear — "Union" Model Gas Engine — Gasoline
Carriage Motor — Vertical Gasoline Engine — Vertical Kerosene Oil Engine —
"Diesel" Motor— Vertical "Gas Engine — Street Railway Gas Motor Passenger Car
— Gasoline Motor Car — Valve Gear — Double-Grooved Eccentric Valve Gear for
a Four-cycle Gas Engine — Plumb-Bob Governor — Inertia Governor — Pendulum
Governor — Differential Cam Throw — Governor and Variable Cam — Inlet
Valve — Gas Engine Valve Gear — Gasoline Vaporizer — Carburetter — Automatic
Oiler — Uniform Automatic Oiler — Crank-Rod Head Adjustment — Trunk Piston
Rod — Connecting Rod Head — Connecting Rod End — Solid Strap End — Steel
Ball Adjustment — Solid End Connecting Rod — Forked End Connecting Rod
— Adjustable Link — Link or Connecting Rod 115 to 127

SECTION VII.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

Water Wheels, Turbines, Governors, Impact Wheels, Pumps, Rotary
Pumps, Siphons, Water Lifts, Ejectors, Water Rams, Meters, Indi-
cators, Pressure Regulators, Valves, Pipe Joints, Filters
Overshot Water Wheel — Iron Overshot Wheel — Undershot Water Wheel —
Saw-Mill Water Wheel— Breast Water Wheel— Flutter Wheel— Barker Wheel
— Current Motor — Current Water Wheel — Fixed Bucket Water-Raising Cur-
rent Wheel— Bucketed Water-Raising Current Wheel— Current Wheel Water
Lift — Drainage W 7 heel — Persian Wheel — Ancient Water Lift — "Archimedian "
Screw Water Lift— Volute Turbine— High Pressure Turbine— " Leffel" Dou
ble-Runner Turbine — "Jonval" Turbine — Turbine and Gate — "Lancaster"
Turbine—" Munson" Double Turbine— " Camden " Turbine—" Model " Turbine

CONTENTS. 5

«
—"Swain" Turbine — "Warren" Central Discharge Turbine — "Fourneron"
Turbine — Belt Water-Wheel Governor — Water Wheel Governor — Impact
Water Wheel— -Pelton Water Wheel — Buckets of a Pelton Water Wheel-
Power of Water — Compound Beam Pumping Engine — " Dean " Steam Pump
— Worthington Duplex Pump— Half -Yoke Connection — Yoke Connection —
Reversing Movement — Double-Acting Lift and Force Pump— Double-Acting
Differential Pump— Lift and Force Pump— Tramp Pumping Device — Lift Pump
— Double Lantern Bellows Pump or Blower — Diaphragm Pump—" Fairburn "
Bailing Scoop— Pendulum Water Lift — Chain Pump— Reciprocating Motion —
Well Pulley and Buckets — Swape, or New Engine Sweep — Parallel Motion —
" Golding" Centrifugal Pump—" Quimby" Screw Pump— Rotary Pump — " Pap-
penheim " Rotary Pump—" Repsold " Rotary Pump— Tri-Axial Rotary Pump
— Rotary Pump or Motor — "Cary" Rotary Pump— Vacuum Jet Condenser
and Rotary Pump—*' Ramelli " Rotary Pump—" Heppel " Rotary Pump —
" Emeru " Rotary Pump—" Knott " Rotary Pump—" Pattison " Rotary Pump
— ''Cochrane" Rotary Pump — Hydraulic Transmission of Power — Siphon —
Ejector or Jet Pump— Automatic Water Ejector — Automatic Sprinkler —
Hydraulic Ram — "PearsalTs" Hydraulic Ram and Air Compressor — bilent
Hydraulic Ram — Double-Piston Reaction Hydraulic Ram — Water Meter — Disc
Water Meter — Water Velocity Indicator and Register — Anchored Ferry Boat —
" Mueller " Water-Pressure Regulator — " Mason " Water-Pressure Regulator —
Pump Water-Pressure Regulating Valve — Hydraulic Press — Hydrostatic Press
— Hydraulic Intensifier — Portable Hydraulic Riveter — Hydraulic Rail Bender
— Hydraulic Rail Punch — Hydraulic Elevator Lift — Horizontal Hydraulic
Elevator Lift — Hydraulic Pulling Jack — Water Purifying Filter — Reversible
Filter — Filtering Cistern — Upward Flow Filter — Domestic Filter — Porous
Water Filter— Stoneware Filter—" Ward " Flexible Pipe Joint— Flexible Ball
Joint — Flexible Pipe Joints — Universal Pipe Joint — Toggle Clip Pipe Joint —
Bibb— Disc Valve and Guard — Double-Beat Disc Valve — Hydraulic Valve —
Multiple Ball Valve— Multiple Ring Valve— Double-Beat Pump Valve— Vibra-
ting Motion — Variable Compensating Weights — Sand Auger — Driven Well — -
Automatic Flush Sewer Tank — Atomizer — Ball and Jet Nozzle — Spray Jet
Nozzle — Hero's Fountain — " Chapman" Aspirator or Vacuum Pump— Hy-
draulic Lift 128 to 162

SECTION VIII.
AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

Windmills, Bellows, Blowers, Air Compressors, Compressed Air Tools,
Motors, Air Water Lifts, Blowpipes.
Aneroid Barometer, Box Kite — Curved Vane Windmill or Motor — Feathering
Windmill — Hemispherical Cup Windmill — Windmill of our Grandfathers —
Windmill and Steel Tower — Modern Windmill — Ancient Windmill — Electric
Windmill Plant — Smith's Circular Bellows — Double Organ-Blowing Bellows
— Three-Throw Bellows — Foot Bellows — Fan Blower — " Hodges M Compound
Blower— "Wedding" Rotary Blower— " Fabry " Rotary Blower— " Root w
Rotary Blower — Hydraulic Air Compressor — Piston Hydraulic Air Compressor
— Tromp or Hydraulic Air Blast — Air Compressor — Hydraulic Air Compressor

6 CONTENTS.

— Automatic Air Compressor — Water-Jet Air Compressor — Trunk Air Com-
pressor — Duplex Steam- Actuated Air Compressor — Compound Air Com-
pressor — Duplex Air Compressor — Toggle-Joint Duplex Air Compressor —
Air Compressor Cylinder — Piston and Valves — Air-Compressing Cylinder —
Air Compressor Governor — Air-Cooling Receiver — Single Valve Air Pump —
Crank Equalizing Angle — Crank Equalizing Angle in Air Compression— Direct
Air Pressure Pump — Compressed Air Water Elevator — Raising Sunken Ves-
sels — Compressed Air Lift System — Compressed Air Power — Compound
Pneumatic Locomotive — Pneumatic Paint Sprayer — Portable Fire Ex-
tinguisher — Fire Extinguisher — Compressed Air Lift — Duplex Pneumatic
Riveter — Pneumatic Hammer — "Hotchkiss" Atmospheric Hammer — "Grim-
shaw " Compressed Air Hammer — Compressed Air Sheepshearing Machine —
Portable Riveter — Pneumatic Portable Riveter — Pneumatic Breast Drill —
Pneumatic Motor Drill Stock — Air and Gasoline Torch — Torch Soldering Cop-
per — Air and Gasoline Vapor Brazer — Air and Gasoline Brazing Apparatus —
Double Cone Ventilator — Spiral Vane or Cowl — Wind Instruments. 163 to 186

SECTION IX.
ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

Generators, Motors, Wiring, Controlling and Measuring, Lighting,
Electric Furnaces, Fans, Searchlight, and Electric Appliances.
Series Wound Motor or Generator — Electric Generator Construction — Single-
Pole Shunt Generator — Four- Pole Ring Armature — Ring Armature — Two- Pole
or Shuttle Spool Armature — Shuttle Armature — Multiple Brush Commutator —
Bipolar Shunt Generator — Four-Pole Compound Generator — Electric Gener-
ator Construction — Consequent-Pole Compound Generator — Triple-Expansion
Engine and Multipolar Dynamo— Direct-Connected Vertical Compound Engine
— Flexible Coupling — Car Truck Motors — Electric Fusible Cut-Out — Rheostat
or Resistance Coils — Trolley Car — Sectional Feeder System — Street Railway
Single Motor — Electric Car Brake — Electric Street-Car Brake — Electric Igniter
— Sparking Dynamo— Magneto-Electric Machine — Electric Thermostat — Tele-
phone Transmitter — Telephone Receiver — Electric Gas Lighter — Pocket Elec-
tric Light — Arc Light and Regulating Gear — Luminous Fountain — Electric
Heater — Electric Soldering Copper — Electric Sad Iron — Electric Searchlight —
Electric Furnace — Open-top Electric Furnace — "Siemens" Electric Gas Fur-
nace— 44 Cowles " Electric Furnace — Electric Welding Plant — Portable Electric
Motor Drill Plant — Electric Perforating Pen— Electric Hoist — Electric Brake
— Electric Rock Drill — Electric Fan — Electric-Driven Fan 187 to 202

SECTION X;

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

Vessels, Sails, Rope Knots, Paddle Wheels, Propellers, Road Scrapers

and Rollers, Vehicles, Motor Carriages, Tricycles, Bicycles, and

Motor Adjuncts.

Leg-of-Mutton Sail — Skip Jack — Square or Lug Sail — Lateen Rig — Split Lug

or Square Sail — Two-Masted or Dipping Lug — Newport Cat-Boat — Sloop—

CONTENTS. 7

Lateen-Rigged Felucca — Pirogue — Three-Quarter Lug Rig — " Sliding Gunter"
— Skiff Yawl Rig— Sloop Yawl— Jib Topsail Sloop— The Cutter— Schooner
Rig — Full Schooner Rig — Topsail Schooner — Club Topsail Rig — Hermaphro-
dite Brig — A Brigantine — A Barkentine — Full-Rigged Brig — A Bark — Full-
Rigged Ship— Ice Boat— Rope Knots and Hitches — Clove Hitch— Half Hitch
— Timber Hitch — Square or Reef Knot — Stevedore Knot — Slip Knot — Flem-
ing Loop — Bowline Knot — Carrick Bend — Sheet Bend and Toggle — Sheet
Bend— Overhand Knot— Figure Eight Knot— Double Knot— Blackwall Tackle
Hitch — Fisherman's Bend Hitch — Round Turn and Half Hitch — Chain Stop
— Disengaging Hook — Slip Hook — Releasing Hook — Boat-Detaching Hook-
Swinging Oar-lock — Pivoted Steps — Screw Anchor — Floating Lighthouse —
Stone Dry-Dock — Floating Dry-Dock — Feathering Paddle Wheel or Water
Motor— Vertical Bucket Paddle Wheel— Feathering Paddle Wheel — Outward
Thrust Propeller Wheel — Screw Propeller — Reversing Propeller — Reversing
Screw Propeller— Screw Propulsion — Thrust Bearing — " Silver's " Marine Gov-
ernor — Deep-Sea Sounding Ball — Sounding Weight Release — Sampler Sounding
Weight — Submarine Lamp— Road Builders' Level — Road Machine — Reversible
Road Roller — Road Roller — Single Eccentric Reversing Gear — Elastic Wheel
— Spring Wheel — Application of Trace Springs — " Serpollet's " Steam Tricycle
— Steam Fire Engine — Jacketless Gasoline Carriage Motor — Gasoline Motor
Carriage — Light Electric Carriage — Electric Phaeton — Electric Brougham —
Differential Gear — Baby-Carrier Tricycle — Electric Tricycle — Ice Bicycle —
Bicycle Gear — Bicycle Crank — Swinging Bali-Bearing Bicycle Pedal — A. F.
Haven's Planetary Crank Gear — Detachable Link Chain — Ball-Bearing Problem
— Acetylene Bicycle Lamp— Bicycle Lamp 203 to 225

SECTION XL

GEARING.

Racks and Pinions; Spiral, Elliptical and Worm Gear; Differential
and Stop-Motion Gear; Epicyclical and Planetary Trains; "Fer-
guson's" Paradox.
Ordinary Rack and Pinion — Doubling the Length of a Crank Stroke — Sawmill
Feed — Rack Motion — Air-Pump Movement — Circular Rack — Rectilinear
Vibrating Motion — Vertical Drop Hammer — Sector Pinion and Double Rack
—Reciprocating Motions — Crank Substitute — Alternate Circular Motion —
Quick Back Motion — Alternate Rectilinear Motion — Reciprocating Rectilinear
Motion — Mangle Rack — Mangle Wheel — Mangle Wheel Gear — Continuous
Rotary Motion — Mangle Machine Gear — Worm Screw Rack — Rotary Motion
—Adjustable Feed Rolls — Saw-Tooth Worm Gear— Right- and Left-Hand
Worm Gear — Three-Part Worm Screw — Traversing Motion — Globoid Spiral
Gear Wheels — Internal Worm-Gear Wheel — Worm-Gear Pinion — Anti-Fric-
tion Worm Gear — Release Rotary Motion — Release Cam — Hunting Tooth
Worm Gear — Differential Screw and Gear Movement — Complex Alternating
Reciprocal Motion — Two-Toothed Pinion— Pin Wheel and Slotted Pinion-
Variable Rotary Motion — Scroll Gear — Spiral Hoop Gear — Accelerated Cir-
1 cular Motion — Roller-Bearing Gear Teeth — Ball Gear — Spiral Gearing — Ex-

S CONTENTS.

panding Pulley — Concentric Differential Speed — Differential Motions— Differen
tial Gear — Doubling the Number of Revolutions on One Shaft — Multiple Gear
Speed — Variable Throw Traversing Bar — Revolution of a Pinion — Differential
Speed — Capstan Gear — Slow Forward and Quick Back Circular Motion — Geared
Grip Tongs — Variable Circular Motion — Elliptical Spur Gear — Elliptical Gear
Wheel — Irregular Circular Motion — Variable Reciprocating Motion — Alternat-
ing Rectilinear Motion — Intermittent Motion of Spur Gear — Spiral Stop- Motion
Gear — Fast and Slow Motion Spur Gear — Intermittent Gears — Intermittent
Rotary Motion — Irregular Vibratory Motion — Variable Vibrating Motion —
Motion by Rolling Contact — Variable Sectional Motion — Uniform Speed of
Sectional Spur Gear — Scroll Gearing — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Stop Roller
Motion — Change Gear Motion — Differential Driving Gear — Equalizing Pulley
— Equalizing Gear — Doubling a Revolution on Same Shaft — Continuous Shaft
Motion— Alternating Motion — Eccentric Wheel Train — Epicyclic Gear — Epi-
cyclic Train — Automatic Clutch Motion for Reversing — Eccentric Gear — Sun
and Planet Crank Motion — High-Speed Epicyclic Train — Sun and Planet
Winding Gear — Epicyclic Gear Train — Compound Epicyclic Train — Planetary
Motion — Planetary Gear Train — " Ferguson's " Mechanical Paradox. 227 to 250

SECTION XII.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

Ratchets and Pawls, Cams, Cranks, Intermittent and Stop Motions,
Wipers, Volute Cams, Variable Cranks, Universal Shaft Couplings,
Gyroscope.
Ratchet Bar Lift — Ratchet Lift — Ratchet Governor — Rotary Motion — Inter-
mittent Circular Motion — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Double Pawl Ratchet
— Continuous Feed of a Ratchet — Double-Pawl Ratchet Wheel — Intermittent
Rotary Motion — Intermittent Circular Motion — Ratchet Intermittent Motion —
Pawl lift — Oscillating Motion — Continuous Rotary Motion — Intermittent
Motion — Windlass Grip Pawl — Ratchet and Level Pawl — Internal Multiple
Cam — Ratchet Head — Reciprocal Circular Motion — Ball Socket Ratchet —
Continuous Motion Ratchet — Stops of Various Forms — Stops for a Spur Gear —
Stops for a Lantern Wheel — Safety Centrifugal Hooks — Crank Motion —
Centrifugal Safety Catch for Hoisting Drums — Stop Motion — Variable Recipro-
cating Motion — Irregular Rocking Motion — Rocking Arm — Yoke Strap —
Triangular Curved Eccentric — Triangular Eccentric — Reciprocating Motion —
Uniform Reciprocating Motion — Needle-Bar Slot Cam — Slotted Yoke — Crank
Motion — Trammel Gear — Slotted I^ever Motion — Intermittent Reciprocating
Motion — Variable Crank Throw — Variable Adjustment — Four-Bolt Cam —
Equalizing Tension Spring and Lever — Alternating Rectilinear Motion — Tra-
verse Bar — Rectilinear Motion — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Vibrating
Toothed Wheel — "Lazy Tongs" Movement — Quadrangular Rectilinear Mo-
tion — Parallel Motion — Intermittent Motion — Rocking Escapement — Rotary
and Longitudinal Motion — Reciprocating Feed Ratchet — Friction Rod Feed
Ratchet — Friction Hauling Ratchet — Cam-Lever Grip — Lever Toggle Joint —
Single Toggle Arm Letter-Press — Toggle-joint Cam Movement — Double-Screw

CONTENTS. 9

Toggle Press — Screw Stamping Press — Multiple Return Grooved Cylinder — Re-
ciprocating Rectilinear Motion — Rectilinear Motion — Six Radial Grooved Tram-
mel — Rectilinear Reciprocating Motion — Rocking Motion — Pair of Toe Levers
— Wiper Cam for Stamp Mills — Angular Wipers — Equalizing Levers or Toes —
Variable Crank Motion — Spiral-Grooved Face Plate — Lever — Cam Sectors —
Gear-Disengaging Cam I/ever — Oblique Disc Motion — Grooved Cylinder Cam —
Traverse Motion — Four-Motion Feed, of Wheeler and Wilson and other Sewing-
machines — Reciprocating Rectilinear Motion — Quick Reciprocating Rectilinear
Motion — Cylindrical Cam — Cam-Operated Shears — Irregular Cam Motion —
Vibrating Rectilinear Motion — Irregular Vibrating Circular Motion — Clover-
Leaf Cam — Power Escapement — Rotary Motion — Irregular Reciprocating
Motion — Bevelled Disc Cam — Grooved Heart Cam — Heart-Shaped Groove-
Laying out a Heart Cam — Cam Motion — Double Cam Motion — Pivoted Fol-
lower — Reciprocating Motion — Ovoid Curve — Variable Power Transmitted
from a Crank — Elliptical Crank — Curvilinear Motion — Spring Lathe-Wheel
Crank — " Brownell " Crank Motion — Ordinary Crank Motion — Eccentric and
Straps for Valve Motion — Reciprocating Motion — Variable Circular Motion —
Irregular Motion — Variable Power Vibrating Movement — Variable Crank Pin
— Variable Rectilinear Motion — Variable Crank Throw — Variable Radius
Lever — Combination Crank-Motion Curves — Flexible Angular Coupling —
Sliding Contact — Shaft Coupling — Rectilinear Motion — Angular Shaft Coupling
— Universal Joint — Double Link Universal Joint — Universal Angle Coupling
— "Almond" Angular Shaft Coupling—" Hooke's" Angular Shaft Coupling-
Rack and Pinion Movement — Gyroscope— Globe Gyroscope — Tension Helico-
Volute Spring — Double Helico- Volute Spring — Compression Helical Spring
—Single Volute Helix Spring — Compound Disc Spring 251 to 279

SECTION XIII.

HOROLOGICAL.

Clock and Watch Movements and Devices.

Cycloidal Pendulum Movement — Compensating Pendulum Bob— Compound
Compensating Pendulum — Centrifugal Pendulum— Antique Clock Escapement
— Crown Tooth Escapement — Double Ratchet-Wheel Escapement — Star-
Wheel Escapement — Anchor Escapement — Recoil Escapement — Pendulum
Escapement— Stud Escapement — Lantern-Wheel Escapement — Pin-Wheel Es-
capement — Hook-Tooth Escapement — Single-Pin Pendulum Escapement —
Three-Toothed Escapement — Detached Pendulum Escapement — Mudge
Gravity Escapement — Tri-Toothed Pendulum Escapement — " Harrison "
Winding Device — Double Tri-Toothed Pendulum Escapement — "BloxamV
Gravity Escapement — Dead-Beat Clock Escapement — Endless Cord-
Winding Device for Clocks — Clock Train — Compensation Watch Balance —
Watch Regulator — Antique Watch Escapement — Verge Escapement — Cylinder
Escapement — Duplex Escapement — Jewelled Detached Lever Escapement —
41 Guernsey" Escapement — Anchor and Lever Escapement — Lever Escapement
— Lever Chronometer Escapement — "Arnold" Chronometer Escapement — Fusee

IO CONTENTS.

Chain and Spring Drum — Chronometer Escapement — " Geneva" Stop— Geared
Watch Stop— Watch Stop— Stem- Winding Movement— Pin-Geared Watch
Stop— Watch Train 281 to 293

SECTION XIV.

MINING.

Quarrying, Ventilation, Hoisting, Conveying, Pulverizing, Separating,.
Roasting, Excavating, and Dredging.
Diamond Prospecting Drill — Rock Drill — Diamond Well-Boring Machine —
Portable Diamond Drill — Arc Tappet Valve Motion — Tappet Valve, for a Rock
Drill— Rock Drill— Rock Drill with Balanced Piston Valve— Coal-Cutting
Machine— Link Chain Cutter — Drill for Curved Holes — Box- Wing Blower —
Multiplex Butterfly Valve — Steam-Driven Ventilating Fan — Miner's Safety "
Lamp — Horse-Power Hoisting Drum — Steam Hoisting Engine— Strap Brake-
Elevator Tower — Horizontal Boom Tower — Mast and Gaff Hoist — Coal-Load-
ing Tipple — "Otis Stop" for Elevator Cara — Elevator Dumping Head — Mining
Buckets and Skip — Belt Conveyer — Chain Scraper Conveyer — Cable Conveyer
— Driving Mechanism — Log Conveyer — Rope Tramway — Automatic Dumping
Car — Toggle Joint — Stone Crusher — " Buchanan " Rock Crusher — Roller Coal
Crusher— Eight-Stamp Ore Mill— Rolling Crusher— "Arastra" Ore Mill—
"Chili" Mill— Pulverizing Ball and Pan Mill— Revolving Pulverizing Mill —
Hydraulic Balanced Giant Nozzle — Coal Dust Press — Klondike Mining Machine
— Gold Separator — Centrifugal Separator — Magnetic Ore Separator — Iron Ore
Separator — Railway Steam Shovel — Magnetic Ore Separators ( Hoffman-Edison
Types) — Ore Roasting Furnace — Railway Excavator — Railway Steam Shovel —
Continuous Ditching Dredge — Clam-Shell Bucket— Revolving Hoisting Dredge
— Floating Dredge— Marine Dredge , 295 to 31a

SECTION XV.
MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

Hangers, Shaft Bearings, Ball Bearings, Steps, Couplings, Universal.

and Flexible Couplings, Clutches, Speed Gear, Shop Tools, Screw

Threads, Hoists, Machines, Textile Appliances.
Adjustable Bracket Hanger— Adjustable Floor Bearing — Adjustable Post
Hanger — Adjustable Floor Stand — Continuous Traversing Roller — Roller
Wheel Anti-Friction Bearing— Ball Bearings — Adjustable Hanger for Shafting —
Screw Traversing Ball Bearing— Hanging Shaft— Suspended Shaft — Curved
Step Bearing — Conical Pivot Bearing— Lubrication of a Hanging Bearing —
Vertical Shaft Step— Shaft Step Adjustment— Adjustable Step Bearing— Collar
Bearing and Step — Oil Circulating Step — Lenticular Bearing — Spherical Step.
Bearing— Angle Coupling— a Oldham " Coupling— Flexible Link Coupling —
Flexible Shaft Coupling— Angle Shaft Coupling— Universal Joint— "HookeV
Universal Joint—" Goubet's M Universal Shaft Coupling — Ball Socket Universal
Joints— Right-Angle Shaft Coupling— Right- Angle Shaft Coupling (" Hobson *

CONTENTS. I L

Patent) — Eccentric Line Coupling— Simple Friction Pulley — Friction Clutch —
V-Grooved Face Clutch— Clutch and Gear— Cone Clutch— Multiple Plate Fric-
tion Clutch — Pin Clutch— Friction Pin Clutch— Friction Clutch Bevel Gear-
Spring Friction Clutch— Double Toggle-joint Friction Clutch — Adjustable Fric-
tion Clutch— Double Conic Rope Drum —Variable Speed Device — Expanding
Pulley — Variable Speed Transmitting Device — Belt Holder — Jointed
Radial Arm — Drilling Machine Clamp — Screw Bench Clamp — Auto-
matic Bench Clamp — Wood-Bending Clamp and Formers— Boiler Tube
Expander— Roller Tube Expander — Revolving Tool Head — Collapsing Tap —
Wabble Saw — Automatic Screw-Cutting Die — Universal Chuck — Compound
Lever Shears — Disc Shears— Gig Saw— Band Saw — Toggle-joint Lever Press
or Punch — Power Stamping Press— Hand Drilling Machine — Portable Drill-
Multiple Drilling Machine — Stamp Mill Cam Motion — Blacksmith's Helper —
Revolving Rapid-Blow Hammer— Helve Trip Hammer — Friction Drop Ham-
mer — Beam Trip Hammer— Spring Hammer— Tire Shrinker — Combined Tire
Upsetting and Punching Machine — Plate Sawing Machine — Combined Punch
and Shears— Suspended Swing Treadle — Power Rumbling Mill — Centrifugal
Separator — Closure of Rollers — Vibrating Lift — Differential Pitch Movement —
Feed Wheel — Combined Ratchet and Hand-Feed Gear — Gear Train— Quick
Return Movement— Reversing Gear— Flexible Universal Steam Joint — Bye
Pass Cock or Valve — Sight-Feed Lubricator — Screw Movement — Centering
Tool — Vernier Caliper — Expansion Bit — Double-Acting Screwdriver— Pump
Drill Stock— Reciprocating Drill Stock— Compound Lever Cutting Pliers-
Ball Socket — Screw Threads —Continual Barrel Elevator — Telescopic Hydraulic
Elevator — Traveller Hoist — Travelling Crane — I-Bar Travelling Tramway —
Swing Bracket Crane — Adjustable Universal Sheave — "Harrington" Chain
Hoist—" Yale " Duplex Hoist— Safety Tackle — Differential Chain-Pulley Block
—Double Screw-Gear Hoist— Taper Tube Rolls— " Yale- Weston " Differential
Gear Hoist — Tube-Rolling Machine— Seamless Tube Making — Wire-Bending
Machine — Hopper and Bell— "Bessemer n Steel Converter — Lense-Grinding
Machine — Grinding Mill — "Bogardus" Mill — Circulating Screw Propeller
and Mixing Tank — Double Cylinder Planer — Double Toggle-joint Screw
Press — Steam Cotton Press — Toggle-Bar Press — Sector Press — Bark or Cob*
Mill — Drawing and Throstle Twisting, Rolls and Bobbin Winder — Cop Winder
— Bobbin Winder — Cloth Dresser — Knitting Machine 312^346

SECTION XVI.
CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

Mixing, Testing, Stump and Pile Pulling, Tackle Hooks, Pile Driving,.

Dumping Cars, Stone Grips, Derricks, Conveyer, Timber Splicing,

Roof and Bridge Trusses, Suspension Bridges.
Post Augur — Pug Mill — Conical Pug Mill — Conical Mixing Barrel — Concrete
Mixer — Cement-Testing Machine — Hydraulic Sand Ejector — Toggle Stump-
Puller— Right and Left Hand Turnbuckle— Swivel Shackle Slip Hook— Trip
Hook — Balanced Riveting Machine — Releasing Grip— Automatic Disengaging
Grip — Swivelling Dumping Car — Square Box Side-Dumping Car — Lever Grip

12 CONTENTS.

Tongs — Adjustable Grip Tongs — Pneumatic Dumping Car — Lewis Wedge for
Lifting Stone— Stone Grinding and Polishing Machine — Four-Guy Mast Der-
rick — Shears with Winch or Tackle Block — Swinging Derrick Crane — Portable
Steam Derrick — Swing-Boom Crane — Cable Hoist and Conveyer — Cantilever
Hoisting and Conveying Machine — Timber Splicing — Timber Cords and
Arches — Truss Roof — Queen Post Roof Truss — Wooden Road Bridge Truss
— Deck Bridge Trusses — Bridge Truss — Arched Deck Truss Bridge— Bridge
Trusses — Arch Truss Bridge — Swing Bridge — Cantilever Bridge— Suspension
Bridges 349 to 360

SECTION XVII.

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

Parallel Rules, Curve Delineators, Trammels, Ellipsographs, Pan-
tographs.
Proportional Compasses — Roller Parallel Ruler — Slotted Parallel Ruler — Three
Part Parallel Ruler — Spring Cyclograph — Flexible Curve Scriber — Helicograph
— Great Curve Delineator — Conchoid Delineator — Cyclograph — Trammel for
Drawing Ellipses — Ellipsograph — Parabola Scriber — Geared Ellipsograph —
Hyperbola Scriber — Pantograph — Lazy-Tongs Pantograph — Perspective Cen-
trolinead — Spherometer 361 to 367

SECTION XVIII.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

Animal Power, Sheep Shears, Movements and Devices, Elevators,
Cranes, Sewing, Typewriting, and Printing Machines, Railway
Devices, Trucks, Brakes, Turntables, Locomotives, Gas, Gas Fur-
naces, Acetylene Generators, Gasoline Mantle Lamp, Firearms.
Human Treadmill — Horse-Power Tread Wheel — Horse-Power Machine — Dog-
Power Machine — Geared Horse-Power — Multiple Bladed Sheep Shears — Horse
Clipper — Machine Sheep Shears — "Almond's" Flexible Metallic Tube — Evo-
lution of a Wood Screw — Artificial Leg and Foot — Mean Time Sun Dial —
Door Push Check — Folding Ladder Simple Combination Lock — Tripod — Dou-
ble Spherical Socket — Disc Slicer — Micrometer Screw Adjustment— Correct
Principle in Setting a Hot-Water House Boiler— Under- Feed Heating Fur-
nace — Harvester or Mowing Machine — Bell Clapper Movement — Piano Key and
Action — Lapidary or Lithologicai Lathe— Wire- Drawing Machine — Wire- Cov-
ering Machine — Stirring Machine for Grain Mash — Sector Wheel Baling Press
— Wood Compression Carving Machine — Belt-Driven Elevator— Safety Catch
for Elevators — Elevator Safety Gear — Swing Derrick — Package Elevator —
Post Crane — Wharf Crane — Automatic Balance Crane — Sewing-Machine Shut-
tle — Sewing-Machine Feed Bar — Sewing-Machine Hook and Bobbin — Hook of
the " Wheeler and Wilson " Sewing-Machine — Sewing-Machine — Spring Motor
for Sewing-Machine — Tinplate Lacquering Machine — Single Cylinder Printing
Press — Typewriting Machine — "Gordon" Printing Press — Rack and Pawl —

CONTENTS. 13

Ball* Bearing Screw Jack — Hydraulic Transfer Jack — Rail-Cutting Saw — Prouty-
NobJe Automatic or Self-Winding Brake — Street-Car Sand Box — Friction
Brake for Street Railway Cars — Car Truck for Street Railways — Street-Car
Truck— Car Truck— Trolley-Car Truck— Freight-Car Truck— Cable Railway
Gnp — Cable Grip for Street Railways — Linked Hinges — Endless Cable Grip
Car — Street Railway Sweeping Car — Equalizing Lever — Novel Car Brake-
Wooden Frame Turn-Table — Iron Frame Turn-Table — Single-Cylinder Loco-
motive — Modern Locomotive and Tender — Passenger Locomotive, Eight-
Wheel Model— Ten-Wheel Freight Locomotive— Freight Locomotive — Centre
Valve for a Gas House — Disc Valve for Large Gas Pipes — Centre Guide Ga»
Holder— Counter- Weigh ted Gas Holder — Expanding Pipe Stopper — Lantern
Bellows Dry Gas Meter— Wet Gas Meter — Dry Gas Meter— Gas Pressure
Regulator— Fuel Gas Burner — Gas Furnace— Gas-Heated Incubator — Acety-
lene Gas Generator — Automatic Gasoline and Mantle Lamp — Acetylene Gen-
erator and Gas Holder— Acetylene Burner— Bayonet Joint — Gun Lock— Colt
Cylinder Revolving Device for Firearms — Magazine Rifle, " Lee-Metford '*
Model— " Martini-Henry M Rifle— Chassepot Gun— Remington Rifle— "Rem-
ington" Magazine Gun— " Hotchkiss " Magazine Gun— "Lebel" Rifle—
"Mauser" Rifle— " Winchester " Magazine Rifle — Disappearing Gun, "Mon-
crief Model " 369 to 396

ADDITIONS TO
THE TENTH EDITION.

Section I.— Lever Safety Trip — Lever Sector — Lever and Ratchet — Lever
Movement — Lever Action — Straight-line Linkage — Lever and its Office —
Inclined Plane.

Section II. — Parallel Plyers — Transmission Circular Motion — Reversing
Lever — Transmission, Reciprocating — Link Transmission — Gyrating Lever
Transmission — Transmission by Bell Crank — Gambrel Joint Linkage —
— Two Revolutions for One Stroke — Equalizing Thrust — Speed Changing
Pulley — Helping Crank over Center — Reverse Motion Drive — Intermit-
tent Transmission — Registering Dynamometer.

Section III. — St. John's Steam Meter — Belt Shipper — Three Horse Whif-
fletrees — Anemometer.

Section IV. — Crude Petroleum Burners — Petroleum Furnace — Automo-
bile Boiler— Feeding Pulverized Fuel— Roney Stoker— Sterling Boiler—
Worthington Boiler — Compound Locomotive Cylinders.

Section V. — Pulsometer Steam Pump — Edwards Air Pump — Steam Soot
Sucker — Air Cooling Tower — Flexible Metallic Hose and Tubing.

Section VI.— Stake Puller— Stalk Puller— Valve Gear— Gasoline Atom-
izers — Ignition Plug — Jump Spark Coil — Caloric Engine — Four Cylinder
Motor.

14 CONTENTS.

Section VII. — Hydraulic Sprinkler Head — Milk Cooler — Hydraulic Irri-
gation Engine — Four Stage Centrifugal Pump — Current Meter.

Section VIII. — Wind Instruments — Ventilator — Wind Gauge — Compound
Pohle Air Lift — Prairie Wind Mill — Gas Crucible Furnace — Oil Burn-
ing Melting Furnace — Mechanical Flyer.

Section IX. — Non-Arcing Lightning Arrester — Ampere Meter— Re-
cording Watt-hour Meter — Electric Escapement — Pneumatic Emergency
Brake — Solenoid Electric Fan — Alternating Current Transformer —
Electro Magnetic Ratchet Driver.

Section X. — Air Ship — Railroad Gates — Railway Pneumatic Signal —
Self-Registering Tide Gauge — Novel Steering Gear — Ship's Steering
Gear — Street Cleaning Machine — Spring Wheel — Automobile Horn.

Section XI. — Link Chain Hoist — Bicycle Signal Bell — Multiple Speed
Gear — Changeable Motion Gear — Pneumatic Grain Elevator — Flying
Machine.

Section XII. — Hydro-Extractor — Reversible Pulley — Four Speed Change
Gear — Heddle Cam — Ferris Wheel — Wave Motions — Sewing Machine
Hook — Positive Shuttle Motion — A Curious Padlock.

Section XIII. — Equated Sun Dial — Universal Sun Dial — Electric Balance
Wheel Clock — Compensating Pendulum — Electro-Magnetic Clock Pendu-
lum — Electric Time Clock — Electric Winding Device.

Section XIV. — Disintegrator— Ore Crusher — Hand Power Rock Drill —
Free Running Axle — Garbage Furnace — Automatic Ore Dump — Air
Blast for Moving Coal — Rope Drive for Mine Haulage.

Section XV.— Traveling Derrick— Modern Cotton Gin — Spool Wmding
Machine — Conical Roller Thrust Bearing — Steam Vulcanizers — Right
Angle Shaft Transmission — Take-up and Let-off Motion for Looms.

Section XVI.— Expansion or Anchor Bolts— Rolling Lift Bridge— Con-
crete Bridge— Melan Bridge— Steel Arched Concrete Bridge— Hydraulic
Pile Driver — Log Sawing Machine.

Section XVII.— Ellipsograph Turntable — Ellipsographs — Omni-Telemeter
Odontograph,' Section Liner — Dotting Instrument — Eidograph — Tracing
Bar — Reflecting Drawing Board — Self- Registering Barometer — Spiro-
graph.

Section XVIII.— Railway Water Lift.

' )

Section I.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

Forces and the Measure of their Work.

Force may be said to be the cause of motion and power in
mechanics. Its condition may be static or dynamic ; in the latter
condition it becomes the means for the practical application of motion
in the various forms of mechanical devices. Its statical condition is
illustrated in the strains sustained in the material of construction and
suspension.

The first and simple form of static force may be illustrated in
the column, in the various positions in which it may be used for
resistance of any kind ; although in machinery, it may in
itself become a moving body under stress. Static force
may be represented by a column supporting weight ; a
beam under compressive strain ; a body of water retained
in a mill dam, steam pressure in a boiler, compressed air
or liquefied gases, and a suspended weight;
a coiled spring or anything that is under pres-
sure without motion. The principal expressions for static
force are compression, tension, and torsion, or their com-
binations. The resolution of forces is the geometrical rela-
tion and value of two or more forces acting upon a single
point from different directions, or of a single force acting
against several points of resistance.

The terms of resolution may be directional, static, or dynamic.

3. THE RESOLUTION OF SUS-
PENSION— in which W represents a
force or the weight of gravitation, and
P, P' the resisting power or equivalent
weights. Solution :

P and P'= half the weight

Sine of angle of depression a or b
when the angles are equal.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

4. For unequal angles the forces
vary as the sines of the angles from the
vertical, respectively.

Solution : P = W X siney

Sine (y+v)

P' = WX sine v

Sine (y+i*)

5. In a combination of forces
the resolution involves the sines of
the varying angles.

^ P = a/Xsine^ P^Wxsine^
S'me(y+v)' Sine(«+7/')

6. The forces in the direction of P and
P' in which the weight of a beam inclined
and resting upon a point at P' = W, at the
centre of gravity.

P' = WX a P = WXg
V b

The longitudinal thrust of struts or braces is the same as for
tensional strains inversely, only that the weight of timbers or heavy
materials should be considered separately, as shown further on.

7. Where the members are of
the same length and at equal angles.

P and P' = half the w eight

Sine of the angle a or b*

8. For unequal angles.
Solution : P = W X sine y

Sine (y+v)

F = Wx sine v
Sine (y+v)

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

l 9

9. With truss beams carrying un-
equal weights the formulae for end
thrust are for equal angles.
P = w x sinewy
Sine (y+v)
P' = W x sine.y
Sine (y-\-v)
For unequal angles, the formula is
the same as in No. 8.

10. LEVER PARADOX.
Two levers or scale beams, one
above the other,
accurately bal-
anced and pivo-
ted at their ends
to two T arms as

shown in the cut, may have equal weights hung at various distances
on the arms, and they will be balanced on the centre line and at any
angle above or below the centre line. A nut for amateurs to crack.

THE LEVER AND ITS POWER.
The weight of lever is not considered.

11. First order.

fc— fr_f

W Pxa

=W.

Wx*

b P' b

12. Second order.

b+a_ \V Px(H^)

b " b '
WXb

= P

= W,

(b+a)

= P

13. Third order.

b + a :p PX*

W ' a+b Wf

b w a

W X (*+*)__
b

= P

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

14. Bell Crank or Angular Lever, first
order. Same notation as No. 11.

15. Bell Crank or Angular Lever,
second order. Same Notation as No. 1 2.

16. Bell Crank or Angular Lever,
third order.

( b + (a X cosine of angle )

= P

!>---&--*-

__a *j p 17* Compound Lever, first order.

J> aX a' _W TxaXa ' w
bxb' - P ' bxb' ~ •

W X b X b'

ax a'

18. Compound Lever, first and second orders.

a a'xb' __ W
b X b' " P '

PX^X (a T +~»') _
bxb' ~~

W X b X b'
ax{a' + b')

The differential weight of lever arms must be adjusted to the
proper factor for accurate computation.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

19. Revolving Lever, first order.

W= P X a

b
P = W Xb

p 20. Revolving Lever, second order.

W= PX (a + b)

~b •

P = WX b

a + b

21. Revolving Lever, third order.
W = Px£

a + b'
P = W X (a + S)

THE INCLINED PLANE.

22. Weight sliding on inclined surface.
(W X sine of angle) + friction = P.

— : „ = friction =W.

Sine of angle

t vertical
Sine of angle =- niaEi j

distance.

23. Rolling weight by horizontal push.

P =

WX>*

w =

PX J

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

24. THE WEDGE.

Strain = force of blow X /

/, length of wedge.
w, width of wedge.

25. THE SCREW. All measures in equal
i units or inches.

W = Px(2XrX 3-14*6)

Pitch of screw
P = W x pitch of screw
2 X r X 3. 14 16

26. WORM GEAR or ENDLESS SCREW.

P = power.

r = length of crank.

R\= radius of pitch line of gear.

p = pitch of screw.

r' = radius of winding drum.

W= Px'rx6. 2 8xR

P = WX/X r >
6.28xrxR'

pXr'
if screw is double-thread.

27. CHINESE WHEEL, or differen-
tial axle, with crank or pulley.

a = radius large drum.
b = radius small drum.

W= Px r X 2
a — b

P = WX (a — b)
r X 2

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

2 3

TACKLE BLOCKS.

■ B ^ 28. Two single sheaves, a, b, c are of equal

XmSm strain, a + £ = W. Sheave A only transfers
£- ^^ -. *•» direction of P.

29. Simple sheave block
W P = W.

30. Two single sheave blocks — upper one
fixed, lower movable.

P = W

m?t-'''r"Wi 31. Three single sheave blocks— one block fixed,

^ two blocks movable.

P = W

— . W = P X 4.

32. Three single sheave blocks, consisting of two fixed
blocks and one movable block.

Power : P = W

W = P x 3-

33. One fixed sheave block, one movable sheave block.

P = W

r — . W = PX3.
3

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

34. One fixed sheave block, two movable fixed
blocks.

P= W

35. One fixed pulley block, three fixed rope ends.

P=_W
8

36. Multiple sheave blocks, all single.

P = W „ r „

- z -. W = P X 26.
26

37. Four and three sheave blocks, with end of rope
fixed to top block. Four sheave block fixed, three
sheave block movable.

P = W

-£. W=Px6.

f 38. Roving of a three and two sheave pair of

*l\ blocks, with a draw block fixed above,

P = W

, W = P x 6.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

39. Roving of a two and three sheave pair of
blocks, with end of rope fixed to lower block.

P = W

— . W=PX5-

40. CHINESE WINDLASS.— The sheave
and hook rises equal to one-half the difference
in the circumference of the barrels for each
turn of the crank. See No. 2 7 'for the power.

ABC

41. CHINESE SHAFT DERRICK.— The
sheaves suspended from the upper part of the
derrick legs allows the bucket to be raised
above the mouth of the shaft or pit by the
differential windlass.

42. COMPOUND WEIGHT MOTOR, foi
a limited fall. The power is only equal to one-
half of one of the weights. The time of fall-
ing and distance equals three times the time
and distance of one weight.

43. ROPE TWIST LEVER, for
a temporary pull, or as a clamping
device.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

44. SPANISH WINDLASS.— Much used on
over-truck frames for suspending the load.

45. ROPE GRIP HOOK— for taking
a temporary bite on a hawser.

46. GUY ROPE CLIP and Thimble— for
wire rope.

47. ROPE END, with thimble,
clip, and yarn seizing.

48. HEMP ROPE END,
doubled in the eye, with two
clips. The doubling in eye
prevents excessive wear.

48a. LEVER SAFETY TRIP, for a
throttle valve. The lever L attached ta
a lanyard extended along the lines of
machinery enables instant stoppage of an
engine in case of accident.

4 8&. LEVER SAFETY TRIP, for a
balanced disk throttle valve. The lever
O holds the valve open by catching the
shoulder of the spindle P. A pull on
the lanyard extending through a factory
quickly stops the engine in case of acci-
dent.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

48c. A LEVER SECTOR operating
the bell and indicator in a cash register.
A sector on the lever moves the vertical
rack and with it the pinions and striking
pawl.

48rf. LEVER AND RATCHET
mechanism for a cash register. The pawl
on a bell crank lever is operated directly
from an arm on the finger lever.

48*. LEVER AND RATCHET
mechanism for a cash register. A finger
push pin operates the main lever, which
makes three movements for the record
and indicator.

48/. LEVER MOVEMENT of a
cash register. Through a single move-
ment of the finger lever, three different
movements are made, including the rais-
ing of the index number.

48^. LEVER ACTION in a typewrit-
ing machine. A main lever with finger
stud operates the type lever through a
bell crank and links.

48A. LEVER ACTION in a typewrit-
ing machine. The long lever and finger
stud is linked to a ratchet lever concen-
tric with the type line barrel. One
touch of the finger stud for close lines
and two touches for open lines.

THE MECHANICAL POWERS.

481. STRAIGHT LINE LINK-
AGE.— With the joints S and P
|Q fixed this joint B will have a ver-
trical motion while the link L, M
will have a horizontal motion paral-
lel with the fixed points S, P. Links
P, C, C, M, and B, C, are of equal
length. L, B and L, M of equal
lengths, as are the short links, S, L and P, D.

48/. THE LEVER AND ITS
OFFICE in the pulley governor.
Type of the Shepherd governor, in
which centrifugal force and inertia
are combined for regulating speed.

48A. THE LEVER AND ITS
OFFICE in the pulley governor.
Type of the Fitchburgh Steam En-
gine Company. The lever weights
W, W are thrown out by centrifugal
force and restrained by helical
springs. The auxiliary weights
I, I are moved tangentially by in-
ertia.

48/. THE INCLINED PLANE
in a marine governor. The
sprocket wheel A and inclined hub
are fast on the shaft. The inertia
wheel and its inclined hub are free
on the shaft with its hub face
pressed against the driving wheel
hub by the coiled spring. Irregu-
larity in the speed of the engine
changes the angular position of the
hub planes and so operates the
throttle lever. See No. 15QI.

Section II.
TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

Ropks, Belts, Friction Gear, Spur, Bevel, and Screw Gear, Etc.

49. ALTERNATING CIRCULAR MOTION
from the curvilinear motion of a treadle. The
ancient lathe motion.

50. CIRCULAR MOTION from curvilin-
ear motion of a treadle through a cord and
pulley.

51. ECCENTRIC CRANK and Treadle.— A
belt over the eccentric and a roller in the treadle;
The equivalent of a crank.

52. CAPSTAN, OR VERTICAL WIND-

LASS. — The pawl falling in the circular rack
at the bottom locks the windlass. The rope
should always wind on the bottom and slip
upward.

53. STEERING GEAR.— A hand wheel and
drum on a shaft, carrying a rope rove through
guide pulleys and attached to the tiller.

54. JUMPING MOTION given to a weight,
or other body, by a pin wheel and bell-crank
lever*

Mti&mwkzzm

3°

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

<t^>

55. ROPE SPROCKET WHEEL, several modi-
fications of which are in use in old-style hoists.

56. T-GROOVED ROPE PULLEY, having
corrugated groove faces to increase the adhesion of
the rope.

57. ROPE TRANSMISSION, with a tightening
pulley, B.

58. VIBRATORY MOTION to two shafts,
transmitted from the rocking of a lever arm
and sector.

59. TRANSMISSION BY ROPE to a shaft at
right angles to the driving-shaft. The guide sheaves
give direction to the rope over the curve face of the
driven pulley, the rope slipping towards the centre
of the driven pulley.

60. TRANSMISSION BY ROPE to
a portable drill or swing saw.

D, driving sheave.

A, double loose sheaves in a frame,
suspended by weight C attached by rope
over sheaves, B, B. C, counter weight

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

61. HORIZONTAL ROPE TRANSMISSION, with tension
slide and weight

62. ROPE TRANS-
MISSION from vertical
to horizontal shaft, with
tension slide and weight

63. ROPE TRANS-
MISSION to a movable
shaft at right angles
from the driving-shaft,
with tension slide and
weight.

64. VERTICAL TENSION
with slides and pulley guide.

CARRIAGE,

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

65-66. BELT LACING.— The
straight lacing 65 should run next
the pulley, while 66 represents the
outside of the belt. Lace should
be drawn in at 0, a, to centre ; lace
each way out and return, ending
at <?, e, 66, on outside of belt

67-68. BELT LACING.— In
this style the straight side should
run next the pulley, drawing in the
lace on one side at a, a to its
centre, and lace across and back*
ending at e> e on the outside of 68.

69-70. NOVEL BELT LAC-
ING, for quarter-turn belts. Draw
lacing in to its centre at a, a on
inside of belt, crossing on outside
of 70, and ending at 1,1, 70.

71-72. BELT LACING, for nar-
row belts. Draw in the lacing at
a, a to its centre ; lace each way
and back to centre, ending on the
outside of belt at e, e t 72.

73-74. BELT LACING, for
medium width belts. Commenc-
ing at a, a on the inside of belt
73, drawing the lacing to its cen-
tre; rove each end once across,
ending at the outside of belt 74.
at e, e.

TRANSMISSION Ok POWKX.

75-76. BELT LACING, for
narrow belt. Commencing at a 9 a
on the inside of belt 75, drawing
the lacing to its centre ; rove the
ends each way, ending at <f, *, 76.

77. BELT LACING.— Com-
mencing at A and ending at B.
Dotted lines on outside.

78. OVER-AND-OVER LAC
ING. — Commencing at A and
ending at B. Diagonal on outside.

79. INTERLOCKING BELT
LACING, from A to B, once
across. A good style for small
pulleys.

80. CROSS LACING, for a

light belt.

81. OVER-AND-OVER LAC-
ING, from A to B, diagonal out-
side.

82. SECTIONAL BELT LAC-
ING. — Each section disconnected,
as shown, using four lacings.

83. QUARTER TWIST BELT.— The arrows show
the direction the belt should run.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

84. FULL TWIST BELT, or cross belt

£\ 85. FULL TWIST OR CROSS BELT,
for reverse motion on driven shaft

86. BELTING TO A SHAFT AT ANY ANGLE.—
The two idler pulleys must be placed on a shaft at right
angles to the driving and driven shafts, with their
peripheries at the central line from centres from the
driving and driven pulleys.

87. QUARTER TWIST RETURN BELT.— A method
used for belting pulleys on shafts too close for a direct
belt.

^'dtS-

SS. CHANGE SPEED STEP PULLEYS.—
Speeds are as the relative diameters of the driv-
ing and driven pulleys.

89. CONE PULLEYS.— The cone pulleys
allow of minute and continual change of speed
by traversing the belt

90. CURVED CONE PULLEYS, for variably ii>
creasing or decreasing speed by traversing the belt

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

91. SHIFTING DEVICE FOR CONE
PULLEYS.— Made efficient by a division of
the proper belt width into a number of nar-
row belts, kept in place by webs on the belt
tighteners, which are moved forward and back-
ward by a carrier nut and screw shaft. This
arrangement gives more power for a given width
than with a single belt, and with less wear. It
equalizes the stress on the belts by the set-up
of the guide pulleys as tighteners.

Patent of P. D. Harton, Philadelphia, Pa.

92. BELT TRANSMISSION, for short belt and
close connection. The belt is wrapped close to and
pressed against the driven pulley by a tightening
pulley. For electric motor power or the driving of
generators.

93. BELT TRANSMISSION OF
POWER, at close range. A combination
of friction gear increased by belt contact
of the driving or driven pulley with a light
intermediate pulley gives an additional

belt pressure, with small belt strain on the slack side. It eliminates

vibration of belt.

94. VARIABLE TRANS-
MISSION OF MOTION,
from an eccentric conical
pulley to a friction pulley.
The riding pulley C traverses
the cone, which moves forward or backward by the rotation of the
screw in the nut stud E, producing a progressive variable motion
in the pulley C, increasing or decreasing as the cone rotates forward
or backward.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

95. STOP, DRIVING, AND REVERSING
MOTION with a single belt, which may be oper-
ated either way : from the drum on a driving shaft,
or from the bevel gear on shaft C. The middle
pulley being loose on shaft a, the right-hand
pulley tight on shaft a , left-hand pulley tight on
the hollow shaft B, b. The operation of a single
shipper changes the motions or stops. ,

96. TWO SPEED PULLEYS AND BELTS.
— Two pair of tight and loose pulleys on lower
shaft, unequal broad tight pulleys on upper shaft
By crossing the belt from one of the pair a quick
return speed may be obtained. Much used on
tapping-machines and planers.

97. PULLEYS, COMBINED WITH A DIF-
FERENTIAL GEAR for two speeds, and stop-belt
shown on loose pulley. Middle pulley on lower
shaft is fast to shaft, and has a bevel gear fast to its
hub. Pulley on the right is loose on shaft and car-
ries, transversely, another bevel gear. A third bevel
gear runs loose upon the shaft and is held by a friction
band. On moving the belt to the middle pulley an ordinary motion
is obtained ; to the right-hand pulley a double speed is obtained.

98. TRANSMISSION OF TWO SPEEDS
from a driving shaft, one a variable speed. The
same arrangement as No. 97, with the addition of
a driving pulley of different size, and a driven
pulley attached to the friction gear on the lower
shaft. The right-hand belt shifts to the next
pulley and may be straight or cross, making a
variety of motions to the lower shaft

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

99. TWO SPEED GEAR from belt pulleys and
one hollow shaft. A solid shaft with loose pulley (a)
and fast pulley (£), fast pulley (c) on hollow shaft
carrying large driving gear at the right

100. VARIABLE SPEED OR CONE
GEARING.

0, tight pulley on outside hollow shaft.

by tight pulley on inside hollow shaft

c, tight pulley on inner or solid shaft.

d t loose pulley on solid shaft

a' V <f y differential spur gears for three speeds.

101. TRANSMISSION OF POWER from
a horizontal shaft to two vertical spindles. A
single belt, with two idlers, for tightening and
directing the half twist of the belt.

abed

"0^0"

Jkjfe

102. FRICTIONAL RECTILINEAR
MOTION, from the angular position of a
sheave or pulley rolling on a revolving barrel
or long cylinder. A, forward motion; B, stop.
The principle of the " Judson " railway pro-
pulsion. Efficiency was increased by the use of a small truck with
several roller pulleys.

103. VARIABLE ROTARY MOTION from
a friction pulley traversing a concave conical
drum. The speed ratio of the traversing pulley
is a variable one.

104. VARIABLE MOTION to a right-angled
shaft, by curved cone friction pulleys with inter-
mediate swinging pulley. A sewing-machine or
other light power movement

3»

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

105. FRICTION GEAR, traversing
motion. A, the driver. B and C are fast
on the clutch sleeve which is free to slide
on a feather on the driven shaft The lever
brings B or C in contact with the driving
cone A for reversing.

106. FRICTION GEAR.— Variable
speed from a pair of cone pulleys, one of
which is the driver. A double-faced friction
pinion is moved on the line A, B in contact
with both cones.

107. FRICTION GEAR.— A pair of friction
discs A, B on parallel shafts out of line, with a
traverse friction pinion on a transverse spindle
c, d will give a great range of speed velocities.

108. FRICTION GEAR.— Variable speed from a
rocking shaft and convex discs. " Wright's ,? driving
device for sewing-machines. A is the driving shaft
with convex disc. B is a band shaft that swivels by
the foot pedal and kept taut or released at its different
positions.

109. TRANSMISSION OF VARIABLE
SPEED, for sewing-machines. A, driving con-
cave cone. B, swivelling yoke carrying a friction
pulley, with a band running a pair of pulleys
at the swivel, one of which drives the sewing-
machine.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

no. FRICTION GEAR, with variable speed by
traversing a pulley to or from the centre of the face
of a disc wheel. Leather or rubber facing for wheel
and pulley makes best working condition.

in. VARIABLE SPEED GEAR
forsewing-machines, " Wright's" model*
The upper shaft is the driver, the lower
shaft carrying the band pulley, swivels
by the foot for variable speed.

112. TRANSMISSION OF ROTARY
MOTION to an oblique shaft by rolling con-
tact of drums with concave faces.

113. COMBINATION FRICTION GEAR," How-
left's Patent" A rubber disc clamped between metal
washers.

114. GROOVED FRICTION GEARING.— The
loss of power by friction increases with the size and
depth of the grooves. Friction increases inversely as the
angles of the grooves.

115. VARIABLE MOTION to a shaft in line
by curved-faced discs, with a swinging pulley
pivoted central to the curves on the face of the
discs.

4°

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

116. TRANSMISSION OF CIRCULAR MOTION
by right-angled cranks on each shaft. The pair of crank
connections carry the right-angled cranks over the centre.
The principle of the locomotive wheel connections.

117. THREE CRANK LINK connec-
tion for transmission of motion to a crank
by direct link to avoid a dead centre. A,
driven crank ; B, driving crank ; D, a relief
crank with triangular link connections with
cranks A and B.

118. SPROCKET WHEEL AND CHAIN.—
Pitch radius is at the centre of the rivets, with a
slight clearance for easy running.

119. LINK BELT AND PULLEY.— A variety
of hook link forms are in use for link belt trans-
mission.

120. TOOTHED LINK CHAIN AND
PULLEY, alternating double and single links.

_c_ 121. STEP GEAR. — A spur gear in which the
-j face is divided into two or more sections, with the
teeth of each section set forward a half or third of
the pitch, according to the number of sections.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

122. V-TOOTHED GEARING.— The obli-
quity of the teeth from the centre of the face
neutralizes the longitudinal thrust of plain oblique
teeth, as shown in the next pair.

123. OBLIQUE TOOTH GEAR.— A smooth
running gear, with slight longitudinal thrust due
to the inclined tooth surfaces.

124. V-TOOTHED GEAR.— The teeth of which
are usually inclined from the centre lines of the face
equal to the amount of the pitch at the outer ends.

125. SPLIT SPUR GEAR, showing method
of bolting on to the shaft of a trolley car.

r\ 126. STAR WHEEL GEAR, for wringing-

^"^ r^ machines, mangles, etc. Allows a variable mesh to
iW the teeth.

127. ELASTIC SPUR GEAR, to prevent
back lash. The gear runs loose on the shaft ;
the ratchet-wheel is fast on the shaft Com-
pression springs are inserted between the
shoulders of the gear and cam ratchet wheel.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

128. INTERNAL SPUR GEAR and Pinion—
In this style of gearing more tooth surface is in con-
tact than with outside teeth ; it has less wear and great
power. Much used in hoisting machines.

129. BEVEL GEARS, when of equal diameter-
MITER GEARS, when of unequal diameter.

nnmrn

130. CROWN WHEEL geared with a spur
wheel. Used for light work. A very old device*

131. SPIRAL GEARING.— The velocity ratio
of spiral gears cannot be determined by direct com-
parison of pitch diameters, as in spur gearing, but
must be found from the angles of the spiral in each
gear. Thus if the spiral angles of two gears are the
same the velocity ratio will be inversely as the pitch
diameters ; but if the spiral angles are not equal, the
number of teeth per inch of pitch diameter will vary.
In any case the velocity ratio will depend upon the
number of teeth and their spiral angle, as expressed in the following
proportion : z>, the velocity of the small gear is to V, the velocity ot
the* large gear, as t), the pitch diameter of the larger, X by the cosine
of its spiral angle, is to //, the pitch diameter of the smaller, X by the-
cosine of its spiral angle.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

132. OBLIQUE SPUR AND BEVEL GEAR.
— An oblique tooth spur gear and an oblique
bevel gear, operating shafts running at an angular
position.

133. OBLIQUE BEVEL GEAR on shafts at
right angles and crossing out of axical plane.

134. GEAR TRAIN— Solution
for increased speed : Divide the
multiple of the number of teeth in
the driving gears by the multiple of
^ the number of teeth in the driven
pinions, or the multiple of each pair separately may be multiplied by
the multiple of the next pair. For decreasing speed, divide the ratios.

135. WORM GEAR.— With single thread the revo-
lutions of the screw equal the number of teeth in the
spur wheel for its revolution.

136. SKEW WORM AND WHEEL GEAR.—

The angle of the teeth on this spur wheel must be
2> equal to the angle of the screw shaft, less the angle
of the screw at the pitch lines of both.

137. UNIFORM INTERMITTENT MO-
TION in opposite directions. The blank sector
in the bevel wheel driver C interrupts the motioa
of A and B alternately.

138. VARIABLE SPEED BEVEL
GEAR. — A bicycle novelty. One revolution
of A gives two revolutions of B. A is an
elliptic bevel gear central on the shaft. R
is an elliptic bevel gear of one-half the num-
ber of teeth of A and revolves on one of its
elliptic centres. The cranks are set oppo-
site to the short diameter of the driving
gear A, giving greater power to the tread
and quicker motion at the neutral points o£
the crank.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

138a. PARALLEL MOTION of
pliers. The jaws are double pivoted at
equal distances from the center pivot of
the handles.

1380. TRANSMISSION OF CIR-
CULAR MOTION by link and sliding
block. Block is fast on link at half dis-
tance for equal crank lengths.

138c. REVERSING LEVER with
rack sector and worm gear. The worm
wheel is lifted from the sector for large
movements by the small latch lift and
snaps back while a small movement is
made by the handle at the top of the
lever.

13&/. TRANSMISSION of recipro-
cating motion into rotary motion by diag-
onal crank pins and yoke connecting rod.
A sliding swivel on the cross head accom-
modates the swing of the yoke connecting
rod.

138*. LINK TRANSMISSION of
shaft motion, or conic link work. The
principle consists in making all lines
of motion meet at a common center O.
Cranks of equal length and also dis-
tances of rotating bearings of equal
lengths and equal distances from O.
Fixed shaft bearings, also at equal dis-
tances from O.

138/. GYRATING LEVER TRANS-
MISSION. — The lever swinging on its
socket at its center and journaled at the
edge of the disks will transmit power
from one shaft to another in the same
line.

TRANSMISSION OF POWER.

138^. TRANSMISSION BY BELL
CRANK. — A bell crank lever socketed
at the intersecting line of two shafts at
right angles and journaled on the edge
of the disks, transmits power in the same
direction to shafts at right angles. It has
two dead centers.

138A. GAMBREL JOINT LINK-
AGE for transmission at right angles,
in which the dead centers of the bell
crank linkage are avoided. The twisting
motion at the dead center will be taken
by the center bearing yoke.

138/. TWO REVOLUTIONS FOR
ONE STROKE.— The toggle links pass-
ing their center line to the position shown
by the dotted lines makes a second revo-
lution of the wheel.

138/. EQUALIZING THRUST by
cross links, not a true parallel motion.
Pump rod is strained by the cross con-
nection.

1386. SPEED CHANGING PUL-
LEY. — The principle of action as shown
in Fig. 115. The frame of the transfer
pulleys is fixed and the change of angle
made by the two sector gears and handle
is shown in the second cut. All parts
run on ball bearings.

TRANSMISSION OP POWER.

138/. HELPING THE
CRANK over the center. One
of the curious devices, of inven-
tors. The compression of air in
one of the cylinders during the
engine stroke is made the power,
to push the crank over the center.
The cylinder frame is pivoted to
the cross head at A and to the
connecting rod at C. B is a slid-
ing block pivoted to the engine
frame.

138m. REVERSE
MOTION
DRIVE.— A being
the driving pulley,
B a driven pulley,
will have a reverse
motion by the belt
running on the
near side guided
by the two idler
pulleys.
138*. INTERMIT-
TENT TRANSMISSION
power by spur gear. A is the
driver. When B and C are to-
gether, gear F is locked. When pin roll D engages with E the
driven gear F will revolve *4 turn, more or less, as designed.

1380. A CONTINU-
OUS REGISTERING
D Y N A M O M E T E R.
— Two flanged hubs on a
shaft with a loose pulley
between to receive or give
power. The springs abut on
the shaft flange and dis-
place the loose pulley. An
eccentric displaced by the
power pull acts upon a recording dial by a lever.

Section III.
MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

Speed, Pressure, Weight, Number, Quantities, and Appliances.

.* * D

, c 'g 139. PRONY BRAKE, for the measurement

^M B ci' c * power. A is power shaft and pulley, enclosed

^^1 y/u in friction blocks and strap; D, the lever; C',C,

stops to control excessive movement of the lever;
B, weights to balance the friction of the pulley,
which should be tightened by the strap nuts until its full power at the
required speed is balanced by the weight put upon the scale platform.

THE PRONY BRAKE.

Rule, — Diameter of pulley in feet X 3. 141 6 X revolutions per minute =
speed of periphery of pulley per minute. The lever is of the third order. Its
length from centre of shaft to the eye holding the weight, divided by the radius
of the pulley, all in feet, or decimals of a foot = the leverage. Then the pounds
weight X by the leverage and by the speed = the foot-pounds, which divided by
33,000 = the horse-power. Weight of lever at E when loose on the pulley should
be deducted from the weights put o« olatform.

-SgTT&Zte

ff^fa^B

140. "WEBBER" DYNAMOMETER.
— A lever with cross arm on which two
bevel gears are pinioned at right angles with
the bevel gear of the driving-shaft. The
pinions on the lever transmit the power
which is weighed by the resistance of the
lever at the spring balance.

The H. P. indicated is:
B X 6.2832 X R X W = H p
33,000 "~

U = radius of the lever in feet. R = revolutions per minute.

W = weight-on the scale.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

/^ff^V H] 141. MEASUREMENT OF POWER.—

/^nII^^A II The Rope Brake. Several ropes over a pulley
gathered in a knot, to which is hung a specific
weight less than the range of the spring scale
attached to the other end. The pounds of
relief from the stated weight by the motion of
the pulley, multiplied by the velocity of the periphery of the pulley
in feet per minute, gives the foot-pounds power per minute.

142. "TATHAM'S"
DYNAMOMETER, for a
vertical belt. A balance
frame lever, pulleys, and
dash-pot.

The work of the belt is:

wx-fxs

A
33> 000

= H.P.

W — weight on scale.
B = length of lever.

A = fulcrum to pulleys which should be equal.
S = speed of belt in feet per minute.

143. BELL-CRANK DY-
NAMOMETER. - Applied to
the power side of a high-speed
ibelt for driving electric gen.
erators. The angles of the
belt over the bell-crank pulley
should be equal, y = x. Then after deducting the weight to balance
the pulley and belt when not running from the weight when running,
the formula will be:

— \\U^r^ \c~tf-

> X speed of belt in feet per
2 cosine X )

minute = foot-pounds, which divided by 33,000 = H. P. B, long arm ;
A, short arm of lever.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

144. "NEER'S" ROTARY
TRANSMITTING DYNAMO-
METER.-A shaft is disconnected
at a coupling and the discs A and
B are clamped one to each shaft.
Chains are attached to the disc
A and roll around pulleys on the
disc B, and are attached to the
spider C. The chain tension is

resisted by the helical springs and is recorded on the dial E. The

dial F indicates revolutions.

145. "VAN WINKLE'S" POWER METER.
— A set of helical springs attached to two discs,
one of which is made fast to the pulley, unkeyed
and loose on the shaft ; the other disc and hub
are clamped to the shaft. A set of levers on a rock
haft transmits the strain on the springs to an in-
dex and dial indicating the horse-power per 100
revolutions of the shaft.

146. TRACTION RECORD-
ING DYNAMOMETER.— The
draft-pull compresses
the elliptic -shaped
springs, moving the
index hand D, which
carries a pencil at its opposite end K. A paper ribbon is drawn
under the pencil and wound on a drum, driven by clockwork, mak-
ing a continual record, to be measured by a suitable scale for the
average work.

147. FRICTION MACHINE, for testing
the friction of wheels at various speeds and
loads. The adjustable circular balance holds
the wheels or vehicle in place. The pounds
tension on the scale multiplied by the periph-
eral velocity in feet per minute gives the foot-
pound draft or friction.

5°

MEASUREMENT OP POWER.

148. TORSION DYNAMOME*
TER.— To a driving shaft E is attached
at C a helical spring. To the other
end of the spring is attached a trans-
mission pulley A and a small pulley
Q l9 moving freely on the shaft E. At
Q 2 another small pulley is fixed to shaft E The tension of trans-
mission displaces the relative position of the small pulleys and through
an endless belt draws the loops F and G farther apart, which by pul-
leys and index not shown indicates the power transmitted.

U-H

€1

149. TENSILE TEST-
^3 ING MACHINE
=»l — A hydrostatic ram
and system of com-
pound levers, used in
J testing the tensile

strength of .metals. S, article to be tested; a/, stops to control vibra-
tion of levers ; W, weight.

150. BOURDON PRESSURE GAUGE—
A flattened spring metal tube is bent to
a circular form. One end is fixed to the
inlet stud ; the other end is connected to
a lever sector by a link. The sector is
meshed with a small pinion on the arbor
carrying the index hand. A hair spring
attached to the arbor keeps all the piv-
oted joints drawn in one direction for
accuracy of pressure indication.

151. CORRUGATED TUBEPRESSURE GAUGE—
The pressure within the tube expands it on the cor-
rugated side and through the link connections with
the index hand moves the hand.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

152. RECORDING PRESSURE
GAUGE, " Edson " model.

D, corrugated diaphragm bearing the
pressure; G, connecting rod from dia-
phragm to crank-pin, on the shaft on which
the index hand is fixed, as also the arm
and pencil bar, H 2 , H 8 , in front of the
record sheet ; K, K, winding barrels for
the record sheet driven by a clock move-
ment ; M, index dial.

153. PARALLEL MOTION OF
THE INDICATOR.

Proportions : c\ d\ : d\ £- nearly.

154. PARALLEL MOTION FOR AN INDI-
CATOR. — The curved slot is made proportional
to the length of the two arms of the pencil lever.

155. "AMSLER" PLAN
IMETER.— E is the fixed
point; F the tracer. The
disc has a sharp edge and
a cylindrical section divided
and read from a vernier scale.
! A worm screw and index

wheel indicate the number of revolutions of the rolling disc.

156. "LIPPINCOTT" PLAN-
IMETER. — R is the fixed point;
T the tracer ; c is a smooth round
arm on which a scale is laid off
from the axis ; D is a disc with a
free motion on the scaled arm.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

■fEt" rsr On

Ar-

157. CENTRIFUGAL SPEED INDI-
CATOR. — An arm and ball pivoted to a
clamp on a revolving vertical shaft shows
on a curved index bar the number of revo-
lutions per minute, due to the position of
the ball and pointer, assumed by the cen-
trifugal force of revolution.

158. SPEED INDICATOR.— An
application of the screw gear. The
screw dial counts to 100, right or left
The second dial indicates the number of
hundreds.

159. METER DIAL— how to read it. A
revolution of the upper hand is a measure of
one cubic foot. Each of the dials represents
a multiple of ten. The figures following the
motion of the index hands are to be noted,
and if reading to the right must be put in in-
verse order, and if read to the left must be
put in serial order. Thus the dial here rep-
resented reads 47,805 cubic feet.

160. AUTOMATIC TIPPING SCALE,
for measuring grain or water.

161. DOUBLE LINK BALANCED SCALE.-
The upper link is fixed to the radial index plate.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

162.

iiii|iii|iuiiii|iii|iii|iiiiii<i

DIFFERENTIAL WEIGHING
BEAM. — The link connection
'to the lower hook allows the
V-bearings to be brought much
nearer together than on a sin-
gle bar.

163. ENGINE COUN-
TER. — A series of coun-
ter gears as in the fol-
lowing figures, may be
placed overlapping, as here shown; each spindle mounted with a
number dial and all covered by a perforated plate, showing the top
figures of each dial. The spring pawl checks the first wheel in the
train, to hold the number in place while the lever pawl takes its back
motion.

164. OPERATION OF A COUNTER.

, — The wheel B, with its ten pin teeth, is

- thrown one tooth at each vibration of the

arm of the sector rim A. The wheel B also

•has a sector rim fixed to and revolving with

it that throws the next pin-tooth wheel one

tooth at each revolution, and so on.

165. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO-
TION, for counters and meters. The tappet
A, revolving with the wheel C, carries the wheel
D one pin notch per revolution. The pawl b
is released by the notch in the wheel C while
the tappet is in contact with the pin.

166. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO-
TION, for counters and meters. B, driving
wheel, the rim of which has an entering and
exit notch for pins in the driven wheel and
locks the wheel C at each revolution of wheel B-

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

167. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO
TION, for counters and meters. A, the driv-
ing tooth in the wheel B ; C is stopped by the
concave sections that fit the periphery of the
wheel B. The tooth A projects beyond the peripheral radius of wheel
B, and the notches relieve the inverted curves of wheel C, allowing it
to turn one notch at each revolution of wheel B.

BC>

168. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION,
for counters and meters. In this form the largest
number of revolutions of the single tooth pinion B,
for one revolution of wheel A, may be obtained.

169. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO-
TION, for counters and meters. Wheel C
and its arm tooth B is the driver. A rim,
shown by the dotted circle on wheel C,
catches a pin tooth of the counter wheel A

at each revolution. The opening in the rim allows the pin to enter

and leave the inside of the rim.

170. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO-
TION, for counters and meters.

a, driving pin plate.

b, star wheel counter.

c, pawl.

d, spring latch.

The latch d is on the back of the pin plate and holds the star
teeth, after rotation, by a light spring, c is a pawl that locks the
teeth ; pawl is lifted by pins in pin wheel.

* — rr^

171. TIRE MEASURE COUN-
TER. — A wheel running freely in the
forks of a handle, is made of a size that
will roll exactly two feet to a revolution,
and graduated in feet and inches. The
supplementary index is set to allow for
lap in welding the tire.

MEASUREMENT OF POWER.

171a. THE ST. JOHN'S STEAM
METER. — An automatic recording
meter of the amount of steam passing
through it for all purposes. The lift-
ing of a conical valve by differential
pressure operates a marking index
through the lever on a small transfer
shaft through the projecting arm from
the cylinder. See detailed figure.

171&. DETAILS OF THE ST.
JOHN'S STEAM METER.— The
lifting of the conical valve by differ-'
ential pressure allows the required
quantity of steam to pass through the
annular area, which is the measure un-
der the initial pressure. The valve
lift is recorded on a strip of paper
moved by a clock ; the mean of record
curves being the measure for the time.
The small chamber at the bottom is
the dash pot filled with water and keeps
the valve from chattering.

171c. BELT SHIPPER.— A taper pin
with a flange at the large end and attached
to a pole. This handy device enables the
throwing of a belt off or on with safety.

MEASUREMENT OP POWER.

171c/. THREE HORSE
WHIFFLETREES. — The
second pair have their center
pins at two-thirds their length
from the inner end and the
center single tree attached with
loose links.

171*. ANEMOMETER for
measuring air currents. A small
windmill but a few inches in di-
ameter geared to a series of dials
which by known air velocities are
graduated in cubic feet of air
passed per minute.

171/. ANEMOMETER for
measuring the velocity of the wind.
The dial indexes are geared by
tenths, as 1, 10, 100, 1,000 miles,
which by differentiating the time
gives the velocity of the wind in
miles per hour. The ratio of the
wind velocity to the center of the
cup velocity is usually about 3 to I.

Section IV.

STEAM POWER.

Boilers and Adjuncts, Engines, Valves and Valve Gear, Parallel

Motion Gear, Governors and Engine Devices. Rotary

Engines, Oscillating Engines.

172. "STEVENS" BOILER.—
An early type of tubular boilers
(1806). The principle is still in use

FTFT

and setting.

equals boiler horse-power.

BOILERS,

showing

suspension

One-half the surface of the shells, divided by 10,

173. PLAIN CYLIN-
H , t » DRICAL

174. HANG-
INGWATER
DRUM CY-
LINDRICAL
BOILER.—

The drum, hanging from the main boiler by necks, gives a large in-
crease of heating surface. One-half of shell and all of drum surface,
divided by 12, equals boiler horse-power.

CYLINDRICAL DOUBLE FLUE
BOILER, Lan-
^ cashire type,
ne-half the
ishell and all
the flue surface, divided by 11, equals boiler horse- power.

5»

STEAM POWER.

176. INTERNALLY
FIRED FLUE BOILER.

—The flue and half the
shell surface, if exposed
to heat, divided by 14,
equals horse-power.

177. HORIZONTAL
TUBULAR BOILER,
with steam and dry steam
pipe, a, Dry steam pipe.
One-half the shell and all
the tube surface, divided
by 14, equals the boiler
horse-power.

, LOCOMOTIVE BOILER.—
All the fire-box surface
above the grate and
all the tube surface,
divided by 14, equals
the boiler horse-power.

179. MARINE BOILER, with
locomotive fire-box, three flues and
return tubes. The area of the fire-
box, flues, back chamber, and tubes,
divided by 12, equals boiler horse-
power.

ECLIPSE" RETURN TUBULAR
MARINE BOILER— All the
fire-box, back chamber, direct
and return tube surface, divid-
ed by 12, equals boiler horse-
power.

STEAM POWER.

. " GALLOWAY "
BOILER.— An in-
ternally fired oval
flue, with small con-
ical tubes set diago-
nally acrossthe flue.

182. INTERNAL FIRED
CYLINDRICAL TUBULAR
BOILER.— Lower shell slight-
ly inclined to facilitate circula-
tion. Fire surface of tubes,
fire-box, and all of shell ex-
posed to heat, divided by 12,
equals boiler horse-power.

183. "DION" VEHICLE BOILER.— A
central water and steam drum enclosed within
an annular drum, and connected by short in-
clined tubes. A light and quick-firing boiler
for a motor carriage.

184. "BABCOCK & WILCOX"
WATER TUBE BOILER.— Inclined
straight tubes expanded in vertical steel
headers, connected to a steam drum
above. Partitions repass the flame
through the tube spaces.

185. "HARRISON" BOILER.— A
series of cast-iron globes with ground
joints, held together by through bolts.

STEAM POWER.

186. SUBMERGED HEAD VERTICAL
BOILER, with enlarged water surface, and a cir-
culating diaphragm by which the fire head is swept
by the circulation of the water. The central space
is free from tubes to facilitate circulation.

"HERRESHOFF" BOILER.—
A horizontal volute coil at the
top acts as a heater. The inner
coil is the evaporator; the outer
coil is the superheater. A separa-
tor entraps the water that may be
carried over from the evaporating
coil.

188. "THORNYCROFT" BOILER.
— A large steel drum above and a water
drum below, connected with a large num-
ber of bent tubes. The water return is
through a large tube at the rear end of
the boiler.

189. "SEE" WATER TUBE BOILER.—
A series of short straight tubes connecting a hori-
zontal steam drum with a rectangular water base
on each side of the furnace. Return tube at back
of boiler.

STEAM POWER.

190. " YARROW " WATER TUBE BOILER.
— Inclined sections of straight tubes from water-
headers each side of the fire grate to a large steam
drum above. Iron casing lined with fire tile.
This design is for a marine boiler.

191. "BOYER'S" WATER
TUBE BOILER. — Furnace
walls are coils of pipe. Coils
over the fire are connected from
circulating pipes to steam drum.

192. « HAZELTON " BOILER.— A central
) vertical drum in which tubes, with closed ends,
are screwed radially. The grate is beneath the
radial tubes and around the base of the drum.

193. "CLIMAX" BOILER.— A central
vertical water and steam drum, with bent
tubes expanded in it, and inclined to facili-
tate circulation.

194. Section showing bent tubes.

€2

STEAM POWER.

MOVES" WATER TUBE BOILER.—
The inclined tubes are in three
groups, set in three steam drums
above and three water-heads be-
low. Partitions divide the groups
of tubes to deflect the flame over
the whole surface.

196. "WHEELER" VERTICAL TUBE BOILER.—
Two sections of straight vertical tubes, with drum-heads
top and bottom, and a steam drum connected by necks.

CAHALL" VERTICAL WATER TUBE
BOILER. — A water drum at the bottom
forms the lower head for the tubes. An an-
nular drum at the top forms the upper head,
through which the smoke passes. The fur-
nace and combustion chamber are outside, as
is also the circulating pipe, as shown in the
cut.

198. VERTICAL WATER TUBE
BOILER (Philadelphia Engineering Works).
Straight tubes between steel drums and a
wall between the sections, so that the fire
sweeps the length of all the tubes.

STEAM POWER,

199-200. BOILER OF
THE "SERPOLLET"
* TRICYCLE.— The steam
I generating surface is made
' of iron pipe, flattened and
corrugated, then coiled
into a volute form with the
inner end turned up, and
the outer end to project through the furnace shell. The cuts show
a vertical section and horizontal plan.

201. "SERPOLLET'S" STEAM GENER-
ATOR, showing the corrugated flattened tube
coiled into a volute. The width of the internal
space is less than one-eighth of an inch.

202. "SERVES" BOILER TUBE.— The pro-
jecting ribs enlarge the area of the fire surface of
the tube.

203. SHAKING AND TIP-
PING FURNACE GRATE,

"Tupper" model. Each section
rocks on trunnions by a hand
lever and connecting bar.

SHAKING GRATE for
a boiler furnace. — The
flanges are strung upon
square bars to form each
grate section, which are
shaken or dumped by a
key wrench at the front.

6 4

STEAM POWER.

205. FURNACE GRATE,
with dumping sections. "Tup-
per " model grate.

206. SHAKING GRATE for a boiler
furnace. The sectors are astride cross
bars, and are rocked by a lever and con-
necting rod to each tier of sectors.

207. SHAKING AND TIPPING
FURNACE GRATE.— The front and
back sections can be shaken separately
by the double connections and levers.

208. "COLUMBIA" STOKER,
for soft coal. The coal is filled into
the hopper on the outside of the
furnace, and from the bottom of the
hopper there is carried a chute
which inclines upward into the fur-
nace. A pusher pushes the coal
upward along this chute and dis-
charges underneath the burning
fuel, displacing the latter and causing it to bulge upward and then slide
down the inclined grates. Air is delivered under pressure from the
air pipe, and, passing through the openings in the blast grates in the
front portion of the furnace, mixes with the gases distilled from the
coal before they pass through the burning fuel above.

STEAM POWER.

209. "PLAYFORD" MECHAN-
ICAL STOKER, for soft coal. A
link grate moved by a sprocket shaft
carries the coal, fed by a hopper*
forward under the boiler, returning
over a drum shaft at the bridge
wall. A screw conveyer brings the
ash and clinker forward to the pit

210. "AMERICAN" BOILER STOKER.

4tiMta — The coal is carried under

la the grate from the hopper

H kv a spiral screw and forced

m up over the grate.

211. MECHANICAL
STOKER for a boiler fur-
nace, "Playford" model.
The coal is carried into the
furnace from a hopper by
a travelling grate. A gate
with rack and gear, oper-
ated by a lever, regulates
the depth of the coal-feed.

212. MECHANICAL STOKER
for a furnace, " Jones " model, under-
feed to the grate. A plunger, which
may be operated directly by a steam
piston, pushes a charge of coal, falling
from the hopper, on to the fore plate

of the grate, where it is coked, the smoke and gases being drawn into

the hot fire and burned.

STEAM POWER.

213, MECHANICAL STOKER for a
boiler furnace, "Meissner" model. A wide
plunger, operated from a rock shaft, pushes the
charge from under the hopper on to the step-
grate, where it is coked and worked down the
inclined rocking gate.

• 214. FEED WORM AND AIR BLAST, for
feeding fuel to furnaces or sand for an air sand
blast.

215. PETROLEUM BURNER, for
a furnace, for a boiler, or other require-
ments. A, Entrance of oil to central
nozzle, which is regulated by a needle
valve with screw spindle and wheel, C ;
B, entrance of compressed air to the
annular nozzle, the force of which
draws the oil and atomizes it for quick
combustion.

216. POP SAFETY VALVE.— The "Lun-
kenheimer," an enlarged lip disc above the valve
disc, equalizes the increased tension of the spring
when the valve opens.

STEAM POWER.

6 7

aiy. DIFFERENTIAL SEAT SAFETY VALVE.—
The enlarged area of the upper valve compensates
for the differential tension of the spring upon open-
ing the valve, thus causing the valve to open wide
without increase of boiler pressure.

218. SAFETY VALVE.— Lever
is of the third order. A, Short lever ;
B, centre of gravity of lever from ful-
crum ; C, distance of weight from ful-
crum ; S, diameter of valve ; P, pres-
sure per square inch ; G, weight of

the lever at its centre of gravity; W, weight of ball; V, weight of

valve and spindle.

Mr _ S * X -7854 X P X A— (G X B)— (V X A )
w- c

„ S* X .7^54 X P X A— (G X B) — (VX A )

u - W

219. ORIGINAL FORM of the ^Eolipile or Hero's
Steam Engine, 130 B.C. A reaction power, suitable
for operation by the use of any gaseous or fluid pres-
sure. The original type of several modern motors.

220. STEEPLE ENGINE, with cross-head
and slides.

STEAM POWER.

221. VERTICAL

BELL-CRANK
wheel boat

ENGINE, WITH
LEVER, for stern-

222. INCLINED PADDLE-WHEEL
ENGINE, with upright crank-con-
nected beam for driving air pump.

223. DIAGONAL TWIN-SCREW EN-
GINE, arranged so that the connecting rods
cross each other, thus economizing space.

224. TWIN-SCREW VERTICAL CYLIN-
DER ENGINE.— The outer gears are on the
screw shafts ; the inner gears are idlers to keep the
beam even.

225. TRUNK ENGINE.— Does away with the
slides and cross-head. It is also used for compounding
by using the initial pressure at the trunk end and ex-
panding beneath the piston.

STEAM POWER.

226. OSCILLATING ENGINE, with trunnions on
middle of cylinder.

227. COMPOUND OSCILLATING
ENGINE.— Cylinders at right angles.

228. TWIN-SCREW OSCILLAT-
ING ENGINE. — A through piston rod
connects directly to crank-pins on the
shaft face plates. Suitable for small
boats.

229. OSCILLATING HOIST-
ING ENGINE. — The piston rods
are attached to an eccentric strap;
one fixed, the other pivoted. A lever
operated by the same eccentric strap,
through a short connecting rod, oper-
ates the valve gear of each cylinder
alternately.

230. THREE-CYLINDER ENGINE,
" Brotherhood " type. Steam is admitted to
the central chamber with equal pressure on
all the pistons. The rotary-disc valve is oper-
ated by the crank-pin, giving steam to
the outside of the pistons alternately
through an outside port to each cylin-
der. Main shaft bearing has a stuffily
box.

STEAM POWER.

231. TANDEM COMPOUND
GINE, with continuous piston rod.

VERTICAL EN-

232. TANDEM COMPOUND VERTICAL
ENGINE, with cross-head and two piston rods
for low-pressure piston

233. COMPOUND ENGINES fortwin screws.
There may be one or two pair of compound cylin-
ders. The dotted lines represent cylinders of the
tandem model.

W^JJ 1^

234. COMPOUND

YACHT ENGINE, "Her-

reshoff" model. Direct

receiver pipe. End and

longitudinal elevation.

STEAM POWER.

HIGH-SPEED TANDEM
COMPOUND ENGINE,
" Harrisburg " model.

TANDEM COMPOUND ENGINE!
11 Phoenix Iron
Works" model
A direct pipe
connection be-
tween the high
and low pressure
cylinder.

337. MODERN HIGH-
SPEED ENGINE*
with pulley governor,
" Atlas " model.

238. SINGLE D SLIDE VALVE,
with lap. The length of the valve over
the length from outside to outside of
steam ports is double the lap.

239. BALANCED SLIDE VALVE^-
A ring in a recess of the valve rides against
the steam chest cover, held by a spring.

STEAM POWER.

240. DOUBLE-PORTED SLIDE
VALVE and adjustment by double
nuts in the back of the valve.

241. "MEYER" CUT-OFF VALVE.— C, D, Slide valve with
perforated ports. The supplementary or cut-off valves are adjusted
to the required distances, to meet the required cut-off, by a right and
left screw, which has an index H, and wheel G, for turning the screw
for cut-off adjustment on the outside of the steam chest.

242. SINGLE D, SLIDE VALVE,

with double steam and exhaust
ports. Central steam ports open
into steam chest at the side of the
^ valve.

243. GRIDIRON SLIDE VALVE,

7^ 7 for large port area with small motion of the
valve.

244. ROTARY VALVES.—
The valves K and L are
three-winged cylinders, and
are nearly balanced by the
double inlet ports of the
valve chamber.

STEAM POWER.

245. STEAM ENGINE
VALVE CHEST.— Double
ported exhaust ; shortens
the steam passages. " Erie
City Iron Works " model.

246. BALANCED SLIDE VALVE.— A bell-
shaped piston, riding in a packed gland in the
steam chest cover, is connected to the top of the
valve by a link.

247. BALANCED SLIDE VALVE, « Buchanan fc
Richter's " patent. The arm B carries a roller in
the curved slot of the supporting piece D. The
pressure is relieved by the nut and screw in the
cover.

248. " RICHARDSON-ALLEN "
BALANCED SLIDE VALVE.
— The valve slides under an
adjustable plate fixed to the
steam chest cover, and is bal-
anced by a recess in the back of the valve that is open to the ex-
haust port.

249. BALANCED THROTTLE VALVE, with
direct governor connection.

STEAM POWER.

250. WING THROTTLE VALVE, or Butterfly
Throttle, operated by direct connection with a gov-
ernor.

251. MULTIPLE PORT PISTON THROTTLE
VALVE. — A perfectly balanced valve with through
connecting rod.

252. " CORLISS " VALVE
GEAR.— Operated by a.,
single eccentric through
a lever and connecting
rods. Steam and exhaust
valves are worked by pins
on a rocking wrist plate.
The trips on the steam-valve gears are controlled by the governor.

253. LOCOMOTIVE LINK-MOTION
VALVE GEAR.— In this
arrangement the slotted
link is moved up and
down over the wrist pin
block by the lever and
connecting rod ; the le-
ver, locking in the toothed sector, allowing for a close connection to
the valve stem by a lever and short connecting rod.

WALSCHAERT'S VALVE GEAR.
— The slotted link is hung at its centre
on a fixed pin. The valve-rod block
is raised or lowered by the bell-crank
lever. Lead is made by the cross-
head link and lever.

STEAM POWER.

REVERSING LINK MOTION.
— The slotted link is pivoted to
the end of the eccentric rod and is
moved up and down by the bell-
crank lever. The block carrying the
valve rod is stationary in the slot

256. VALVE GEAR of an oscillating marine
engine. The slotted link a, receives a rocking
motion from the eccentrics and rods, and is thrown
from its centre either way for forward or back
motion of the engine by the lever connecting rod
b. A block and pin attached to the valve rod
freely traverse the link slot The circular slot-
ted frame c is concentric with the cylinder trun-
nions and the valve rod by a sliding block and
pin to accommodate the oscillation of the cyl-
inders.

257. "JOY'S " VALVE GEAR for a ver-
tical engine. Operated from a pin in the
connecting rod. Reversal is made by chang-
ing the position of the slotted link

258. "JOY'S" VALVE GEAR for a
horizontal engine. Adjust-
ment is made by the angu-
lar position of the slotted
link. Valve motion by crank
rod and links.

7 6

STEAM POWER*

259. "BREMME" VALVE GEAR with
single eccentric. The eccentric arm is rocked
by the double link connection and is reversed
by throwing the link joint over by the hand
screw and sector arm, not shown in cut

260. SINGLE ECCENTRIC VALVE
GEAR, with variable travel, adjustable by
a hand-wheel. The eccentric drives a
block in a slotted link, which is rocked on a
central pivot by the screw for varying the
throw of the valve.

261. CAM-BAR VALVE MOVE-
MENT. — The horizontal movement
of the cam bar by the bell-crank lever
alternately moves the two valves.

262. VALVE GEAR of a Cor-
nish engine, with trip poppet
valves for steam. The governor
releases the valves by varying
the position of the vertical bars
connected to the rocking wrist
plate. Exhaust valves are oper-
ated from the eccentric through
the lever that operates the steam valves.

STEAM POWER.

263. VARIABLE EXPANSION GEAR,
with one eccentric. The movement of the
fulcrum of the eccentric bar lever by the
changes the throw of the valve*

264. SINGLE ECCENTRIC VARIABLE
VALVE THROW.— "Fink " link gear for a
D valve. The link block is moved in the
curved slot of the link for variation of valve
throw, adjustable by the hand-wheel.

265. "ALLEN" VALVE LIFT OR TOE.—
a, The valve lifter and rod to which the valves are
attached; £, the toe on the rock shaft, operated
from a cam on the engine shaft

266. TAPPET LEVER VALVE MOTION.
— Used on pumps, rock drills, and percussion
tools.

267. STARTING LEVER, with
spring to hold the bolt in the sec-
tor notches.

7«

STEAM POWER.

268. SIMPLE UNHOOKING DEVICE!

much in use on the engines of side-wheel steam-
ers. The turning down of the handle of the
short bell-crank lever lifts the hook in the ec-
centric rod off from the wrist pin of the rock-
shaft crank, — when the engine can be worked by

a hand lever on the rock shaft.

269. SIMPLE REVERSING GEAR for
steam engines. On raising the eccentric rod the
valve spindle is released from the hook, when
the engine can be reversed by the hand lever ;
the eccentric then runs back by friction a half
turn, it being loose on the shaft, and the key
.shoulder cut away to allow the eccentric to turn half over.

270. "JOY'S" HYDRAULIC SHIFTING
ECCENTRIC— The centre block is keyed to
the shaft; pistons on each side of the block
work in cylinders in the eccentric. Oil is pump-
ed to one or the other piston through holes in
the crank shaft and piston, for reversal of the
engine.

271. SHIFTING ECCENTRIC— The ec-
centric is movable on worm gear and its
sleeve, which is keyed to the shaft. The tan-
gent worm is pivoted in lugs on the eccentric.

3 272. VALVE MOTION ECCENTRIC
— The rocker connecting link increases the
motion of the valve rod and travel of the
valve.

STEAM POWER.

273. " PEAUCELLIER'S " PARALLEL
MOTION. — A, B and B, C are of equal distances,
when the connecting rod will move in a straight
line. When B is connected with the outer joint
of the link quadrangle the inner joint C will
have a straight-line motion.

274. PARALLEL MOTION, used
side-lever marine engines.
E, cross-head.

C, F, radius bar.

D, E, parallel bar.

275. PARALLEL MOTION, for a side
lever marine engine.

a and b are of equal length.
c and d are of equal length.

Radius of rocker-shaft crank F = —

€

276. PARALLEL MOTION and com-
pensation weight for steam engines, " For-
ney's" patent. The link from the cross-
head traverses the slot at right angles to
the engine centre, and is pivoted at its
centre to the swinging link and weight.

277. PARALLEL MOTION.— Length of radius
/ j|_ bar equal to beam radius. Link radii are equal. Dis-
tance of radius bar pivot above beam centre is equal
s u to link radius.
\\

STEAM POWER.

278. PARALLEL MOTION for beam en-
gines, in which

a and b are of equal length.
c and/* are of equal length.
d and c are of equal length.

279. PARALLEL MOTION, with two pairs
of connecting bars.

a and b are of equal length.
c and d are of equal length.
e> cross-head.

280. PARALLEL MOTION, with the radius
jl . bar pivoted above the centre line of the beam.
c c and d are of equal length.
d e~coxd.

b = half a .

281. PARALLEL MOTION for a direct-
acting engine. The radius bar, A, F, is pivoted
to the frame on the centre line and at right
angles to the slot, B.

A, C and A, F are of equal length.

A, B and A, C are of equal length.

282. PARALLEL MOTION by a rocking
beam. A, E and A, C are equal when E is
pivoted in the centre line of motion of the
piston rod.

283. PARALLEL MOTION.— The "grass-
hopper " movement of one of the early locomo-
tives. B, the radius bar, pivoted in the centre
line of motion of the piston rod ; A, the rocker
rod.

STEAM POWER.

284. PARALLEL MOTION for a ver-
tical engine. A, A, radius bars pivoted to
engine frame opposite to the middle of
stroke.

285. PARALLEL MOTION for an engine.
The radius bars are of equal lengths from the
centre line of the engine and sliding pivot of the
long bar. Both fixed and sliding pivots at right
angles with the centre line when at half stroke.

286. PARALLEL MOTION of a piston
rod by direct connection with a spur gear ro-
tating upon the wrist pin of the crank. The
crank-pin gear meshes in a fixed internal
toothed gear of double its diameter. One of
the curiosities of old-time engineering.

287. " CARTWRIGHT'S " PARALLEL
MOTION for steam engines by geared
wheels. A free cross-head on piston rod and
connected to two cranks on shafts with equal
spur gears from which power is transmitted
through a third spur wheel. Very old (1787).

288. PARALLEL MOTION by a cross-
head and rollers running against guide-bars.
Old.

STEAM POWER.

289. CROSS-HEAD SLIDE athwart the
shaft. An obsolete design for a vertical engine
in a side-wheel steamer.

290. PARALLEL MOTION by guide bars in
the frame of a vertical engine, with connecting
piston rod and crank. Cross-head sliding in a
slot in the frame. Old.

291. PARALLEL MOTION to. piston rod
and cross-head by prolonging the piston rod
through a fixed guide and connecting to the
crank with a forked rod. A very old device and
much in use now on pumps.

292. PARALLEL MOTION from a sec-
tor beam. Used on old, single-acting, atmos-
pheric pumping engines. Cylinder is open at
top. Piston is lifted by the weight of the
pump rods on the other end of beam. Low-
pressure steam follows the rising piston when
a jet of water condenses it, and the piston is
drawn down by atmospheric pressure.

293, RACK GEAR PARALLEL MOTION.—

An old pumping device used with a single-
acting beam engine.

STEAM PO\r£R.

294. « WATT " GOVERNOR.— The cen-
trifugal action of the balls lifts the sleeve and,
through the bell crank, operates the throttle
valve.

295. COMPENSATING GOVERNOR, "Daw-
son " patent (English). Intended to be isochronous
in its movement. The central weight is connected
directly with the throttle-valve stem.

296. GRAVITY CENTRIFUGAL GOVERNOR.—

The weight on the central rod is lifted by the centrifugal
action of the light balls and moves the. lever that controls
the valve gear. A high-speed governor.

297. ENGINE GOVERNOR, in which the arms
cross each other and are extended above in a link
movement. The arms are guided in a slotted sector.

8 4

STEAM POWER.

298. CENTRIFUGAL BALL GOVERNOR.—
The balls, with arms pivoted to the revolving
spindle, through their connections raise or lower the
grooved sleeve on the lower part of the spindle.
The yoke of the valve lever rests in the groove and
thus controls the valve gear by the varying speed of
the governor.

299. INVERTED GOVERNOR.— The cen-
trifugal force of the balls is resisted by a spring
around the spindle. The extension of the balls
lifts the lever spool through the toggle-joint
movement.

300. DIRECT-ACTING CENTRIFUGAL
GOVERNOR.— The balls traverse the radial
arms a, a, on friction rollers and are restrained
by steel ribbons that pass over a pair of pul-
leys at G, and are attached to the spring and
grooved collar that operates the lever and
throttle valve.

301. SPRING BALANCED CENTRIF-
UGAL GOVERNOR, "Proell" patent— The
balls are attached to the inverted arms b, b> and
raise the collar sleeve by their outward throw.
The movement is restrained by the vertical leaf
springs and links. The lift is controlled by the
curved links hung from the cross bar aXf.

STEAM POWER.

»5

302. PARABOLIC GOVERNOR.— One of the
many curious devices for governing steam engines.
The parabolic form of the guide arms is intended to
equalize the motion of the grooved slide by modifying
the effect of centrifugal force in the position of the
balls. Also called an isochronous governor, produc-
ing equal valve movement for equal change in the
speed of the engine.

303. "ANDERSON'S" GYROSCOPE
GOVERNOR for steam engines. A, The gyro-
scope wheel ; B, its spindle connected to its driv-
ing shaft by the universal joint B', and revolved
at high velocity by the pinion I rolling around
the fixed bevel gear G. H, a frame holding the
gyroscope wheel and its flexible shaft and re-
volving it on the vertical axis by the bevel gear and band from the
engine shaft. The outer end of the spindle B is held in a jointed
arm of the frame H, to allow of the retaining action of the spring L,
through the bell crank N, connecting rod P, and rod and bow D, C,
pivoted with a free vertical movement in the fixed frame. A swivel
at D allows the rod and bow to turn freely with the wheel and frame
H. By the rapid rotation of the wheel on its own axis and its
counter rotation on the vertical axis of the carrying frame H, its own
axis has a strong tendency toward a vertical position, which is bal-
anced by the spring L, causing the rod D to take a vertical motion,
corresponding to variation in speed, and transmitting it to the valve
gear.

304. HORIZONTAL
CENTRIFUGAL GOV-
ERNOR, " Bourdon " model
The balls are balanced on a
rigid arm pivoted to the hori-
zontal spindle. A sector c
on the ball arm meshes with
a sector pivoted on the hollow spindle of the governor, which operates
a lever and push rod to the throttle. As the balls move only by cen-
trifugal force of revolution, they are wholly controlled by a helical
spring in the hollow spindle.

STEAM POWER.

305. VANE OR WING GOVERNOR.—
The resistance of the vanes P, P to the air by
their variable speed from the engine gear, lifts or
depresses the ball Q, connected with the wings, by
means of a quick-pitch thread and nut on the
revolving spindle, causing a movement of the
weighted bell-crank lever M, L, and by its action
controls the throttle valve.

GOVERNOR FOR A STEAM ENGINE (old).
— A revolving spindle, a, carries with it a pair of
cylindrical inclined planes, d. The ball b, frame
and wings r, slide freely upon an extension of
the spindle. The varying air resistance given to
the wings c, c by the revolution of the spindle
lifts the ball ; the friction rollers on the cross-arm
moving up and down the incline as the speed
varies, moving the valve lever or an internal valve spindle.

307. DIFFERENTIAL GOVERNOR.—
The larger pulley, A, is driven by a belt from
the motive power, winding up the larger weight
which is offset by the revolution of the smaller
pulley and the fan wheel, which is regulated by
the difference in the weights which balances
the frictional resistance of the fan. Any dif-
ference in the speed of the motive power
raises or lowers the large weight, moving the
bell crank.

STEAM POWER.

«7

308. '• HUNTOON " GOVERNOR.
—A ribbed cylinder, A, is partly filled
with oil. A paddle wheel, B, is re-
volved by the pulley and shaft which
by fluid friction moves the ribbed cyl-
inder and pinion in the same direction.
The pinion meshes in the toothed sec-
tor, which is counterbalanced by an
adjustable weight. The sector rock
shaft operates the steam throttle valve
through its arm and con-
necting rods.

309. Vertical Section.

310. Cross Vertical Section.
Showing ribs and paddle
wheel.

311. "PROELL" GOVERNOR.— In

addition to the weight lifted by the cen-
trifugal balls, an air dash pot is used in
the line of the central rod connected at
the top by a yoke pivoted to the bell-
crank arms. The dash pot with bye- pass
is shown at the left.

312. "PORTER" GOVERNOR.— The cen-

trifugal balls lift a central weight, A, by the
toggle-arm connection. A high-speed governor.

STEAM POWER.

313. "RICHARDSON" GOVERNOR.—
The arms in this governor are crossed and sus-
pended from two points, the balls lifting a
central weight by their pivoted connections.
The groove on the lower extension of the
weight operates the throttle.

314. PRINCIPLE OF THE "PICKERING"
GOVERNOR.— The centrifugal force of the balls
revolving with the central spindle throws out the
springs to which they are attached, shortens their
length on the spindle, and lifts the grooved collar
that carries the lever for regulating the valve motion.

315. "PICKERING" GOVERNOR.— The
revolving balls are held by springs, the exten-
sion of which draws the cap, A, downward and
with it the central valve rod, with direct con-
nection to the balanced throttle valve.

316. PULLEY OR FLYWHEEL GOVER-
NOR, "Sweet's." — The eccentric moves toward
the centre by the centrifugal action of the
weight restrained by the spring through the
connecting link.

STEAM POWER.

317. CRANK-SHAFT GOVERNOR.—
The centrifugal action of the weights, bal-
anced by the springs, shifts the position of
the inner eccentric to vary the throw of the
main eccentric.

318. CRANK-SHAFT GOVERNOR.— The cen-
trifugal action of two hinged weights, balanced by
springs, varies the eccentric by moving it toward
the centre by excess of speed. Eccentric is hinged
to an arm of the pulley or fly wheel.

319. FLY-WHEEL OR PULLEY GOV
ERNOR. — The centrifugal force of two pivoted
weights connected to a spiral-slotted face plate,
in which a wrist pin on the arm of the eccentric
sets it forward or back ; controlled by the adjust-
ment of the holding springs.

320. SLOTTED CROSS-HEAD, with "Clay-
ton's" adjustable wrist-pin box. Two taper
half-boxes and sliding taper gibs, with heads
carrying screws for adjusting the boxes to both
slide cross-head and wrist pin.

321. TRAMMEL CRANK.— The pins c, c on
the rod B traverse the two right-angled slots in the
revolving face plate, producing a reciprocating motion
of the rod B.

9°

STEAM POWER.

322. CRANK-PIN LUBRICATOR.—
The oil cup is fixed. A wiper on the con-
necting rod end takes off the drop of oil
from the capillary feed oil cup.

323. CENTRIFUGAL CRANK-PIN OILER
made adjustable by the sliding support clamped
at S, so that the revolving feed pipe K shall be
aligned with the axis of the shaft

324. CENTRIFUGAL LUBRI-
CATING DEVICE for the crank
pin of a high-speed engine. An
annular cup with an open front is
fastened to the crank and fed by a
drip spout at A. The oil is thrown to the outer rim of the cup by
the centrifugal force of revolution and to the oil holes through the
crank pin.

325. "COCHRANE" ROTARY ENGINE.—
A wing piston rotating around the central axis of an
outer shell or cylinder. A hollow cylinder of small-
er diameter is pivoted eccentric to the wing axis to
keep one side in contact with the shell. The steam
pressure revolves the wing and shaft with a force
due to the varying area of the wing outside of the inner cylinder.

326. "FRANCHOT" ROTARY ENGINE.
— A slotted concentric cylinder carries a con-
tinuous solid wing across and in contact with the
interior surface of an ovoid shell, shaped for ex-
act diameter in all directions on the eccentric
axis of revo ution.

STEAM POWER.

327. DOUBLE SLIDE PISTON ROTARY
ENGINE. — In this engine the shaft and piston
barrel are concentric, while the walls of the steam
chambers are ovoid. A difficult form of con-
struction.

328. "LAMB" ROTARY ENGINE.—

An annular cylinder with a fixed partition be-
tween the inlet and outlet. The piston is a
hollow cylinder with a longitudinal slot,
which slides up and down the partition, the
outside of the cylinder wiping the inner surface
of the shell. The centre of the traversing cylinder is pivoted to a
crank pin, which carries it around a common centre shaft.

329. « COCHRAN " ROTARY ENGINE.—
The wing pistons //, d are packed in the eccen-
tric inner cylinder by a slotted rocking cylinder
and revolve concentric with the outer cylinder or
shell. The inner cylinder is pivoted eccentric to
the shell, making a tight joint at the bottom.

330. ROTARY ENGINE.— B, shaft; C, eccen-
tric rotating piston ; D, follower slide. The eccen-
tric cylindrical piston operates the slide by its
revolution.

331. "NAPIER" ROTARY ENGINE.— An
eccentric mounted cylinder on a shaft concentric
with the shell. There are two sliding wings in slots
in the shell, held to their bearings by springs or cam
wheels on the shaft outside with connecting bars.
There are two pair of ports.

9 2

STEAM POWER.

332. ROLLER PISTON ROTARY ENGINE.
A rubber lining loosely placed within the cylin-
der is rolled over by the three-armed roller spider.
E, E, rubber lining ; B, spider on shaft ; A, A, A,
rollers.

333. "COCHRANE" ROTARY ENGINE.
— An eccentric cylindrical piston rotating on an
axis central to the shell. The vibrating wings
pivoted in the outer shell form the steam abut-
ment by closing against the eccentric revolving
cylinder.

334. "BOARDMAN" ROTARY EN-
GINE. — A cylinder revolving concentric
with an outer segmental cylinder, with pock-
ets containing swing pistons that open by
centrifugal action at the steam inlet, mak-
ing a steam abutment across the segment
The swing pistons are closed at the exhaust

port by contact with the small segment of the outer cylinder.

335. ROTARY ENGINE, with concentric shaft
and wing barrel. The two wing slides pass through
cylindrical rockers to give the slides a slight oscillat-
ing motion ; slides are kept extended by pins tra-
versing a circular slot concentric with the shell.

336. « SMITH " ROTARY ENGINE.—
Four arms with cylindrical sectors are rotated
around an axis central to a perforated cylindrical
shell. The driven shaft and head discs are ec-
centric to the shell. The pressure of steam be-
tween the wings tends to push them apart, by
which the differential leverage on the disc pins

revolves the disc and shaft

STEAM POWER.

337. " BERRENBERG " ROTARY
ENGINE. — Two intersecting cylindrical
shells. The steam cylinder D has two
cylindrical pistons, D', D', on opposite
sides, that mesh in corresponding cavi-
U ties in the cylindrical steam valve, both
rotating in unison by equal external gearing. The steam port passes
through the rotary valve E at the proper moment for the impulse.
The supplementary sectors D 2 are hinged to the pistons D 1 to make
a more perfect contact with the outer cylindrical shell.

338. "FLETCHER'S" ROTARY CON-
DENSING ENGINE.— A hollow drum on a
shaft eccentric to a double shell. Three slots
carry slides and socketed arms as abutment
wings, which are kept in contact with the cylin-
drical shell by a ring not shown. Steam ports
on inner shell at the left side. Exhaust ports
on the inner shell at the right.

339. "BARTRUM & POWELL" RO-
TARY ENGINE.— A double shell divided
for steam and exhaust. The inner shell
cylindrical with a shaft and crank concen-
tric. The crank pin carries a smaller
winged cylinder, the wing sliding through
a rocking joint The end packing is made adjustable by a plate set
up with screws. The crank pin has an eccentric sleeve which, by a
slight rotation, compensates the wear of the rubbing surfaces.

340. "RITTER" ROTARY EN-
GINE. — A revolving cylinder concen-
tric with the shell, carrying an abutting
lip or extension fitting the outer case.
A revolving lunette controlled by gear
on main shaft allows the lip to pass ; a
continuous gear train operates the
valve.

341. Exterior with valve gears.

STEAM POWER.

342. "HOLLY" ROTARY ENGINE.
— The two geared pistons mesh their long
teeth into the recesses of the opposite piston,
thus making the sum of the radii between
the centres less than the sum of the radii
from each centre to its cylinder wall. Press-
ure rotates the gear in the direction of the longest leverage.

343. "STOCKER" ROTARY ENGINE.—
The sector pistons are each connected through
central concentric shafts to slotted cranks in
which a sliding box and link connect to a crank
on a shaft eccentric to the sector shaft. A differ-
ential motion of the sectors is produced while
rotating which rotates the driven shaft by the
outside slotted crank connections.

344. "FORRESTER" ROTARY ENGINE.—
A cylindrical block and guard wing swing on an ec-
centric on the shaft. The guard wing slides in and
operates the ports of a two-port rotary valve, the
outer shell of which is operated by levers and con-
necting rods for reversing the engine.

345. " KIPP " ROTARY PISTON
ENGINE. — A broad pulley enclosing
four single-acting cylinders with op-
posite pistons connected by yoked rods.
A fixed crank pin and slide block
placed eccentric to the pulley axis gives
the propelling force by displacing the pistons successively. The
steam follows through ports in a disc valve with inlet and exhaust
through the hollow shaft.
346. Section.

STEAM POWER.

347. "RUTH'S" ROTARY ENGINE.—
A revolving cylinder engine. Three cylinders,
A, A, A, radiate from a shaft set eccentric to
an outer circle or ring on which the [piston
connected sheaves revolve. The pistons take
steam through the ports M, M, M, just past
the shortest eccentric radius, and drives out the
piston during a half revolution, when the ex-
haust is opened and the piston is pushed back by the eccentric ring.

348. "ALMOND" ENGINE.— Four
single-acting cylinders set tangent to a
shaft which is central to an outer shell.
The pistons have jointed segmental
plates at their outer end that press
against the outer shell and cause the
cylinders and shaft to revolve by the ec-
centric direction of their pressure. Disc
ports for steam and exhaust.

349. ROTATING CYLINDER ENGINE.—
The cylinder rotates on trunnions with a
through piston rod terminating with rol-
lers running in an oval ring. Steam and
exhaust ports in the trunnion. Pressure of
the piston-rod rollers on the oval ring re-
volves the cylinder and fly-wheel on its
runnion.

350. ROTARY MULTI-CYLINDER ENGINE.—
Three or more cylinders are attached to and re-
volve with the fly-wheel. The crank is stationary
and eccentric to the fly-wheel. Each cylinder is
single-acting. Valves are on a central disc at A.

9 6

STEAM POWER.

3Si. "BATES" COMPOUND VIBRATING
ENGINE. — The upper section of the cyl-
inder has a shorter radius than the lower
section for the compound effect. The shaft
and wings are concentric and vibrate be-
tween two stationary abutments, 10, 10.
Opposite each abutment is a cylindrical
valve, which by its motion admits the steam to the upper section, and
transfers its exhaust to the lower section, and also the final exhaust

352. " DAVIE'S " DISC ENGINE.— A
disc, b, is fixed to an oscillating shaft, a,
which swings in a circuit pivoted in the disc
crank, c. The cylinder heads are cones in
the apex of which the ball bearing of the
shaft oscillates. The outer shell of the cyl-
inder, //, is spherical over which the disc moves. Steam enters alter-
nately on either side of piston.

353. « REULEAUX " ENGINE OR
PUMP.— A disc on a fixed shaft. The
cylinder swings on a central spherical
bearing, carrying an arm pivoted in a
crank.

354. " LINK " VIBRATORY ENGINE.—
A pair of curved cylinders with an annular
piston rod to which is attached the arms from
the central shaft. The reciprocal motion of
the piston rocks the central shaft, the motion
of which is made continuous by a link and
crank, not shown.

355. OSCILLATING PISTON ENGINE. — A
crank and connecting rod outside the engine convert
the oscillating motion of the piston into rotary motion.

STEAM POWER.

356. VIBRATING
PISTON ENGINE, "Par-
son's " model. Two sector
pistons vibrating in a cyl-
inder. One sector is fast
on a central solid shaft,
the other is fast on a con-
centric hollow shaft. At
the other end of each shaft
is a crank and link con-
nection to a wrist pin at
opposite positions on a
face plate which is fast on a revolving shaft eccentric to the piston
shafts. The exhaust port is in the circumference of the cylinder.

357. Shows the crank end
of the vibrating shafts with the
link connections. The steam
port is in the cylinder head,
which is the steam chest. Dur-
ing one-half of a fly-wheel
revolution one of the sectors
makes a large angular move-
ment, while the other makes a
relatively small angular move-
ment, and during the second
half, the two sectors reverse their relative movements — i.e., the one
going slow during the first half making the quick movement during
the second half, and vice versa.

358. Shows the detail of one
£_ . sector, piston, shaft, crank, and
link connection with the eccen-
tric revolving disc and shaft.

359. Shows both sector pis-
tons, concentric shafts, cranks,
and link connections to the op-
posite wrist pins on the revolv-
ing face plate of the constant
velocity shaft.

9 8

STEAM POWER.

360. 'KNICKERBOCKER"
FOUR-PISTON ROTARY
ENGINE.— A four-armed
yoke is socketed on a centre
common to the four pistons.
Its spindle is a crank pin,
Miid makes a conical circuit
with the crank and shaft. The ends of the yoke are socketed to the
pistons by connecting rods. The pistons take steam successively,
making a continuous pressure on the circuit of the crank.

361. " ROOT'S " DOUBLE QUADRANT
ENGINE. — In this design the two oscillating
pistons are connected directly with the crank
on tne inside of the engine case, which is also
the exhaust receiver. From the positions of
the connecting rods at the end of the stroke of
each piston the dead centre is eliminated.

362. " ROOT'S " SQUARE PISTON EN-
GINE. — The oblong square box, A, is the
cylinder proper. B, is a frame sliding freely
in a horizontal direction by the force of the
steam from the side ports, </, d. C is the in-
ner rectangular piston, connected directly to
the crank pin a, the shaft, b, being central to the range of the mov-
ing pistons. The piston, C, receives steam from the top and bottom
ports, //, d } within the frame, B.

363. "DAKE" SQUARE PISTON

ENGINE. — Two rectangular pistons,

f one within the other, working at right

L angles in the outer piston. The inner

[ piston is connected to the crank pin,

W and moves vertically. The outer piston

" l moves horizontally in the case. The

\ principle is similar to the Root Square

Engine, No. 362.

STEAM POWER.

364. "WILKINSON'S "STEAM
TURBIN E. — Two rim-pocketed
discs running against the disc surfaces
of a shell with oblique steam ports.
The discs are feathered on the shaft,
and held against the faces of the
shell by springs. A groove around
the shell opposite the pockets allows
the steam to pass around to the ex-
haust pipes.

365. Section showing steam pockets.

366. "DOW" STEAM TUR-
BINE. — Two discs fixed to a
shaft have on their face a
series of circular grooves and
tongues, meshed with a pair
of fixed discs with grooves and
tongues, as shown in small sec-
tion 367. The tongues on
the revolving discs are cut across at short distances in a slanting direc-
tion. The tongues on the stationary disc are cut in the opposite
direction. The steam passes to the centre hub, and is forced through
the openings across the tongues, giving motion to the discs and shaft

368. Vertical section of engine.

SH*^

<*$&

MH3Z&>fr>,

TuMmWBmI

Vh\

rrll

" ' CLCVATION

1 Turbine Wheel

„>• ~jp^ l ~"

<^^\

~ij0>

369. " DE LAVAL" STEAM TURBINE
— A jet or jets of steam impinge at a small
angle upon the concave buckets at the per-
iphery of a disc wheel, pass through the
cavities between the buckets and exhaust at
the other side. The buckets are lunette.
The nozzle has an expanding orifice.

370. Plan showing nozzle at side of
wheel.

loo

STEAM POWER.

371. "PARSONS 1 " STEAM
TURBINE. — A series of discs
fixed on a shaft with intersecting
discs on the shell. The face of the
A shaft discs has several small blades
set at an angle with the radius.
The outside fixed disks have a sim-
ilar set of blades interlocking with
the revolving blades and set at a contrary angle. The steam passes
from the valve to the inner edge of the first fixed disc, then outward
through the blades, and returns through the vacant space of the next
pair and outward again.

371a. CRUDE PETROLEUM
BURNER with concentric fixed noz-
zles. One of many varieties in use.
1, oil feed; 2, steam feed; 3, air inlet.
Further air regulation is made outside
the nozzles.

371b. THE HAMMFL CRUDE
OIL BURNER. Gives a broad flame.

A, oil supply; B, steam supply; C,
mixing chamber.

E, steam chamber connecting with
steam ducts G, H, I.

K, K, steel plates which can be re-
newed when worked out.

J, set screw.

Gives a broad and powerful flame
for boiler furnaces.

3/if. PETROLEUM FUR-
NACE. — For the most perfect
combustion of crude petroleum
the furnace should have a per-
forated back wall and grate of
fire brick, which becomes highly
heated and thus completes the
combustion of the oil.

STEAM POWER.

IOI

^ g^TTijV^gg^

AGITATO* 8ECTOP £

coking takes place and
the coal passed on to
the inclined rocking
grate.

37i</. AUTOMOBILE BOIL-
ER. — A baffle plate above the
water line at the riveted joint
prevents foaming or splashing of
the water into the steam pipe by
the vibration of the carriage. The
burner is a tube perforated flat
chamber with a vaporizer, air
mixing jet, regulator, and pilot
light.

37ir. FEEDING PULVER-
IZED OR DUST fuel to fur-
naces.

The coal dust is charged into
the hopper, passes through a
screen B, and regulated in its
flow by the elastic plates C and
D and the link at E. The screw F
regulates the brush pad so that
the brush throws both air and
coal dust. J are the draft holes,
K a screen with a mirror to view
the fire. Brush makes 900 revo-
lutions per minute.

X-"f. THERQNEY
MECHANIC \L
***£TOKER. — A push
rack operated by a
sector from a cam
on a shaft makes a
constant feed from the
Coal hopper to a dead
plate where partial

(JSKMEWALL

102

STEAM POWER.

37i£. THE STERLING
BOILER.— The hot gases of
combustion pass lengthwise
through the three stacks of
tubes guided by the fire brick
partitions. All the fire sur-
face divided by 12 equals the
boiler horse power. Tubes
are cleaned by steam blow
pipes. Circulating pipes out-
side the setting.

371L THE WORTHING-
TON WATER TUBE
BOILER.— The water tube
sections are between headers
and cross each other in series ;
the lower ends of the diagonal
sections are connected with a
cross pipe for circulation from
the steam drum. Has the
American stoker attached.

371/. VAUCLAIN'S COM-
POU X D LOCOMOTI YE
CYLINDERS.— A single pis-
ton valve for both cylinders
with direct steam passages
through the valve chamber.
High pressure steam enters
at the central port A. Steam
inlet and exhaust indicated by
the arrows.

Section V.
STEAM APPLIANCES.

Injectors, Steam Pumps, Condensers, Separators, Traps, and Valves.

372. "PEERLESS" IN-
JECTOR.— An exhaust
steam injector. A hinged sec-
tion of the combining tube
allows a free flow of the ex-
haust until a water current is

started, when the hinge closes and the overflow valve closes, as in

other injectors.

373. "SHAEFFER& BUD EN-
BERG" INJECTOR.— An exhaust in-
jector by which the exhaust steam
establishes a feed jet to the boiler. A
hinged section in the combining tube
allows a free flow of steam to draw the
water; the hinged section then closes and
the injector operates the same as others
for feeding a boiler.

374. " NATIONAL " AUTOMATIC
INJECTOR, has four
fixed tubes. The two check
valves, C, D, open and close
successively as the lift is
started and the current es-
tablished.

104

STEAM APPLIANCES.

"METROPOLITAN"
INJECTOR.— The steam is
turned on by a screw spindle
valve. It has three fixed noz-
zle tubes, A, B, F. A disc
relief-check valve, C, and a
wing check, I.

376. "LUNKENHEIMER" IN-
JECTOR.— Four fixed noz-
zle tubes with a lever-moved
valve, a ; W, water-regulating
valve ; D, stop check to over-
flow ; C, automatic check; W,
water valve.

"EBERMAN" INJECTOR.
— The combining tube slides
for regulating the lift and over-
flow. A single gravity check
valve, 1), closes the overflow
when the current to the boiler
is established.

378. "NATHAN" INJECTOR.—
A vertical model with four fixed nozzle
tubes, tandem. A disc valve, C, closes
at the moment the current is established,
and the flap valve, D, makes the final
closure of the overflow.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

I°5

379. "LITTLE GIANT"
INJECTOR.— This model
has two fixed tubes. The
central or combining tube is
movable for adjustment. A
single automatic check valve
regulates the overflow.

380. "PENBERTHY"
SPECIAL INJECTOR.—
Has three fixed nozzle tubes.
The opening of a detached
valve gives steam pressure in
the chamber E, and opens
both overflow check valves.
When the current is estab-
lished check valve C closes,
followed by check valve D.

381. "PARK" INJECTOR.—
A double tube in tandem, in
which the handle has two
movements to operate the
lift and force nozzles. A
self-lifting check valve gov-
erns the overflow.

382. SELLERS'" RESTARTING
INJECTOR.— In this model all the tubes
are fixed. Two concentric check valves,
C, D, guided by the combining tube, are
operated by the pressure in the combining
tube at the moment that the water reaches
it, closing the overflow.

io6

STEAM APPLIANCES.

383. "LITTLE GIANT" LOCOMOTIVE
INJECTOR. — In this
model the lift is started when
the separate steam valve is
opened. The forcing or com-
bining tube is movable for reg-
ulation by a screw and yoke,

F. A movement of the handle opens the injection nozzle, and closes

the lift nozzle ports.

METROPOLITAN " DOUBLE-TUBE
INJECTOR.— The first move-
ment of the handle opens the
first section of a double-beat
valve at b, and gives steam to
the lifting nozzle 1 A ; the over-
flow passing freely through the
check valve C, and the open
valve at D. A further move-
ment of the handle opens the second section of the double-beat
steam valve B, and closes the overflow valve D.

BROWNLEY" INJECTOR.—
The steam flows to the double-
jet nozzles without any regulat-
ing device other than the over-
flow cock, which by this pecu-
liar construction relieves both
lift and force tubes.

, "LEADER" INJECTOR.—
A double-tube injector. A
separate valve gives steam
to the lifting nozzle A, with
the overflow cock open. The
first movement of the handle
opens the force valve b ; a
further movement closes the
overflow to both lift and force
tubes.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

107

EXCELSIOR" INJECTOR—
A separate valve gives steam
to the lifting nozzle A, the
overflow cock D C being
open. The first movement
of the handle opens the coni-
cal valve b ; a further move-
ment closes the overflow cock
D C to both the lifting and
force overflow S.

« KORTING" INJECTOR.—
A double-tube automatic
movement by which the dif-
ference in area of the valve
discs at A and B allows the
balance lever to open the
lifting nozzle first and, by
a further movement of the
handle, opens the force noz-
' zle B. The overflow is self-
adjusting for both nozzles.

389. "HANCOCK" INSPI-
RATOR.— A double-tube injector.
The tube A lifts the water and
starts the circulation through the
overflow, when the steam nozzle
B is opened and valves C and
D are closed.

390. BALL-VALVE INJECTOR, automatic
in action.

J, J, ball valves. *
P, steam inlet

W, inverted nozzle. *

Q, suction inlet.
» B, overflow.
C, side outlet to boiler.
S, cap.

io8

STEAM APPLIANCES.

391, " HANCOCK" LOCO-
MOTIVE INSPIRATOR, a
double-tube injector.

A 5 the lifting nozzle and tube.

B,the forcingnozzle andtube.

C, the lift overflow.

D, the force overflow.

Two movements of the handle are required for starting ; the first
opens the starting valve a and overflow D, with valve H open. A
further pull of the handle opens the force valve & y and the pressure
closes the overflow valve D.

392. " STANDARD " INJECTOR.—
An exhaust injector with live-steam
starter and supplementary attachment
for a live-steam injector.

B, live-steam starter.

C, live steam for full work.
A, throttle valve.
G, regulator.

393. "SELLERS'" SELF-
ADJUSTING INJECTOR.—
The water nozzle G has a free
movement in the case, and cage
at S. With too much water for

the steam, the nozzle is pushed back and partially closes the water

area. Self-adjusting.

394. STEAM PUMP, with ro-
tating piston valve and curved tap-
pet. An arm on the valve stem
is linked to the end of the curved
tappet. The tappet is thrown by
a roller clamp on the piston rod.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

I09

395. "MISCH'S" VALVE
TAPPET, for a steam pump.
A three-armed lever rocked
by a roller travelling with the
piston rod.

396. INDEPENDENT JET
CONDENSER PUMP.

A, exhaust inlet from engine.

B, water inlet

C, water nozzle.

D, spray valve regulated by
screw spindle and wheel E.

F, spray chamber.

J, water discharge from pump.

397. EJECTOR CONDENSER, with auto-
matic three-way valve. By the operation of two
valve discs on a single stem the exhaust steam is
passed to the atmosphere, or is condensed by the
multiple nozzle water jet. " Korting " model.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

398. EXHAUST JET CONDENSER—
The exhaust steam passes through a cylindri-
cal nozzle and meets a thin annular stream of
water at the mouth of a funnel-shaped nozzle.
The converging sheet of wafer condenses the
steam, and prevents back pressure by its
velocity through the narrow end of the nozzle.

399. BALANCED REDUCING VALVE.
— The spindle of the balanced throttle discs
is attached to a large diaphragm by levers, and
counterbalanced by an outside lever with
movable weight for adjustment of the reduced
pressure.

Mtf

400. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE.— The

back pressure on the enlarged area of the disc valve

l regulates the flow of steam or air, and is regulated

by the weight at the bottom of the spindle and the

adjusting screw.

401. -FOSTER" PRESSURE
REDUCING VALVE.— The balanced
valve is opened by a diaphragm against
the pressure of springs. The high-
pressure connection, 3, starts the valve
into position. The passage from the
low-pressure side at G admits steam
from low-pressure side to the diaphragm,

which is connected to the valve spindle by toggle joints.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

Iff

HOTCHKISS" BOILER CLEANER,
for removing the surface scum from
steam boilers. The circulation through
the settling globe is produced by the dif-
ference in temperature in the rising pipe,
d, and the return pipe, <?. The large
area in the globe allows the dirt to
settle, to be blown off through the pipe,/

403. FEED-WATER HEATER and surface condenser. Ex-
haust steam enters at the top, and is condensed on the outside of the

tubes. The feed
water is circulat-
ed through the
tubes.

403 a.
section.

Cross

404. STEAM SEPARATOR. — The entrained
water in the steam is lodged upon the rough walls,
and drips to the strainer and into the pocket, and is
drawn off through the valve. The glass gauge in-
dicates the height of water in the pocket

405. STEAM SEPARATOR, in line for hori-
zontal pipes. The corrugated surface catches the
water of condensation, which falls through the
grating to the recess below. " Austin " model.

406. FILTER FOR BOILER, feed
water. An upward flow. Water enters
from the left and flows through felt
held between wire gauze and perforated
plates. The space may be filled with
sponge or coarse sawdust

112

STEAM APPLIANCES.

EQUALIZING PIPE

407. " RETURN STEAM TRAP,
"Blessing" pattern.
3 The trap is placed
above the water line
of the boiler. The
globe is balanced
on a weighted lever
so that it rises when
empty and falls
when filled with
water. The movement of the globe up and down trips valves that
alternately charge the globe with the water from a heating system
and discharges it into the boiler.

408. SPRING STEAM TRAP.— The shell
of iron expands by the heat of the steam at a
less rate than the brass spring valve, so that
the hot steam closes it and the cooler water opens it by contraction.

409. SPRING STEAM TRAP— A differ-
ential expansion of the spring itself causes it
to open with the water temperature and close
with steam temperature. The spring is made

of two strips of metal, the upper one of brass and the lower one of
steel, riveted together.

410. STEAM TRAP. — The water con-
densed in a heating system flows into the trap-
case and closes the valve by lifting the float
By the overflow into the float, it sinks, opening
the valve, and the water is discharged from the
float, allowing it to rise and to close the valve.

411. "BUNDY" STEAM TRAP.—
The pear-shaped bowl rises when empty,
and falls when full of water. It swings on
trunnions carrying an arm, which oper-
ates a valve for charging and discharg-
ing the water to and from the bowl.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

412. STEAM TRAP WITH VALVE,
operated by a float The ingress of
water lifts the float and opens the dis-
charge valve. " Curtis " model.

413. "HEINTZ" STEAM
TRAP. — The differential expan-
sion of two metals in the semi-
circular arc opens or closes the
inlet valve. Adjustment is made
by the set-screw.

414. "MORAN'S" FLEXIBLE STEAM JOINT
and automatic relief valve. A ground globular
pipe fitting held in a spherical union joint.

415. CORRUGATED EXPANSION
COUPLING, " Wainwright's " model. A
hard brass tube, corrugated, gives the tube
a longitudinal elasticity to take up the ex-
pansion of steam pipes.

416. FLANGED EXPANSION JOINT.—
Used in pipe lines to take up the change in
length due to difference in temperature.

114

STEAM APPLIANCES.

417. AUTOMATIC RELIEF VALVEL— The
valve is kept closed by a crank attachment to the
spindle and weighted lever outside. Excess of press-
ure raises the stem and discs, throttling the passage
of steam and relieving the back pressure.

418. HORIZONTAL SWING CHECK
VALVE. — The disc is loose in the swing
frame and may be reground tight by a socket
wrench passed through the plug opening.

419. GLOBE VALVE.

a, the body.
//, the bonnet.
g, the spindle.

b, the winged disc

c, the spindle nut

e, gland.
/, gland nut.
>&, wheel.

420. EXHAUST STEAM HEAD. — The ex-
haust steam is deflected by perforated discs and cap
plates, which separate the water to drip between
the inner and outer shell.

421. CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST HEAD.
— The exhaust steam head enters the drum
tangentially, throwing the particles of water
against the outer surface to drip to the bottom*

STEAM APPUANCES.

421a. THE PULSOMETER STEAM
PUMP. — Water is forced from each cham-
ber alternately by the steam pressure,
while the opposite chamber is filled by the
vacuum caused by the condensation of the
steam in contact with the wet surface. The
ball valve is very lightly balanced and is
thrown over by the alternating vacuum and
steam pressure.

4216. THE EDWARDS AIR PUMP.
■ — Has no suction valves. The ports in the
cylinder, are opened by passing the piston
to the bottom of the cylinder. The water
and air enter above the piston and is dis-
charged above. The discharge valves are
sealed by water held back by the dam.
The piston rod is sealed by a water filled
cup.

421c. STEAM SOOT SUCKER for
cleaning boiler tubes by drawing the soot
and ashes«from the tubes by an annular
steam jet.

STEAM APPLIANCES.

42id. AIR COOLING TOWER.— For
cooling the water of a surface condenser.
The hot water is forced to the top of the
tower and distributed over a large surface
of tile through which air is circulated by
the large fan at the bottom of the tower.
The water much cooled drips to the tank
below from which it is pumped for use
again.

421*. FLEXIBLE METALLIC
HOSE. — The joints are packed
with rubber, which lies between the
overlapping edges of the corru-
gated tape forming the screw.

421/. FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUB-
ING. — The corrugations are deep indented
rings spun or pressed from a plain tube.
It may be also made spiral.

Section VI.

MOTIVE POWER.

Gas and Gasoline Engines, Valve Gear and Appliances, Con ne ct in g

Rods and Heads.

422. GASOLINE ENGINE, "Olds" model. Plan showing
location of valve chest and valve gear, operated from an eccentric with
an alternating sector gear for an impulse at every other revolution.

423. SECTIONAL PLAN OF A GASOLINE ENGINE.—
Four-cycle type, with exhaust port opened by the piston at the end
of the stroke, and continued exhaust through an annular valve around
the inlet valve. The charge is heated and vaporized in the valve
chamber by the exhaust " Olin " model.

MOTIVE POWER.

424. SIMPLE GAS OR GASOLINE ENGINE.— A, inlet
valve ; E, exhaust valve ; gasoline enters by gravity at G, regulated
by a faucet Air enters at B by the suction of the piston, atomizing
the gasoline as it drops into the air chamber. The tube igniter is
heated by a gasoline burner beneath the bell mouth.

tit

425. GASOLINE ENGINE VALVE GEAR.— The centrifugal
action of the weights on the reducing gear operates a bell crank that

directs the
exhau st
push rod
on or off
the cam.

"Olin"
model.

426. GAS ENGINE,
"Union" model. A
four-cycle motor with
half-reducing gear;
push-rod lever and two
push rods for governing
charge and exhaust

MOTIVE POWER.

II 9

427. GASOLINE CARRIAGJE MOTOR. — Four cycle or com-
pression type. Ribs on cylinder for air cooling. H is the carburetter

with wire-
gauge atomiz-
er; O, gaso-
linefeed-pipe.
Warm air is
drawn into
carburetter
from the pipe
over the Bun-
sen burner, G,
by the suction
of the piston ; it is then saturated with gasoline vapor, and returned
by a separate pipe to the inlet valve, C.

428. VERTICAL GASOLINE ENGINE,
"Webster" pattern. The cylinder and water
jacket form part of the framework of the engine.
A four-cycle type.

429. VERTICAL GAS ENGINE,
" Root" model. Four-cycle compression,
with double explosion, a is a second-
ary chamber and port, closed about
half-stroke, shutting off part of the charge
during compression, which is exploded
during the impulse stroke of the piston.

120

MOTIVE POWER.

430. VERTICAL KEROSENE OIL ENGINE,
" Daimler " model. The oil is vaporized by the
heat of the exhaust, and forced into the cylinder,
with the proper proportion of air for explosive
combustion, by the downward stroke of the piston
and compression in the crank chamber. The up-
ward stroke charges the crank chamber with air
and vapor.

431. "DIESEL" MOTOR.— A, cylinder; p r
air pump ; y, air-pump lever ; T, air re-
ceiver. Air is compressed by the pump to
450 lbs. per square inch, and stored in the
receiver. Oil is fed by a small pump to
the inlet-valve chamber, where it is ato-
mized by entering the cylinder with the
compressed air. Explosion every other
revolution.

432. VERTICAL GAS
ENGINE, two-cycle type,
" Day " model. The air and
gas are drawn into the crank
chamber by the upward
Vv stroke of the piston. The
\\\ return stroke compresses the
Jjmixture in the crank cham-
^yXh ///ber, which charges the
\y cylinder through the side
passage at the opening of the
cylinder port at the end of
the down stroke of the piston. E, clearance space ; B, guard on pis-
ton ; A, crank chamber ; F, tube igniter ; D, O, inlet valves.

MOTIVE POWER.

121

433-

STREET RAILWAY GAS
MOTOR PASSENGER
CAR, German model. The
motor consists of two cylin-
ders on opposite sides of the
crank shaft, placed under
the seats. The fly-wheel is
behind the seats. The power
is transmitted to the axles
through gears, sprockets, and chains, with friction regulation. Motor

runs continually,
car floor.

Compressed gas is stored in cylinders under the

434. GASOLINE MOTOR
CAR. — The gasoline motor runs
constantly, operating an electric
generator which charges the stor-
age batteries, that in turn supply
the current as required for the
intermittent or variable work of
the electric motors geared to the
car axles.

435. VALVE GEAR for a
gas engine. — A simple device
for opening the exhaust valve
of a four-cycle motor. The
eccentric gives the push rod
a forward stroke at each revo-
lution of the shaft. The
ratchet wheel C has a friction
resistance, with every other

tooth a shallow notch, so as to hold up the lip of the push rod at every

second revolution of the shaft and make a miss-hit on the valve rod.

At the next revolution the lip falls into a deep notch and the push rod

opens the exhaust valve.

122

MOTIVE POWER.

W%J

436. VALVE GEAR, for a
four-cycle gas engine. The cam
is fixed to the engine shaft The
inner ring gear is swept around
within the outer fixed gear,
skipping by one tooth at each
revolution of the engine shaft
This makes a contact of a ring-gear tooth with the exhaust-valve rod
at every other revolution, necessary for the operation of a four-cycle
motor.

437. DOUBLErGROOVED ECCENTRIC, for twa
lengths of rod thrown alternately by traversing the push
rod in the cross grooves, also for single-valve rod throw
for four-cycle gas engine.

fMENTFtrt

hod

438. VALVE GEAR for a four-cycle gas
engine. The two-thread worm on the en-
gine shaft has the middle part of the thread
extended to form a cam. The four-part
gear, B, revolves by the action of the worm,
and at every other revolution the cam section of the worm runs inta
the recess of the revolving gear, and the valve rod is not operated,
thus opening the exhaust valve at every second revolution as required.

439. PLUMB-BOB GOVERNOR for a.
gas engine. The plumb-bob, A, is pivoted
in a box attached to the exhaust valve push
rod. The back motion of the push rod pro-
duces a forward motion of the bob, acting like
a pendulum, and a downward motion of the
pick blade, C, bringing it in contact with the valve spindle, D. The
spring-end screws, E and F, are for the adjustment of the motion of A-

MOTIVE POWER.

123

440. INERTIA GOVERNOR for a gas engine.
The ball, J, is the inertia pendu-
lum. It is pivoted to the frame, D,
at L. It swings on the pivot at
H, by the rotation of the cam, B,^
against the roller, C. The spring,
K, is for adjusting the amount of
the motion of the ball and its at-
tached pick blade, G, for a push or
miss of the valve spindle, F.

M8V. SPINDLE pi

441. PENDULUM GOVERNOR
for a gas engine. The pendulum
is adjusted by the distance of the
small compensating ball to vibrate
synchronously with the push rod at
the required speed of the engine.
Increased speed releases the clip,
and -a miss charge is made.

442. DIFFERENTIAL CAM THROW, by the
transverse motion of a rolling disc on a lever or by
direct thrust. Much used on the valve gear of gas

engines. The rolling disc is traversed by the governor from one cam

to another.

443. GOVERNOR AND VARIABLE CAM
for a gas engine. The centrifugal movement
of the governor balls slides the sleeve on the
governor shaft, and also the variable cam
sleeve, a, on the driving shaft, by the bell-crank
lever, e. The disc roller, £, on an arm of a rock
shaft, rolls upon one or the other cams at r, thus
varying the movement of the inlet valve, which
is connected to another arm of the rock shaft*

124

MOTIVE POWER.

444. INLET VALVE for gas engine.
A valve disc slightly held in contact with
the seat by the spring. Air holes should be
drilled close together around the valve seat,
so that combined air area shall be larger
than the area of the gas inlet

445. GAS ENGINE VALVE GEAR.—
E, Inlet valve ; F, exhaust valve. Valves
are operated by a bent lever, with sliding
roller H and double cam C, which by a
groove rides the roller alternately on to the
cams.

446. GASOLINE VAPORIZER.
— The inlet nozzle, V, is ribbed on
the outside and is enclosed in a
chamber through which the ex-
haust passes. Gasoline and air
are drawn into the nozzle regulated
by the small valve, and additional
air for the explosive mixture is
drawn by the piston through the large valve. " Capitaine " motor.

~ni

3^;

» ■■ ■ » ■■■■ ■ * & ■ ■ ■ ■

447. CARBURETTER
for making air gas from
gasoline; non-freezing. A,
plan — a zig-zag series of
chambers with spaces be-
tween for air circulation to
keep its vaporizing walls
warm ; B, a vertical section ; c, r, c, open spaces. Canton or other
flannel wrapped over wire gauze frames is pushed into the longi-
tudinal spaces before the ends are soldered ; may be made of tinplate.

," ■■■ ? Ml *

: " ■ .. ■ » ;

........ ...M..

MOTIVE POWER.

125

448. AUTOMATIC OILER.— Much in
use on explosive motors. Shaft c, and
cranky, with the dip wire d y are revolved by
a belt dropping the oil on the wiper *, into
the small tankyj from which it flows to the
cylinder.

449* UNIFORM AUTOMATIC OILER.— Used
on gas engines. The shaft, driven by a
belt from the valve-gear shaft of the engine,
carries two hooks and dip wires, one of
which raises the oil from the variable level
below to a constant level oil reservoir, from
which the second hook and dip wire feed
the wiper that leads the oil to the cylinder.

450. CRANK-ROD HEAD ADJUST-
MENT for trunk pistons. A jointed brass
tightened by a long-armed screw.

451. TRUNK PISTON ROD conneo

% \Xo\~ /I t * on * or a £ as en ^ ne -

~^s~

1 452. TRUNK PISTON ROD conneo

X tion for a gas engine.

^ 453. TRUNK PISTON ROD conneo

I tion for a gas engine. Most reliable form.
Head of screw pin should be keyed.

126

MOTIVE POWER.

454. CONNECTING ROD HEAD, with
full split brasses, held by cap, and through
bolts.

,/\

455 CONNECTING ROD END
with set-in end block.

^fcj"*

-JSl

456. SOLID STRAP END, for connecting
rod. Brasses set up by a capstan screw.

457. CONNECTING ROD END, with half
brass and brass cap. Through bolts.

458. STEEL BALL ADJUSTMENT for con-
necting rod brasses. A number of steel balls are
enclosed in a chamber and compressed by a screw.

459. SOLID END CONNECTING ROD.— Brasses
slip in sidewise, and are locked in by the key.

460. FORKED END CONNECTING ROD,

with keys and set screws.

MOTIVE POWER.

I27

CONNECTING ROD END with
locknut key.

^ 462. ADJUSTABLE LINK with
^' right and left screw coupling.

463. LINK OR CONNECTING
ROD, with adjustable brasses. Keys
inside and outside of pins.

463a. STAKE PULLER. — An
easy way to pull stakes and posts. A
clevis to pinch the stake or post against
the end of the lever with the lever
pivoted to the foot post.

463ft. STALK PUL-
LER. — The conical
spiked drums catch the
stalks and throw them
off at one side. The
cones are driven by
gearing and shaft from
the large wheel. Will
pull cotton, hemp and
other , stalks that are
planted in rows.

128

MOTIVE POWER.

463^. VALVE
GEAR FOR EX-
PLOSIVE MO-
TORS.— H, air inlet ;
F, air valve; G, gas
or gasoline valve; f,
air valve lever ; B, gas
valve lever operated
from the cam at C;
O, exhaust; E, ex-
haust valve; e, ex-
haust valve lever, op-
erated by cams at c.

463d. GASOLINE ATOMIZER.
— Ry injection through the valve
seat K which has a grooved pas-
sage around it to distribute the gas-
oline evenly to the indraft of the
piston A, the regulating needle
valve.

Section on A-tt.

MOTIVE POWER.

I2 9

463c. GASOLINE
ATOMIZER, of the
constant feed type. —
A, receiving tank ; B,
float ; C, counter
weight and valve; E,
jet nozzle; H, air in-
let ; G, perforated
cone with air regulat-
ing cap L.

A""""N |.. dflfr , m

463/. ELECTRIC IGNI-
TION PLUG, for a gas or
gasoline motor. Electrodes of
platinum ; copper spindle with
collar; insulation porcelain or
lava with mica disk between.

^sm

463^ JUMP SPARK
COIL for gas and gaso-
line engines. — H, H,
iron wire core; P, pri-
mary coil ; S, secondary
coil ; L, condenser ; D,
spark breaker; A, bat-
tery; J, switch; P, M,
binding posts.

I3<>

MOTIVE POWER.

463//. CALORIC ENGINE, Erics-
son Model. — d, d, the cylinder in
which the transfer piston moves with
space between it and the cylinder to
allow the air to be quickly transferred
from the hot end to the cool end and
vice versa.

b. Impulse piston attached directly
to the walking beam. The transfer
piston is operated by a yoke connec-
tion with the bell crank lever k, and
rod p. x, water jacket, r, pump, u,
Bunsen burner.

463/. FOUR CYLINDER GASO-
LINE MOTOR.— Four cycle, air cooled
type. The successive impulses in the four
cylinders require only a very light fly
wheel to regulate the motion. A French
design.

Section VI i.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

Water Wheels, Turbines, Governors, Impact Wheels, Pumps, Rotary
Pumps, Siphons, Water Lifts, Ejectors, Water Rams, Meters, Indi-
cators, Pressure Regulators, Valves, Pipe Joints, Filters, Etc.

464.

OVERSHOT WATER WHEEL, with
steel buckets. With the gate chute im-
pinging upon the buckets an efficiency of
from seventy to seventy-five per cent may
be obtained.

h X

X . 70 = horse-power.

33> 000

h, Total height of water-fall from race ; w,
weight of water falling per minute.

465. OVERSHOT WATER WHEEL.—
Power equals about sixty per cent, of the value
of the water-fall flowing over the wheel.

466. IRON OVERSHOT
WHEEL.— The frame and buck-
ets are made of iron or steel.
The lightest wheel of its kind.
" Leffel " model.

467. Front view.

I3 2

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

468. UNDERSHOT WATER WHEEL.—
Power equals about forty per cent, of the value
of the water-fall flowing under the gate.

469. SAW-MILL WATER WHEEL and
flume, h + h' represents the head of water.
The total head in feet multiplied by the weight
of water discharged per minute equals the foot-
pounds of power. Efficiency about sixty per
cent.

470. BREAST WATER WHEEL.— Power
equals about forty per cent, of the value of
the water-fall flowing through the gate. This
form should have housed buckets.

471. FLUTTER WHEEL.— Much in use to
back the log carriage of saw-mills. Efficiency
very low.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

133

472. BARKER WHEEL.— A reaction water
wheel. The reaction of the water escaping from
the tangential orifices at the ends of the arms
under the pressure of the water head in the hol-
low shaft gives impulse to the wheel. Very low
efficiency.

474. Section of wheel and case.

473. CURRENT Ma
TOR. — A propeller revolv-
ing within a case with ex-
panding mouth to increase
the force of the current
A sprocket-wheel on the
rear end of the propeller
shaft with chain transmis-
sion to shaft on suspen-
sion frame.

475. CURRENT WATER WHEEL.—
The most efficient velocity of the wheel
periphery is forty per cent, of the current
velocity. The horse-power is :

Area of immersion of blades „„ „ xo

X (V— S) 2

150 v '

V = Velocity of the stream ; S = vel-
ocity of periphery of wheel, — both in feet
per second.

476. FIXED BUCKET WATER-RAISING
CURRENT WHEEL.— Long rectangular
buckets are attached across the rim of the
wheel with side openings, indicated by the
hatched spaces. At the top the water flows
over the side of the wheel into a trough.

134

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

477. BUCKETED WATER-RAISING
CURRENT WHEEL.— The buckets are
pivoted to the outside rim of the wheel, and
tilted into the trough at the top by a tail-
piece on the bucket striking the trough.

478. CURRENT WHEEL WATER
LIFT. — The water buckets and arms are
troughs that carry the water to the central
hollow shaft, from the end of which it is
discharged into a trough. Used for irnga
tion and low-grade water supply.

479. DRAINAGE WHEEL, used for
draining fens and lowlands. Broad
buckets on a power-driven wheel with a
back or tangential slope, the wheel re-
volving in a current shield. Such wheels,
at proper speed, will lift a large
volume of water to a height of
nearly half their diameter.

fk^^^\ 48o. PERSIAN WHEEL.— A current-

/p ^L / \ driven water lift ; used in Eastern countries.

m /* lk*t(- -J\ A hollow shaft, with curved arms and floats,

with buckets suspended at their periphery.
The current carries the floats forward, filling
the buckets and at the same time dipping
~~ ~ ~~ water into the curved arms. The water follows

the arms in their revolution and discharges through the hollow shaft,
while the buckets are tipped at the top of the wheel into a trough.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

135

481. ANCIENT WATER LIFT-— A series
of earthen pots lashed to the periphery of a
wheel revolving in a stream. The long pots
are so inclined to the axial line of the shaft
that they dip and fill while in the stream, and
empty while passing the trough.

482. "ARCHIMEDIAN" SCREW WATER
LIFT.— A water wheel on an inclined hol-
low shaft is driven by the current. A spirally
wound pipe in or outside of the shaft con*
veys the water to an elevated trough.

483. VOLUTE TURBINE.— The water,
under pressure of its head, passes along the
volute, striking the radial buckets a 9 a, a, flows
inward and down through the central inclined
buckets r, r. Efficiency about eighty per cent.

4S4. HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE, " Leffel "
model, with flnuble draught pipe and governor.
End thrust on shaft is balanced by central inlet
and double draught-pipes.
Efficiency from eighty to
eighty-five per cent, of the
pressure head at the turbine.

485. " LEFFEL" DOUBLErRUNNER TUR-
BINE. — The upper section of the running-wheel
discharges inward and down the centre. The
lower section has curved blades to discharge
downward. One register gate for both sections.

»36

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

486. "JONVAL" TURBINE. — The upper
inclined blades are fixed. The lower inverse
blades form the wheel

487. "JONVAL" TURBINE.— £, The case ;
a, the chute or directrix, fixed; c f the wheel
buckets. The curved buckets are set slightly
tangent and curve downward in parabolic or
cycloidal form. Water discharges downward.
Efficiency from eighty to eighty-five per cent

488. TURBINE AND GATE.— A downward
flow from angular fixed guides in the water
chamber.

489. "LANCASTER" TURBINE, downward
discharge. The upper parts of the blades are vertical,
and receive water tangentially from the gate plates.

490. « MUNSON " DOUBLE TURBINE.—
The water discharges both upward and down-
ward through curved guide blades, to reverse
curves in the top and bottom wheel blades.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

137

491. "CAMDEN" TURBINE, has two inde-
pendent sets of buckets. The upper set is inward
and central discharge, the lower set is curved
backward, with tangential discharge.

492. "MODEL" TURBINE.— The run-
ning-wheel has a downward discharge. The
register gates are pivoted and operated by
arms from a sector.

493. " SWAIN " TURBINE.— Inward and
downward flow, with continuous curved blades.

494. "WARREN " CENTRAL^DISCHARGE
TURBINE.— Plan : The wheel revolves on the
inside of a fixed directrix. Water enters from
outside, and discharges into and beneath the
wheel, a, Directrix ; b, wheel.

495. "FOURNERON" TURBINE.— The
rim of outer buckets revolves around the inner
directrix, the water moving outward. Efficiency,
about eighty per cent

496. BELT WATER-WHEEL GOVERNOR.—

The middle pulley on the governor spindle is loose,
the outside pulleys are tight. The action of the
governor balls operates a belt shipper which throws
the belt upon the upper or lower tight pulley at ab-
normal speed. A corresponding set of tight and
^ loose pulleys operate a pair of bevel gear that open
or close the gate.

138

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

=^4 b

497. WATER WHEEL GOVERNOR.— The wheel
motion drives the bevel gear at a and the hollow spindle,
b, revolving the balls and connecting arms. The small
central spindle has a vertical motion, due to the centrif-
ugal force of the balls. The central spindle carries a pin
which slides in a slot in the outer hollow spindle, which
at abnormal speed catches one or the other pins in the

loose bevel gears, c, c f which, acting on the bevel wheel and shaft, d t

opens or closes the gate.

498. IMPACT WATER WHEEL, " Leffel n pat-
tern. Step buckets. Efficiency, eighty-five per cent

PELTON WATER WHEEL. -An

impact wheel driven by the force
of a high-pressure water jet.
Efficiency, eighty-five per cent, of
the product of the height and
weight of flowing water through
the jet, less the friction head.

BUCKETS OF A PELTON WATER
WHEEL.— Showing the method of
separating the jet and returning the
parts nearly in line with the impact
jet, thus gaining about eighty-five
per cent, of the total power of the jet.

501. Section of bucket

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

'39

M ^ W!^

502. POWER OF WATER.—
Apparatus for measuring the force
of a water jet when discharged
through a semicircular tube or
trough. The total force is measured
by the weight w.

503. POWER OF WATER.— Appara-
tus for measuring the force of a water jet
when turned to a right angle by a bent
trough, a, A spring scale. The vertical
force is weighed on the platform scale,
the horizontal force by the spring scale.

504. COMPOUND BEAM PUMP-
ING ENGINE for water works. The
high- and low-pressure cylinders are in-
clined, to make room for direct connec-
tion of the pump and crank rods.

for alternating the strokes of the pistons.

505. "DEAN" STEAM
PUMP. — The valve gear
of the Duplex pump. A
lever and rock shaft, moved
by a spool on the connect-
ing rod, operates the valve
of the opposite cylinder.

140

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

506. WORTHINGTON
DUPLEX PUMP. — Two
rock shafts with arms moved ■
by the opposite piston rod
alternate the valve motions
and strokes. The water pis-
ton is of the plunger form.

lip

507. HALF-YOKE CONNECTION for
pump piston rods with central crank.

508. The centre crank.

5°9'

YOKE CONNECTION for a continuous

Jvr— j piston rod and outside crank ; crank shaft beyond
^T_i the steam cylinder.

510. REVERSING MOVEMENT for a
pump valve. The piston-rod trip carries
the ball frame beyond the level, when the
ball rolls across and completes the valve
throw.

511. DOUBLE-ACTING LIFT AND FORCE
PUMP.— In this form the work is the same for each
stroke of the piston, and the pressure equal to the
total height of lift and force.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

141

DOUBLE-ACTING DIFFERENTIAL PUMP.
— The lower section is of the same construction
as the ordinary lifting pump. The upper
section has a solid piston connected by rod to
the lower bucket piston, and moving in an
open cylinder projecting down from the cover,
thus making the upper part of the pump an air
chamber.

513. LIFT AND FORCE PUMP.— The limit of
lift or suction is practically twenty-five feet. The force
may be to any desired height, according to the strength
of working parts and applied power. Total power is
on the up-stroke of the piston.

514. LIFT AND FORCE PUMP, with solid
piston. In this form the power is divided ; the
up-stroke is equal to the lift or suction, and the
down-stroke equal to the force required for any
height.

515. TRAMP PUMPING DEVICE, some-
times called the Teeter pump. A self-evident
^ illustration of an obsolete practice.

516. LIFT AND FORCE PUMP with air
chamber. The air chamber is required for long
lines of pipe to prevent reaction and water ham-
mer. Water under pressure absorbs more air
than at atmospheric pressure, often depriving the
air chamber of its air cushion when recharging
becomes necessary.

142

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

517. LIFT PUMP.— The limit of water lift in
this pump is about thirty feet, but practically about
twenty-five feet is its available working height

518. DOUBLE-LANTERN BELLOWS PUMP
OR BLOWER. — A very ancient device for water,
and for a blower of air for forges. Will make a
constant blast by using one side as a receiver, dis-
pensing with the valves and connection on receiver
side.

519. DIAPHRAGM PUMP, in which a flexi-
ble diaphragm is used instead of a piston.

520. "FAIRBURN" BAILING SCOOP,
for low-lift drainage or irrigation. The tilting
scoop may be connected to a walking beam or
directly to a vertical engine.

5««

y v u

PENDULUM WATER LIFT.— A double series
of scoops with flap valves and connecting pipes.
The swinging of the pendulum frame alternately
immerses the lower scoops, and at the next stroke
raises the water by its transfer to the opposite
scoop, when the next oscillation transfers to the
next opposite scoop, and so on.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

143

522. CHAIN PUMP.— An old device for
raising water, now in use in many modifica-
tions.

523. RECIPROCATING MOTION by the auto-
matic action of a fall of water. A bucket with a valve
in the bottom, which lifts and discharges the water by
the contact of the valve spindle with, a stop at the
bottom of the bucket run ; the weight lifting the
bucket again to the spout. Very old.

524. WELL PULLEY AND BUCKETS—-
Buckets are balanced empty.

525. SWAPE, OR NEW ENGLAND SWEEP.—
A very ancient as well as modern method of
raising water from wells. The weighted end
of the pole overbalances the bucket, so as to
divide the labor of lifting the water.

526. PARALLEL MOTION for double
piston pump. A, The lever handle; links
equal lengths.

144

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

527. "GOLDING ' CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP. — Four volute blades are attached
to the shaft by arms. To the outer case
are attached radial blades with their edges
nearly touching the revolving volute blades.
IJ Suction at centre; discharge at sides of
outside shells.

528. "QUIMBY" SCREW
PUMP.— The screws re-
[ volve, meshed in each other,
and are enclosed in a close-
fitted case. Suction at each
end from S, and discharge
from the middle at D. End
thrust is neutralized by the screws on each shaft being right- and left-
handed.

529. ROTARY PUMP, " Holley " sys-
tem. Similar in design to the steam engine^
No. 342, only each piston has three long
teeth meshing into the recesses of the op-
posite gear piston. Used in combination
with No. 342 in the Silsby fire engine.

530. " PAPPENHEIM " ROTARY

M PUMP. — One of the earliest rotary

C I devices for raising water. Two deep

Hr cog-wheels with their teeth meshed and

rotating in a close-fitted shell.

531. "REPSOLD" ROTARY PUMP.

— Two differential sector cylinders re-
volving in contiguous cylindrical shells.
The greater and smaller sector surfaces
Snatch and alternately close the area be-
tween the centres of revolution.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

532-533. TRI-AXIAL
ROTARY PUMP.— A
late French invention. The
upper cylinder receives the
power and rotates the lower
chambered cylinders
In I I through three spur gears.

The wings of the upper or
power cylinder are set fast and are the only rubbing surfaces. The
cylindrical surfaces roll on each other with equal velocity. The ex-
tended surface of the lower cylinders furnishes a water packing that is
practically tight

534. ROTARY PUMP OR MOTOR.—
Can be run in either direction. The shell and
wing drum are eccentric. The wings are guided
by projections running in a concentric groove
in each head.

535. "CARY" ROTARY PUMP.— A rotat-
ing drum concentric with the outer fixed cylinder
and a fixed heart-shapedjcam groove in which the
sliding wings are guided. A stop, E, closes the
suction and force side of the chamber. The form
of the outer cylinder wall is spiral.

536. VACUUM JET CONDENSER AND ROTARY
PUMP. — The jet in the vacuum chamber is regulated by
the valve. The rotary pump, being entirely immersed in
the water below, is water-packed.

146

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

537. " RAMELLI " ROTARY PUMP.— One of
the earliest (1588). A slotted cylinder with four
wings eccentric to a cylindrical shell. The wings
are pushed out by helical springs.

538. "HEPPEL" ROTARY PUMP. — Four
wings are jointed concentric with the cylindrical
shell. A disc and shaft are set eccentric to the
cylindrical shell. The wings are linked to the
eccentric disc as shown, so that the wings on the
upward stroke move faster than the wings moving
downward on the opposite side.

0KmM///Zzz:^.

539. "EMERY" ROTARY PUMP. — Four
wings driven by a hollow cylinder revolving eccen-
tric to the outer shell. The inner ends of the wings
are guided concentric with the outer shell by pins
moving in a slot or groove in the shell heads, and
kept in position by a toggle-joint connection.

540. " KNOTT " ROTARY PUMP.— A hol-
low winged cylinder within which an eccentric
revolves on an axis central with the shell, causing
the winged cylinder to wipe the inner surface of
the shell. The small slotted cylinder makes a
packing for the wing.

541. "PATTISON" ROTARY PUMP.— A

hollow winged cylinder in which an eccentric is
rotated on an axis central with the outer shell.
The piston and socket serve as a guide for the

wing.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

^ 47

542. "COCHRANE" ROTARY PUMP.— A
slide pocket in the outer shell receives the piston
wing of the inner eccentric cylinder, which swings
in contact with the shell on its centre, 2, carried
around by a cam crank.

543. One of the early forms of Rotary Pumps.
Only suitable for free flow to the pump. Will not
lift. Obsolete.

544. HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OF
POWER.— A driving rotary
pump connected by a flow

and return pipe to a driven rotarv motor at any convenient distance.

Has been applied to bicvcles.

545. SIPHON and its operation.

A, The siphon ; H, G, cocks to be

closed when

first filling ; B,

air chamber

C, water seal;

D, funnel. The
air that accu-
mulates in the

chamber, B, by the operation of the siphon, may be discharged by
closing cock C, opening cock D, and filling the chamber with water.
Close D and open C, when any air below C will rise into the
chamber, and water will take its place without stopping the running
of the siphon.

*5°

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

554. SILENT HYDRAULIC RAM.—
The curved reaction disc, F, serves to lift
the piston valve, C, quickly without shock.
The air cushion at G stops the lift at the mo-
ment of closure of piston valve, C. J, a stop
set-screw ; H, valve cage ; B, force valve ; K,
force pipe ; I, vent hole to air cushion.

S SS* DOUBLErPISTON REACTION HYDRAULIC
RAM. — The two pistons, B and O, are on the
same spindle with curved reaction disc, A. G
is a leather washer to soften the contact with
guide yoke. The cage at D guides the lower
piston and serves to increase greatly the free-
dom of water-flow from the drive pipe, thereby
increasing the duty of the ram.

556. WATER METER.—" Union " water me-
ter model. The water passes through a rotary
motor with equalizing gear, from which the dial
pointers are driven by a clock train and counter

557. DISC WATER METER, " Hersey *
model. The disc piston, A, oscillates by the
passage of water through the disc chamber.
The spindle of the disc, by its oscillating
movement, rotates the crank and gears of the
index-wheel train.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

15*

558. WATER METER," Thompson "

model. A swinging disc movement on

ball socket, operated by a flow of water,

rotates a vertical crank spindle

and gear train with index hand

above the dial

559. WATER- VELOCITY INDICA-
TOR AND REGISTER.— Variations in
velocity of a stream varies the position of
the float, which is registered on a traverse
card by a pencil.

^ 560. ANCHORED FERRYBOAT.— One
^^^ of the few methods of crossing a stream by

<5sa *fP£P > 7"'^H the action of the current

561. "MUELLER" WATER PRESSURE
REGULATOR, for reducing a high-pressure works
to any required pressure in the service pipe. A
spindle with one disc valve, two cupped leather
piston valves, and a regulating spring. The high
pressure in the house service pipe is relieved by the
closure of the inlet valve, due to the differential
area of the piston valves. When water is being
drawn, the valve opens wide by the relief from
pressure at the upper piston valve.

*5 2

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

562. "MASON" WATER PRESSURE REG-
ULATOR. — Over-pressure on the low-pressure
side depresses a diaphragm and draws the valve
to its seat. Adjustment for difference of pressure
is made by compressing or releasing the spring
pressure under the elastic diaphragm, by the screw
and nut at the bottom.

563. PUMP WATER PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE.— A balanced
piston valve, with a differential balance by
spring or lever and weight, is placed on
the steam pipe to a pump. The opening
beneath the lower piston is connected to
the water discharge pipe of the pump.
Over-pressure raises the disc and shuts off
steam.

564. HYDRAULIC PRESS, with screw
adjustment of upper platen. The closing
down of the upper platen is quickly done by
the screw, when a small movement of the hy-
draulic piston is required for the pressure.

565. HYDROSTATIC PRESS.— There are
many modifications of this principle for presses
and elevator lifts. The gross pressure of the
ram is as the areas of the ram and pump pistons
multiplied by the pounds pressure on the pump
piston.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

153

566. HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIED — High
pressure obtained from low pressure by differential
pistons. A, Low-pressure cylinder ; D, high-pressuxe
cylinder and plunger.

566 a. PORTABLE HYDRAULIC RIVETER.
— An inverted hydraulic ram is operated by
the small pump and lever attached to the top
of the ram. The return stroke is made by
the small reverse ram at the rear of the driv-
ing ram.

567. HYDRAULIC RAIL BENDER.

— The plunger is moved with great force
by the pressure from a small piston
plunger operated by a hand lever, on the
same principle as with the hydraulic
jack. It is suspended by the eyes, and
can be used for straightening or bending
rails on the track.

568. HYDRAULIC RAIL PUNCH,

constructed in the same line as the rail
bender and hydraulic press. The loops
are for suspending and to allow the
punch to be easily handled in any posi-
tion.

'54

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

569. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR LIFT with mul-
tiplying cable gear. The cable is carried under and
over cross-head sheaves on each side to equalize the
pressure on both sides of the plunger.

\l !

— rr'

570. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR LIFT with put
ley sheaves central over plunger.

HORIZONTAL HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR
LIFT, with central-plunger pulley. Cable
•^ winds on small pulley on drum shaft For
®2 light lift.

572. HYDRAULIC PULLING JACK.

— The lever operates a

small pump which forces

*^^/ water to the upper side of

the piston and draws the

piston rod and ring. The small screw and handle is the relief valve

to return the water below or to the opposite side of piston for return.

573. WATER PURIFYING FILTER,

ntTERto " N. Y. Filter Mfg. Co." pattern. A diaphragm
near the bottom holds the gravel and sand
filtering material. There is a shaft through the
middle of the tank, with arms for stirring the
sand while cleaning by a back-waterflow. The
water is fed at the top with a small portion of
alum at the rate of one pound to 7,000 gallons
of water. The small tank at the top is the
alum dissolver with the regulating valves.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

'55

574. REVERSIBLE FILTER.— The position
of the filter in the cut is for filter-
ing downward. By turning it over
on the trunnions it can be cleaned
from above downward, which
clears it of all sediment The in-
flow is from above and the waste
is through the trunnions to the
sewer while cleaning.

575. FILTERING CIS-
TERN, plan.

576. Section. The pump pipe
extends to the bottom of the
cistern and across, with lateral
branches. The pipes on the bot-
tom to be perforated with one-
sixteenth inch holes, enough to give a free flow of water to the pumps.
Cover the pipes with sifted gravel larger than the holes in the pipes
to a depth of six inches, then a layer of sharp, clean sand six inches
thick, a layer of charcoal four inches thick, and a final layer of sand
sue inches thick.

tion of
578.

577. FILTERING CIS-
TERN.— The rain-water is
caught in a flat filter basin with
gravel and sand spread on a
perforated floor and drained
into the cistern. The pump
pipe is fixed to the perforated
diaphragm of a two-chambered
metal cylinder, the upper sec-
wihch may be filled with a bed of sand and charcoal in layers.

Cross-section of basin.

*5*

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

579. UPWARD-
FLOW FILTER.—
A perforated floor is
made of any desired
filtering capacity and
charged with layers of
gravel, coarse and fine sand, with an inflow and overflow, as in the
cut. A wash-out outlet should be made in the bottom of the lower

compartment

580. DOMESTIC FILTER.— To make a filter
with a wine barrel, procure a piece of fine brass
wire cloth of a size sufficient to make a partition
across the barrel. Support this wire cloth with a
coarser wire cloth under it and also a light frame
of oak, to keep the wire cloth from sagging. Fill
[*^5J in upon the wire cloth about three inches in depth
of clear, sharp sand, then two inches of charcoal
broken finely, but no dust. Then on the charcoal a layer of three
inches of clear, sharp sand, rather finer than the first layer. All the
sand should be washed clean before charging the filter.

581. DOMESTIC FILTER.— Use two stone pots
or jars, the bottom one being a water jar with side
hole; if no faucet can be used, the top jar can be
removed to enable the water to be dipped out. The top
jar must have a hole drilled or broken in the bottom,
and a small flower-pot saucer inverted over the hole.
Then fill in a layer of sharp, clean sand, rather coarse.
A layer of finer sand, a layer of pulverized charcoal
with dust blown out, then a layer of sand, the whole occupying one-
third of the jar.

582. POROUS WATER FILTER.— The invert-
ed cup on the inside of the case may be made of
potters' clay, baked ; or turned out of porous stone.
Fibre, enclosed within perforated sheet metal walls,
or wire gauze also makes good filtering material.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

157

583. STONEWARE FILTER for household use.
The lower jar for storage of filtered water. The
upper jar has a hole filled with sponge that filters
the dirt out ; beneath, a bed of charcoal on a porous
stone or earthen plate.

584. "WARD" FLEXIBLE PIPE
JOINT.— The internal surface of the hub
is made spherical. The corrugated pipe
end is inserted and the space filled with
lead and calked.

585. FLEXIBLE BALL JOINT. — Flanges
are cast upon the spherical ends of the pipes.
The joint is packed with a lead ring and drawn
together with bolts at any angle within its limit

586. FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINTS, for
submarine pipe lines. The head joint is
first made up in the gland. The flange
joint is bolted when the pipe is laid in line
ready for lowering.

587. FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINT, in which
the lead joint is made between a divided
socket, which does not require the pouring of
melted lead ; a lead ring is used.

»5»

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

• 588. FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINTV-The ball end,
A, of a pipe is ground to a tight fit in the socket, B>
of another pipe and held in place by a bolted flange.

589. UNIVERSAL PIPE JOINT.— The flanges
are faced at 45 to the line of the pipe, with a
through bolt at right angles to the faces of the flanges.
The joint may be made at any angle up to 90° .

\ 590. TOGGLE CLIP PIPE JOINT.— A
J quick connecting joint for hose.

) 591. BIBB, with crank-moved valve open-
ing against the pressure.

592. DISC VALVE AND
GUARD. — The spherical guard
is perforated to give quick relief
to the movement of the elastic
disc.

593. DOUBLE BEAT DISC VALVE.— The

central seat is borne by the cross bar in which
the guide pin of the valve is set.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

159

594. HYDRAULIC VALVE, used on
elevators. Cylindrical in form, the valves
move across the ports by a rock shaft and
arms.

A, pressure chamber. B, C, to elevator
cylinder.

595. MULTIPLE BALL VALVE— The cone-
valve seat is in two parts ; the cover or cage is held
in place by the screw in the cap.

\UL

596. MULTIPLE RING VALVE, for
enlarged valve area with small lift.

597. DOUBLE^BEAT PUMP VALVE, Cor-
8 nish model. The upper seat is supported by a
cross-bar, in which is fixed the guide- pin that
carries the valve.

598. DOUBLE-BEAT PUMP VALVE or
relief valve. — The valve spindle may be
loaded by weight or spring.

i6o

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

599. VIBRATING MOTION of a trough
discharging water alternately in two direc-
tions. The trough is balanced below its
centre of gravity, and has a partition at the
middle. The water falls on one side of the
partition until the trough is overbalanced,
when it turns and discharges the water. The

partition is thrown over and the other end of the trough is then filled!

A crude form of water meter.

600. VARIABLE COMPENSATING WEIGHTS
for a hydraulic lift The weights are picked up one
after the other.

601. SAND AUGER.— Used on the inside of deep well
pipes with open bottom.

602. DRIVEN WELL.— A clamp strongly
bolted to the well pipe on which the weight
strikes to drive the tube. A clamp and two
sheaves are bolted at the top of the tube with
ropes rove through the sheave blocks and made
fast to the weight for raising it. The weight is
hollow, and rides loosely over the tube. The
clamps are raised as additional pipes are screwed
to the well pipe.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

161

603. AUTOMATIC FLUSH SEWER
TANK, " Miller " model. In this form the
siphon is inverted, holding the water seal to
balance the water head in the tank in the
uptake of the siphon. The cap over the
= long end of the siphon is to seal the air in
the siphon until the sewage pressure is
equal to the water-balanced leg.

604. AUTOMATIC FLUSH SEWER
TANK, " Van Vraken " model. The inverted
siphon opens into a tipple pan which seals
the outlet of the siphon until the sewage in
the tank reaches the level of the bend, when
' a general discharge takes place.

605. ATOMIZER.— A small stream
running down an incline is atomized at
the nozzle by a blast of air.

606. BALL AND JET NOZZLE.— The ball is held
in contact with the jet by the adhesion of the water to
the rolling surface. The ball should be very light. The
principle is the same for an air jet, only that a very light
ball must be used. With the low ball in the conical
nozzle the ball can lift no higher than to give vent to the
water or air under the same area aa Jie neck of the
nozzle.

l62

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

607. SPRAY JET NOZZLE.— The spi-
ral wings on the central cone set the
water into a whirl, and induce a spray by
centrifugal action.

608. HERO'S FOUNTAIN.— The water in
the upper basin exerts a pressure upon the air in
the lower receptacle, which is transferred to the
surface of the water in the middle basin and
forces it up in the jet. Many beautiful modifica-
tions of this principle are shown in modern de-
vices.

609. "CHAPMAN" ASPIRATOR or
vacuum pump. A water ejector in which the
propelling power may be derived from a faucet
of any town water- works, or a tank having a
head of seventeen feet, equal to one-half the
static water-head of a vacuum. Water enters
at the conical end. There is an elastic check
valve in the branch tube or vacuum connection.
It will produce a vacuum equal to the baromet-
ric height, less the height due to the tension of
the vapor of water.

610. HYDRAULIC
or elevator. Section
plunger and sheaves.

LIFT for a crane
showing cylinder

611. Plan, showing position of valve
chamber and valve lever in three directions
for stop, start, and reverse. The side rod
limits the extreme movement of the plunger
by automatically operating the valve lever.

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES.

163

61 ia. HYDRAULIC SPRINKLER

HEAD. — The levers of the toggle joint are
held in place by a strip of fusible alloy that
melts at about 212 deg. and allows the levers
to fly open and release the water spray
valve. Pressure on the valve is adjusted by
the screw and nut at the top.

61 ib. MILK COOLING DE-
VICE. — Milk is fed from a tank over
the surface of a hollow copper pan,
corrugated to retard its flow, while
cold water is circulated through the
pan in the opposite direction.

611C.HYDRAULIC
IRRIGATION ENGINE.
— Capacities up to 750,000
gallons per day. They are
made adjustable for the
best conditions of opera-
tion by the sliding weight
on the valve lever. The
double acting type will
pump pure spring water by
the use of impure water of
streams. Will run on 2 feet
fall. Rife Engine Com-
pany, Roanoke, Va.

1 64

HYDRAULIC POWER AXD DEVICES.

6nd. FOUR STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMP.— The four
volute wheels are fixed to the shaft. The water enters to the

wheel A, is
thrown out
and returns
through the
opening in the
station-
ary partition
to the center
of the next
wheel, and so
on to the dis-
charge cham-
ber D at the
right.

In the cross
section d shows the volute sections
and h the cross passages in the parti-
tions. At 900 revolutions per minute
it sustains a forcing pressure of 240
pounds per square inch.
Made in Switzerland.

61 le. CURRENT METER. — A
propeller on a spindle with worm op-
erating two geared register wheels,
graduated to 1,000 revolutions.
Stopped and started for time by ?
string and spring pawl.

Section VIII.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

Windmills, Bellows, Blowers, Air Compressors, Compressed Air Toole,
Motors, Air Water Lifts, Blowpipes, Etc.

612. ANEROID BAROMETER.—
A pair of corrugated
discs are put together
to form a sealed vac-
uum chamber. The
lower disc is fixed
to the barometer
frame, while the otfier
disc is movable by the

difference in air pressure, and, through a gear to increase the motion,

moves the index hand on the graduated dial.

612 a. Corrugated disc and gear.

613. BOX KITE.— A light frame of
pine, spruce, or bamboo is braced as shown
in the cut. Fine, light cambric is stretched
over each end, all in proportion to the.
figures in the cut The bridle is attached
one-quarter of the length of the box from
the front on the bottom frame.

f ©

614. CURVED VANE WINDMILL OR MOTOR,
— The wind pressure is greater against the hollow
side of the curved blades than against the other side.
Hence the motor motes.

^V 615 FEATHERING WINDMILL.— The light

^ ^/ 1 jointed blades are forced out when their edge catches
£^ I the wind, and the mill goes.

1 66

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

616. HEMISPHERICAL CUP WINDMILL.—

The pressure of the wind is greater against the hol-
low side of the cups than against the spherical side,
and the mill rotates. Also used for anemometers.

617. WINDMILL OF OUR GRAND-
FATHERS, with reefing sails. A few still in
use in the United States.

618. WINDMILL AND STEEL TOWER.—
Mill with a single series of blades. The tail-piece
is pivoted to the mill-head, and is swung around to
turn the face of the mill from the wind by a governor.

619. MODERN WINDMILL.— Two

series of concentric blades fastened to the
purlines of a braced radial frame. The
blades are fixed at an angle of about 35 ° to
the plane of the wheel. A peculiarly con-
structed mechanism turns the wheel edge-
wise to the wind to stop it, or to regulate
its position in a high wind.

^ a i u'/ fl*

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

167

620. ANCIENT WINDMILL and gear-
ing for a two-stone flour mill. The windmill
is turned toward the wind by a small wind-
mill at right angles on the tail frame, with
pinions and shaft connecting with a circular
rack around the revolving dome. These mills,
used for grinding grain, are the principal
source of power in Eastern countries.

621. ELECTRIC WIND*
MILL PLANT, " Corcoran "
model. The windmill-driven
dynamo charges a storage bat-
tery, which has an automatic
cut-out when the mill runs too
fast or too slow. The mill has
also a regulator throwing it out
of the direct course of the
wind when running too fast, or
for stopping the mill.

1 68

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

622. SMITH'S CIRCULAR BELLOWS, in
two parts for uniform blast.

623. DOUBLE ORGAN BLOWING
BELLOWS.— The upper section equalizes
the air pressure from the alternating blower
sections.

624. THREE-THROW BELLOWS.— Operated
by a crank, and gives constant blast without an
equalizer.

625. FOOT BELLOWS, for a blowpipe. A
spring raises the top of the bellows. The rubber
bag is confined to the netting to prevent burst-
ing. The step at the left is for the foot

626. FAN BLOWER.— An ordinary model
as used for blowing forge fires

627. "HODGES" COMPOUND BLOWER.—
The action is a triple effect. The air is
drawn in at each side of the blower and
thrown out at increasing pressure succes-
sively by the fans on each side, and returned
successively by the stationary partitions,
with a final discharge at the central annu-
lar chamber.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

169

628. " WEDDING " ROTARY BLOWER.—
A swinging winged cylinder moving in contact
with an outer shell The wing rides in a slot
in the shell with a cavity to give it freedom of
motion. The central cylinder is driven by a
crank-pin or eccentric on a shaft central with the
shelL

$29. "FABRY" ROTARY BLOWER.
— Two wheels of three teeth each ro-
tate in a two-part cylindrical case. The
teeth on and near the line joining the axis
mesh alternately for a part of a revolu-
tion, so as to make a continuous clos-
ure to the passage of air between the
wheels.

630. "ROOT : ' ROTARY BLOWER.
An early form. Has been also used
as a pump.

631. "ROOT" ROTARY BLOWER.
— Present design. The extended sur-
face of the periphery of the wheels al-
lows them to run loosely in the shell
without friction, and with very small
loss by air leakage.

170

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

632, HYDRAULIC AIR COM-
PRESSOR. — A reciprocating piston in
the water cylinder, G, produces an oscil-
lating motion in the water of the two ver-
tical cylinders, drawing in air through
the flap valves at the side,
t3 and discharging the com-
pressed air through the valves
at the top. The water pipes,
4 /, /, are to supply the place of water ejected through the air valve
by delivering all the air compressed at each stroke of the piston.

633. PISTON HYDRAULIC
AIR COMPRESSOR, "Dubois &
Francois " model. Water was con-
stantly injected into the cylinder
to cool the air, the excess being
discharged through the air valves.
An early type.

634. TROMPE OR HYDRAULIC
AIR BLAST.— One of the early devices
for furnishing an air blast to a forge.
The falling column of water draws in air
through the small inclined orifices at d>
carrying it into the reservoir e, where it
separates, and is discharged through the
tuyere pipe at b. The outlet at / dis-
charges the water through an inverted
siphon, carried high enough to balance
the air pressure.

635. AIR COMPRES-
SOR.— Elevation of duplex
type, showing connecting
rod and yoke frame.

- "Clayton" model.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

171

636, HYDRAULIC AIR COMPRESS-
O R p "Taylor" system. The principles of
the old Trompe blower extended for high
pressures. A number of air tubes, r, c,
f terminate at the conical entrance

of the down-flow pipe, B, at a, a.
A supply of water to the cham-
ber A, A, and its flow down the
pipe, draws air through the
small pipes, carrying it down to
the separating tank, t, c, where it
is liberated at the pressure due
to the hydrostatic head. The ait
is delivered through a pipe, as
shown in the cut, and the water
rises through a pipe to the tail
race.

637. AIR COM-
PRESSOR. — Pat-
tern of the " Inger-
soll-Sergeant Drill
Co." Operated by a
Pelton wheel. Ver-
tical section.

638. Plan.

AUTOMATIC AIR COMPRES-
SOR, "Bennet" model.
Showing the valve gear of
a simple lever connected
by link to the eccentric.

172

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

640. WATER JET AIR COMPRESSOR-
— A jet of water from a nozzle falling through
the tube C draws in air through a side tube
and forces it into the air chamber, where the
water and air separate under pressure. The
water is siphoned off through the water seal at
a height due to the required pressure and the
force of the jet

641. AIR COMPRESSOR.— Driven by a Corliss engine, direct
connected.

642. AIR COMPRESSOR,
" Norwalk " pattern. A steam
operated tandem compound
with an intercooler.

643. TRUNK AIR COMPRESSOR.—
Mounted on receiver. Single-acting, belt driven.
A very compact modeL

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

173

644. DUPLEX STEAM ACTUATED AIR COMPRESSOR,
" Ingersoll-Sergeant " model The air cylinders are tandem to each
steam cylinder with steam and air governors.

645. Elevation.

646. COMPOUND AIR COMPRESSOR.— Air is drawn in
through the ports A, passes through the annular valve in the large

HZ=flfl[I=3

piston, and is forced through the valve D and pipe to the high-pressure
inlet valve G; it is further compressed and delivered through the valve
A', and passage L. Both pistons are single, acting in opposite directions.

*7*

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

647. DUPLEX
AIR COMPRES-
SOR, with parallel
motion beams to
two single-acting aii
cylinders from a
double-acting steam
cylinder. " N. Y.
Air Brake" model.

648. TOGGLE-JOINT DUPLEX AIR
COMPRESSOR.— The crank moves the
common joint of the long arms in a hori-
zontal direction on a slide. The straighten-
ing of the toggle greatly increases the power
of the pistons during the terminal part of
7" their stroke, when the air pressure is greatest

649. AIR COMPRES-
SOR CYLINDER, PIS-
iTON AND VALVES.—

Pattern of the " Ingersoll,
Sergeant Drill Co." Takes
its air through a hollow pis-
ton rod at E to the interior
of the piston. The annular valves, G, G, open and close by their
momentum. H, H, discharge valves closed by springs; J, J, water
jacket.

650. AIR COMPRESSING CYLIN-
DER, with vertical lift valves,
water-jacketed cylinder and
heads. " Ingersoll-Sergeant"
J— x model.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

i7S

651. AIR COMPRESSOR GOVERNOR.—
Controlling the speed by the ordinary action of
the governor balls, and also reducing the com-
pressor to minimum speed when the air pressure
becomes excessive. The ball and lever at the
right are lifted by the air pressure in the small
piston, and force the valve rod and throttle down
to give the smallest motion to the compressor.
" Clayton " model.

652. AIR COOLING RECEIVER, for cooling the
air from a compressor. A series of tubes between headers
with water circulation cools the air and condenses the
excess of moisture. " Ingersoll-Sergeant " model

653. SINGLE VALVE AIR PUMP.— The
upper part of the cylinder is perforated, so that
the piston when drawn up produces a partial vac-
uum, and when past the perforation the air or
gas rushes in to fill the cylinder. The one valve
holds the pressure in the delivery pipe.

654. CRANK EQUALIZING ANGLE in air com-
pression. Cylinders are set at 90 . Single crank or
cranks set in one direction. "Frick" and many others.

176

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

0\* \if\£eTfcoYL

S»Tca*y

655. CRANK EQUALIZING AN-
GLE in air compression. The cylin-
ders are set at an angle of 90 and two
cranks are set at 30 . " Burleigh,"
early " Ingersoll," and " De Lavergne*
system.

D&vVes

656. CRANK EQUALIZ-
ING ANGLE in air com.
pression. The cylinders are
set at an angle of 135 .
" Davies " system in England.

Vfc\xVvvj

657. CRANK EQUALIZING AN-
GLE in air compression. Used to
equalize the mean pressure of the
steam and air pistons. The cylinders
are set at an angle of 45 . " Waring"
and " Rand " system.

658. DIRECT AIR PRESSURE
PUMP. — Two chambers for alternating
the pumping action are placed near the
water surface in a well or other water
supply. The chambers have suction and
force valves. A four-way switch cock
near the air pump alternates the flow of
compressed air to and from the pump,
thus alternating the suction and force
from the tanks.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

177

659. COMPRESSED AIR WATER
ELEVATOR.— A tank is submerged
in which there is a pivoted float that,
by its raising and falling, operates a
double-ported air valve for filling the
tank, by discharging the air, and for dis-
charging the water by the admission of
compressed air. A single-flap valve
at the bottom of the tank admits the
water. The valve is thrown only at
the top and bottom of the float stroke.

660. RAISING SUNKEN VESSELS
by compressed air. Casks
or bags fastened to the
sides or placed inside of a
vessel, and inflated with
air under pressure, are
used for raising sunken
vessels.

COMPRESSED AIR LIFT

SYSTEM of pump-

ing water from

deep wells. The

■^ pressure in the air

pipe must be great-

fdrostatlc pressure of the water at the

bottom of the pipe, and in quantities sufficient to

make the ascending column of air and water in

the flow pipe lighter in its total height than the

weight of an eqvwl column of solid water of the

depth of the welt from the surface of the water

to the bottom of the pipe.

«7«

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

662. COMPRESSED AIR POWER for automobile trucks.
Compressed air at about 4,000 lbs. per square inch is stored in steel
bottles. Reheated in a coil over a burner under reduced pressure,
and made a power factor in a compound engine. Controlled by link
valve gear and a reducing pressure valve.

663. COMPOUND PNEUMATIC LOCOMOTIVE, " Baldwin "
type. Two high-pressure air receivers. An intermediate pressure
receiver fed automatically from which the high-pressure cylinders are

operated. The
low-pressure cyl-
inders receive the
exhaust from the

L high-pressure cyl-
inders, and ex-
haust at almost
m atmospheric pres-
sure.

664. LOCOMOTIVE AIR BRAKE.— 1,

Air cylinder; 3, reducing valve. The piston
/ ._ is directly connected by links to the cam seo
3 tors, which press the brake shoes.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES,

179

PNEUMATIC CAR SEAT CLEANER.—
Compressed air is ejected
against the point of the
inverted cone, which in-
duces a strong current of
air upward and from
under the bottom of the

inverted funnel, drawing the dust from the fabric and projecting it

through a hose out of the windows.

666. AIR SPRAY NOZZLE for dusting
with compressed air. A broad, thin nozzle
from which a blast of compressed air pene-
trates fabrics, clearing them of dust. A good
cleaner of plain and carved woodwork.

667. PNEUMATIC PAINT SPRAYER.— An ejector nozzle

for compressed air, with a
side feed for the paint. An
inverted conical nose-piece is
flattened to a thin opening to
project the spray paint in a
thin sheet.

668. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER.—
The tank is nearly filled with a saturated solution of
carbonate of soda and water. The glass cup is filled
with acid and sealed by the cap. To use it, turn
the tank quickly, top down, when the ball falls and
breaks the acid cup, producing pressure by the libera-
tion of gas.

i8o

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

669. FIRE EXTINGUISHER.— The tank
is filled with a saturated solution of bicarbo-
nate of soda in water to five-sixths of its capac-
ity. A small glass bottle filled with sulphuric
acid, with a ioose lead stopper, is placed in a
cage at the top of the tank, and the cover of
the tank fastened. To use, turn the tank over,
which spills the acid, generating pressure by lib-
erating carbonic acid gas.

670. COMPRESSED AIR LIFT, " Clayton "
model. Showing safety stop on the piston rod,
which automatically stops the lift at any set point
by closing the air valve.

cylinder, C, on the tool socket, H
by the differential piston areas,
this operation.

DUPLEX PNEUMATIC RIVETER.
— The striking piston, A, is en-
cased in a striking cylinder, C,
so that the tool, T, receives a
blow alternately from the ham-
mer piston, A, and from the
The method of operation is shown
The hand is relieved from jar by

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

181

672. PNEUMATIC HAM-
MER. — Constructed on simi-
lar lines with No. 673, with
the addition of a counter-
balance piston, C, which, by
its reaction and cushion, re-

lieves the body of the tool and the hand from excessive jar.

673. PNEUMATIC HAMMER.— F is the flexible hose con-
nection. When T is pressed, compressed air enters through the

piston valve and ports
Pa, into the cylinder, as
; indicated by the arrows in
the cut. The piston will
first move to the top. The
effective pressure is that
due to the area of the pis-
ton. When P has given
the blow, exhaust takes
place through S and E, and
the piston P is brought back by means of the pressure in the
annular space B, acting only on the collar at D.

674. "HOTCHKISS" ATMOSPHERIC
HAMMER. — The hammer-head, A, is connected
directly with the piston within the vibrating cylin-
der, by a piston rod. The cylinder is connected to
the crank by an outside rod, vibrating vertically
by the motion of the crank, which also carries the
piston and hammer with a cushioned stroke, due
to compression of the air within the cylinder.

675. " GRIMSHAW " COMPRESSED AIR
HAMMER. — A belt-driven air compressor, D,
furnishes compressed air to drive the piston, A,
and hammer. A variable friction pulley on the
belt shaft, E, regulates the stroke of the hammer
by varying the admission of compressed air to
either side of the piston. The friction-valve
driving pulley slides on the feathered shaft by the action of the foot lever.

182

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

COMPRESSED AIR SHEEP-
SHEARING MACHINE.— A
small piston vibrates and oper-
ates the cutters through a lever
with a diagonal slot in which a
pin in the piston-rod head slides.
An arm on the piston rod oper-
ates the valves.

677. PORTABLE RIVETER, "Allen"
model. The toggle joint is pivoted to a cam
and also within the trunk piston. By the
differential trunk form, the return stroke econ-
omizes the compressed air, the large piston
area giving great power to the riveting stroke.

678. PNEUMATIC PORTABLE RIVETER.—
Direct piston and toggle-joint motion to the levers.
The machine is balanced on a forked suspender. The

piston draws the toggle joint in by air

pressure.

679. PNEUMATIC BREAST DRILL.—
A rotary air motor is fixed to the drill-
spindle, in a case to which the handles
and breast-plate are attached. Com-
pressed air enters through the handle
with the valve lever and is exhausted
through the opposite handle.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

183

are shown
No. 681.

680-681. PNEUMATIC MOTOR DRILL
STOCK, — Compressed air enters through
one of the handles with its flow controlled
by a lever and valve. The
exhaust enters the case from
the port in the oscillating cyl-
inder trunnions. The three
double-acting pistons are di-
rectly connected to cranks and
pinions which mesh with an
internal spur gear, which is fast
to the outer shell. The spider
which carries the cylinders and
pinions is fast on the central
spindle and revolves with it
The inlet and exhaust ports
section of the top trunnion at A,

horizontal

682. Is the vertical section,
showing the compressed air
valve and port passages open-
ing into a cavity in the central
spindle and to the trunnion
ports.

m — mr

683-684. PNEUMATIC MOTOR DRILL STOCK.

— A horizontal rotary motor, over the centre of

the spindle, carries on one end of its shaft a

bevel pinion, which drives a bevel gear attached

by the lower section of the

case to the drill spindle.

The inlet and exhaust ports

and valve are shown in the

vertical section, No. 684.

i8 4

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

685-686. PNEUMATIC MOTOR DRILL
STOCK, operated by four pis-
ions in two cylinders, double-
acting. The piston rods have
a jointed connection to cam
cranks on the pinion shafts.
The piston valves are oper-
ated by levers pivoted to op-
posite piston rods, as shown in
the horizontal section, No. 686.
The pistons act alternately in
the cylinders so that there is
no dead centre. The large
spur wheel is attached to the
spindle and revolves with it

687. Vertical section.

y^ 688. AIR AND GASOLINE TORCH.— Air

is pumped into the tank with the gasoline, and
forms a saturated air and vapor gas, which is carried to
the Itunsen burner through the vertical pipe. The addi-
tional air for combustion is regulated at the burner, and
the vapor at the valve in the pipe near the tank. A
gauge shows the pressure.

689. TORCH SOLDERING
COPPER.— The conical tip is
made of copper, and slips on
to the nozzle of a plumber's
gasoline torch. Used largely
for electric wire connections.

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

«*S

690. AIR AND GASOLINE VAPOR BRA-
ZER, double flame. The pressure of vapor to
the Bunsen burners is regulated by a valve near
the top of the tank. The valve handles hanging
from the stems regulate each burner.

691. AIR AND GASOLINE BRAZING
APPARATUS.— A small attached pump
forces air into a tank holding a small quan-
tity of gasoline. A gauge shows the air
pressure. From the top of the tank a pipe
extends to two oppositely placed Bunsen burners
with valves for regulating the flame. Swivels in
the pipe allow the burners to be adjusted to the
proper distance from the piece to be brazed. Fire-
brick flame plate.

692. DOUBLE CONE VENTILATOR.—
The up-take enters between the cones. The
smoke has its exit around the edge of the lee-
ward cone.

693. SPIRAL VANE OR COWL, for a chimney top.
The wind catching in the wings causes it to revolve and
increase the draught

i86

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

694. WIND INSTRUMENTS.

a, a\ bassoons.
by cors Anglais.
Cj oboe, or hautbois.
d t clarionet
e, flute.

/, octave, or piccola
g y musette.
hy flageolet

|6 on

695. WIND INSTRUMENTS
a, Sarrusophone.
by Saxophone.
c y Duplex pelitti.

d, d, Cornets a pistons.

e, Helicon cl pistons.

f, f, f % Saxhorns.

g, Clavicor.
h, Trombone,
t, Trumpet.
/, Ophicleide.

k, Hunting horn.
/, Post horn.

AiR POWER APPLIANCES.

I8 7

696. VENTILATOR OR COWL
FOR A CHIMNEY TOP.— The cor-
rugated edges of the outside guard
ring intensify the draft by directng
the wind in a vertical direction.

697. A WIND GAUGE for obtain-
ing the force of the wind in inches
height of water, from which the wind
pressure per square foot may be ob-
tained from the measured hydrostatic
pressure of the water.

698. COMPOUND POHLE AIR
LIFT. — In compounding an air lift
for mine drainage but one-half the
depth of sump is required as for a sin-
gle lift and by still further duplicating
the lifts, shallower sumps may be util-
ized with economy. Air pressure must
be greater than the total hydrostatic
pressure of the receiving tank. The
sump should be one-half the height of
the receiving tank in depth.

i88

AIR POWER APPLIANCES.

699. THE PRAIRIE WIND-
MILL, called in Kansas the ^Jum-
bo Mill," generally made with 6
arms on an axle placed in a north
and south position and lower half
covered with a box to shield the
lower paddles from the wind. A
simple crank connection to a pump
supplies sufficient water to irrigate
6 acres of garden land.

IotoBS^

700. GAS CRU-
B L E F U R-
JACE. — A com-
pressed air or air
gB and steam blow
pipe will operate a
crucible furnace
for melting metals.

701. OIL BURN-
ING MELTING
FURNACE. — A
cylindrical casing
lined with fire
brick. An oil
burner. The feed
hopper is removed
to pour the metal as shown in the right-hand section.

702. MECHANICAL FLYER. — A
small windmill with two or four blades,
when quickly revolved by the string and
forked spindles makes a pretty illustration
of a flying machine.

Section IX

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

Generators, Motors, Wiring, Controlling and Measuring, Lighting

Electric Furnaces, Fans, Searchlights and

Electric Appliances.

«~ F »

703. SERIES WOUND MOTOR
OR GENERATOR.— A motor if the
current is supplied through the wires P
and N, and a generator if the armature
is rotated, when the current can be taken
from the wires P and N

704. ELECTRIC GENERATOR CONSTRUC-
TION. — Series winding in which the armature, field
winding, and external circuit are in series or one contin-
uous line. Best for arc lighting. A, armature ; C, com-
mutator ; b and b' brushes ; the coil showing the field
winding.

705. STNGLE-POLE SHUNT GENERATOR,
showing the shunt-winding connec-
tion with the brushes and branch
^Xjla wiring to a rheostat controller. The
™ heavy lines are the main current
with a switch.

706. ELECTRIC GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION.
— Shunt winding, in which the field winding is in parallel
with the armature winding and connected with the circuit
at the brush holders. A, Armature ; C, commutator ; b
and b\ brushes ; a, c, field connections ; S, field winding.

192

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

717. TRIPLE-EXPANSION ENGINE and
multipolar dynamo. Direct-connected.
Vertical types of the General Electric
Company.

7 1 8. DIRECT-CONNECTED VERTICAL
COMPOUND ENGINE and multipolar dy-
namo. One of the latest styles of this class of
generators of electric power.

719. FLEXIBLE COUPLING
for engine and generator direct
connection.

720. Plan. The "Zodel" coup-
ling. A flange on each shaft
with overhanging crowns inter-
lapping. A continuous belt over
the outside and under the inside
crowns allows of considerable variation in alignment and longitudinal
vibration in the shafts. If a rubber belt is used, very perfect insula-
tion may be obtained.

721. CAR TRUCK MOTORS.
— Direct - connected electric
motors on street-car axles.

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

*93

722. ELECTRIC FUSIBLE CUT-OUT.— The
fuse wires or strips are connected to the circuit on
insulated porcelain blocks. They are made of resist-
ing metal or alloy of tin and lead of sufficient capacity
for the required current withbut excessive heat
Overcurrent melts the wire or strips and opens the
circuit

723. RHEOSTAT OR RESISTANCE COILS,
with variable switch. Coils are made of iron, platinum,
or German silver wire. The switch connections are so
made that the coils may be made to connect the line
with one or any number in series.

. ■ *P>

724. TROLLEY CAR,
showing the circuit from the
generator g, through the line
wire to car and return by
rail circuit.

725. SECTIONAL FEEDER SYSTEM for electric railways.
The trolley wire line is divided into a convenient number of sections

IF, for feeders from
a long main line,
or divided into
several feeder
lines, as shown
in the cut

194

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

726. STREET RAILWAY SINGLE MOTOR geared to both
axles. " Rae " system. The motor is carried on a frame and is
journaled to bcth axles.

727. ELECTRIC CAR BRAKE.— An
electric solenoid, operated directly from the
trolley current, is used as
the power. Two iron cylin-
ders, connected by a cross-
head, form a U-shaped magnet, which is drawn into the solenoids
when the current is turned into the coils. Regulation is made by
switches and rheostat

728. ELECTRIC STREET-CAR BRAKE.— A solenoid, oper-
ated by the trolley current, pulls up the brake levers. The springs

around the piston
rods hold back the
connections, acting
as buffers. The pis-
tons are divided
into three parts
each, to soften the
jerk when turning
on the electric current.

729. Section of solenoid, with the take-up pistons.

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

195

730. ELECTRIC IGNITER, used on
explosive motors. The bat-
teries, B, B, B, in series; a
sparking coil, T ; a braker, Jt 9
revolving on the shaft, the
insulating plug, P, and the
platinum electrodes, <*, r, with

the wiring, are the principal parts. in this device.

731. SPARKING DYNAMO, or generator
for a marine gasoline engine. Permanent horse-
shoe magnets, with an armature revolved by a
belt from the fly-wheel of the engine. With a
true rim on the fly-wheel, the pulley of the gen-
erator may be covered with leather or rubber and
pressed lightly against the rim of the fly-wheel.

732. MAGNETO-ELECTRIC
MACHINE.— The revolution in
the field of a permanent magnet
of an iron armature wound with
an insulated conductor, terminat-
ing in a commutator or pole-
changing device, from which the
conducting wires extend through

the base of the instrument to the posts and handles, H.

733. ELECTRIC THERMOSTAT.

734. Two strips of thin sheet steel and
brass are fastened together by soldering or
riveting, and to a base with binding-post
in an insulated frame. A cap, with binding
post and adjusting screw and index plate,
allows for electric contact of the spring
and screw at any required temperature.
By making a double-wiring, a damper may
be made to open or close within a small
range of temperature.

196

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

735. TELEPHONE TRANS-
MITTER.— A, A, thin iron
diaphragm ; B, india rubber in con-
tact with diaphragm and the ivory
disc, C ; D, platinum foil between
the ivory disc, C, and the carbon disc,
E ; G, disc and screw for adjust-
ment of carbon contact; H, ad-
justing screw for diaphragm con-
tact.

736. TELEPHONE RECEIVER.— A central
magnet, with a coil of fine insulated wire around the
end, next the vibrating plate or diaphragm. The
variations in the electrical current produce varia-
tions in the intensity of the magnet, which set up'
vibrations of sound in the iron diaphragm.

737. ELECTRIC GAS LIGHTER.— Turning on the
gas brings the electrodes in contact, and breaks the con-
tact, which produces a spark by closing and opening the
battery circuit.

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

I 9 7

738. ELECTRIC GAS LIGHTER.— Non-
short-circuiting. The wiping spring is insu-
lated, and there is no electric current except at
the instant of lighting.

739. POCKET ELECTRIC LIGHT.- A dry battery, with a small
incandescent lamp connected with it by a break-piece operated by the

thumb. A small lens at the
front protects the lamp and con-
centrates the light. Gives a
constant light for several hours.
Battery easily renewed.

740. ARC LIGHT AND REGULATING GEAR,
" Faucault " model. The upper carbon runs down
by a rack and gear governed by a fly, which is
stopped or let go by variations in the current

741. LUMINOUS FOUNTAIN.— The lower end
of the jet nozzle is fitted with a strong disc of plate
glass. A concave mirror, placed in the focus of an arc
light just below the glass disc, brilliantly illuminate*
the water jet

198

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

742. ELECTRIC HEATER. — Coils of German silver wire
wound around asbestos cords and rove over porcelain buttons for
insulation. The buttons may be fastened to a frame of any required
form.

<=Q>CX

743. ELECTRIC SOL-
DERING COPPER.—
The copper is wound with
a coil of resisting material ; platinum wire insulated with asbestos,
and the coil covered with a protecting shell. Connections are insu-
lated and pass through the hollow handle.

744. ELECTRIC SAD IRON.— The iron
is a shell frame with a smooth face on the
bottom. A resistance coil made of iron,
German silver, or platinum, insulated with as-
bestos, is wound in spirals as near the bot-
tom plate as can be made available for the
greatest amount of heat.

745. ELECTRIC SEARCHLIGHT,
"Edison" model. An arc light in front of
and in the focus of a concave reflector.
It gives a beam of light nearly parallel.
The front of the case has a plane glass
for protection. It swivels in all direc-
tions.

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

I 99

746. ELECTRIC FURNACE, show-
ing the recess and flat crucible. Elec-
trodes of hard carbon and connections.

747. OPEN TOP ELECTRIC
FURNACE. — A cavity in a box of re-
fractory material with holes on each
side through which the insulated car-
bon electrodes are inserted.

748. "SIEMEN'S" ELECTRIC GAS
FURNACE. —Gas enters the
crucible through a hollow
carbon electrode. The op-
posite electrode is a copper
tube closed at the end with
an inner tube for circulation

of water to keep the end of the copper electrode from burning. The

electrodes are adjusted by the rollers.

749. " COWLES " ELECTRIC
FURNACE.— A cylinder, A, is
made of silica or other heat-resist-
ing material. A carbon plug, C,
is connected with the positive wire,
and a graphite crucible, D, answers
as the negative electrode and stop-
per, also as an exit for gases generated in the retort ; B, a bed of
insulating material.

750. ELECTRIC FURNACE, "Cowles"
hopper model. The upper electrode is a
vertical carbon tube fixed to the hopper.
The lower electrode is a larger carbon tube
fixed to the furnace floor. The tubes are
banked with carbon and lime. The charge
is fed down from the hopper by a barbed
rod, reciprocated by a crank. The gases gen-
erated are drawn off through a condenser.

200

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

i. ELECTRIC WELDING PLANT.—
The secondary coil is the heavy bar of
copper enclosing the primary coil to
which the clamps are attached. The
magnetic material is in the form of coils
of iron wire wound around the primary
coil and copper hoop.

C, clamp arms.

D, pieces to be welded.

Mtmtf WWAWt - i_#*V WAM-rtiKr

752. ELECTRIC WELDING PLANT.— A, Alternating dyna-
mo; F, resistance coils and switch; B, transformer ; C, clamping jaws ;
D, rods or pieces to be welded ; E, switch in the primary circuit

753. PORTABLE ELECTRIC MOTOR
DRILL PLANT, with a stow flexible shaft.
A spool on the motor winds up or lets out
the electric wires, so that the apparatus
may be quickly moved from place to place.

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

20I

754. ELECTRIC PERFORATING PEN,
" Edison " model. Consists of a small pointed
tube with a perforating needle on the inside
vibrated by a small electro-magnetic motor
fixed on top of the pen. A', B', Armature
coils on iron studs fixed to frame ; Q, R, re-
volving arm and fly-wheel; Z, commutator;
N, M, O, spring current breaker. The pen
produces a stencil of fine perforations on a
glazed sheet of paper from which many copies
may be made by a brush and ink.

755. ELECTRIC HOIST.— The foot
lever is the friction brake. The left-
hand lever is for release, the right-hand
lever is the starter.

756. ELECTRIC BRAKE. -The
brake shoes are fixed to two adjust-
able curved levers and an operating
lever — a solenoid magnet being the
operating power.

757. ELECTRIC ROCK DRILL, "General
Electric Co.'s " model. A series of electric coils are
fixed along the cylinder. The iron plunger traverses
the interior of the coils, which are charged succes-
sively by the electric current through traverse brushes
on a straight commutator.

202

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

758. ELECTRIC FAN.— The motor is
concealed in the central chamber, the middle
section of which revolves with the arms.

759. ELECTRIC-DRIVEN FAN, "Edison*
model. Fan on same shaft with the arma-
ture. Ball bearings. Runs with four or-
dinary batteries.

759a. XOX-ARCING LIGHT-
NING ARRESTER.— This arrester
is made up of a number of circular
discs of non-arcing composition, separ-
ated from each other by thin sheets of
mica. A discharge jumps readily
through these thin sheets of mica,
as their combined resistance is
much less than that of a single sheet
of aggregate thickness. The discharge
also divides itself into hundreds of lit-
tle fine sparks through the mica, which
do not have sufficient body to pull an
arc.

This device thus does away with the
necessity of fuses, magnets or moving
parts.

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

203

7596. AMPEREMETER.— Simple form
showing the principle of operation. The at-
traction of the electric current in the sole-
noid coil, draws the iron core within the
coil against the gravity of the core and
frame which swings on a frictionless bear-
ing.

759<\ RECORDING WATT-
HOUR METER.— The armature is
rotated under the influence of the
current in the field coils. The arma-
ture spindle drives the recording
gear and dial hands and is regulated
by the constant retarding influence
of a disk revolving on the same spin-
dle between the poles of permanent
magnets.

759<f. ELECTRIC ESCAPEMENT, in
which a positive motion is given to a clock
from a central station by a detent and im-
pulse action of the electric current. The
bell crank lever L, L' and its arms T, T'
are actuated by the electro magnet and al-
ternately strike the pallets P, F moving the
escapement one tooth each at make and
break of the circuit.

759*. PNEUMATIC EMER-
GENCY BRAKE.— Instantaneous ac-
tion from air brake pressure on the
piston A, which is connected by a
jointed rod to the levers E, E, throws
the brake II in contact with the rail
with great force.

204

ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION.

759f. SOLENOID ELECTRIC FAN.—
A circular magnet attached to a pivoted arm
and fan blade, oscillates within two electric
coils by the alternate make and break of the
circuit from the battery by the contact fin-
gers and studs. Requires no switch; sim-
ply stopping or starting the fan blade puts
it out and in electric control.

759£. ALTERNATING CUR-
RENT TRANSFORMER.—
L, L, main lines from dynamo A ;
P, primary coil of small wire and
many turns ; B, iron magnet core
which may be made of strips of
sheet iron or iron wire ; S, induc-
tion coil of large wire and few
turns; D, lamp circuit. Practi-
cally both coils are wound on
the same core.

759/1. ELECTRO MAGNETIC
RATCHET DRIVER.— Used on electric
clocks. The flexible iron stirrup is fixed at
the bottom to the frame carrying the
ratchet wheel. The upper side carries a
pivoted pawl held to the ratchet teeth by a
light spring. An electric current passed
through the coils draws the ends of the stir-
rup together equal to the advance of a single ratchet tooth.

Section X,

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

Vessels, Sails, Rope Knots, Paddle Wheels, Propellers, Road Scrapers

and Rollers, Vehicles. Motor Carriages, Tricycles,

Bicycles and Motor Adjuncts.

760. LEG-OF-MUTTON SAIL.— A trian-
gular sail attached to mast and boom. 5, main-

761. SKIP JACK.— A baggy sail bent to
the mast and extended by a boom and gafL
The cat-boat. 5, mainsail.

762. SQUARE OR LUG SAIL, attached
to a yard. 5, mainsail.

763. LATEEN RIG.— A triangular sail ex-
tended by a long yard, which is slung about one-
quarter Its length from the lower end, which is
brought down to the tack. 5, mainsail.

764. SPLIT LUG OR SQUARE SAIL,
attached to a yard and divided at the mast, the
larger portion being bent to the mast. The
unequal division gives one sail the effect of a jib.
2, jib; 5, mainsail.

so6

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

765. TWO-MASTED OR DIPPING LUG.

— The sails are square, except at the top, where
they are bent to yards hanging obliquely to the
masts. 4, foresail; 5, mainsail.

766. NEWPORT CAT-BOAT.— Sail bent
to mast and extended by boom and gaff, with
a fore-stay to a short bowsprit. 5, mainsail.

767. SLOOP. — A mainsail and jib with
fore- and back-stays. 2, jib; 5, mainsail.

768. LATEEN-RIGGED FELUCCA.— A two.
masted boat with lateen sails and a jib.
2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail.

769. PIROGUE. — A two-mast schooner rig,
without jib and furnished with a leeboard.

r/-vrA(<4il • w moinaoil

4, foresail; 5, mainsail.

770. THREE-QUARTER LUG RIG.— Two
long or lug sails with jib stayed to bowsprit
2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

207

771. "SLIDING GUNTER," or sliding
topmast A two-masted boat, with divided
masts. The triangular sails are bent to both
masts, and furled by lowering the upper mast.
Mainsail extended by a boom. 2, jib ; 4, fore-
sail ; 5, mainsail.

772. SKIFF YAWL RIG.— A mainsail with
one or two jibs, and a small mast at the stern
with a leg-of-mutton sail, extended by a boom.
1, flying- jib ; 2, jib; 5, mainsail; 8, lugsail.

SLOOP YAWL. — A foremast, schooner-rig, of
sheet and jib, with a lugsail and mast at the
stern. Lugsail extended by a boom. 2, jib ;

5, mainsail ; 8, jigger.

774. JIB-TOPSAIL SLOOP.— A mainsail,
two jibs and jib-topsail. The topsail is run
up the topmast and extended on the gaff.
Main jib-stay from masthead to bow. Fore
jib-stay from topmast to bowsprit. 1 , flying-
jib; 2, jib; 5, mainsail ; 13, gaff-topsail.

775. THE CUTTER.— A mainsail, 5 ; jib,
2 ; flying-jib, 1 , and topsail, 9, are the main
features of a cutter-rig.

776. SCHOONER RIG.— Fore- and main-
sail bent to the mast, boom and gaff. Jib stayed
to bowsprit 2, jib ; 4, foresail ; 5, mainsail.

208

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

777. FULL SCHOONER RIG—
Main- and fore-sail, two or three jibs,
and two topsails. 1 , flying-jib ; 2, jib;
3, foretop staysail ; 4, foresail ; 5, main-
sail ; 12, fore gaff-topsail; 13, main
gaff-topsail.

778. TOPSAIL SCHOONER. — The
same rig as a schooner, except the foretop,
which is a square sail bent to a yard. 1,
flying-jib; 2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail;
9, fore-topsail; 13, main gaff-topsail.

779. CLUB TOPSAIL RIG.— In addition
to the full schooner rig, a club topsail is bent
to a stay from the main-topmast head to the
cross-trees of the foremast. 1, flying-jib; 2,
jib ; 4, foresail ; 5, mainsail ; 12, fore gaff-top-
sail; 13, main gaff-topsail ; 14, main topmast
staysail ; 31, jib topsail.

780 HERMAPHRODITE BRIG.— Mainmast has a fore and
aft sail, triangular topsail, and a club sail on a stay to the foremast

Foremast is square-rigged, with the ad-
dition of a fore and aft sail — hence the
name half-brig, half-schooner. 1 , flying-
jib; 2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail; 9,
fore-topsail; 13, main gaff-topsail; 14,
main topmast-staysail ; 22, fore-topgallant

sail; 25, fore-royal.

781. A BRIGANTINK— Foremast
rigged with square sails ; mainmast with
fore and aft sail and square-topsail, i,
flying-gib; 2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, main-
sail; 9, fore-topsail; 10, main topsail;
22, foie-topgallant sail.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

909

782. A BARKENTINE. — Schooner-rigged main and mizzen
mast, full square-rigged foremast, with the addition of a fore and aft
sail on the foremast Club sails on stays from
main to foremast. 1. flying- jib; 2, jib ; 3, fore
topmast staysail; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail; 7,
spanker; 9, fore topsail ; 13, main gaff -topsail ; 14,
main topmast-staysail; 22, fore-topgallant sail;
25, fore royal ; 32, fore-trysail ; 33, staysail* 34, gaff-topsail.

783. FULL-RIGGED BRIG.— Square sails on
both main and fore mast with the addition of a fore
and aft sail on the main mast. Two or three jibs.
1, flying-jib; 2, jib; 3, foretopmast-staysail ; 4,
foresail; 5, mainsail; 7, spanker; 9, foretopsail; 10,
maintopsail; 22, foretopgallant-sail ; 32, main-topgallant-sail; 20, up-
per maintopsail; 2 5, fore royal.

784. A BARK. — Full, square-rigged sails on fore
and main masts. Schooner rig, mizzen-mast. 1,
flying- jib; 2, jib; 3, foretopmast staysail; 4,
foresail ; 5, mainsail ; 7, spanker ; 16, lower fore-
topsail; 17, lower maintopsail; 19, upper fore-
topsail; 20, upper maintopsail; 22, fore-topgallant-sail; 23, main-top-
gallant-sail; 25, fore royal; 26, main royal ; 34, gaff-topsail.

785. FULL-RIGGED SHIP, with double
topsails and staysails. 1, flying-jib; 2 f
jib; 3, foretopmast staysail; 4, foresail; 5,
mainsail; 6, cross-jacksail ; 7, spanker; 14,
main-topmast staysail; 15, mizzen-topmast
staysail; 16, lower foretopsail; 17, lower maintopsail; 18, lower
mizzen-topsail ; 19, upper foretopsail; 20, upper maintopsail; 21,
upper mizzen-topsail; 2 2, fore-topgallant-sail; 23, main-topgallant-sail;
24, mizzen-topgallant-sail -,25, fore royal ; 26, main royal 527, mizzen
royal ; 28, main skysail ; 29, main- topgallant-stay sail ; 30, mizzen-top-
gallant-staysail ; 35, main royal staysail.

SIO

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

786. FULL-RIGGED SHIP.— Square sails
011 fore, main, and mizzen mast, with a fore and
aft sail on mizzen mast Three jibs. 1, flying-
jib; 2, jib; 3, foretopmast-staysail ; 4, foresail;
5, mainsail; 6, cross- jacksail ; 7, spanker; 9,
foretopsail; 10, maintopsail; 11, mizzentopsail ; 22, foretopgallant
sail; 23, maintopgallant-sail ; 24, mizzen topgallant-sail; 25, fore
royal* 26, main roval- 27 mizzen royaL

787. ICE BOAT.— A
sloop-rigged frame on three
runners, the rear one be-
ing the tiller runner.

ROPE KNOTS AND HITCHES.

788. CLOVE HITCH.

789. HALF-HITCH.

790. TIMBER HITCH,

791. SQUARE OR REEF KNOT.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

211

&&.

792. STEVEDORE KNOT.

793. SLIP KNOT

794. FLEMISH LOO
795. BOWLINE KNOT.

796 CARRICK BEND.

797. SHEET BEND AND
TOGGLE.

798. SHEET BEND. Weaver's knot

799. OVERHAND KNOT.

800. FIGURE EIGHT KNOT.

801. BOAT KNOT.

212

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

802. DOUBLE KNOT.

803. BLACKWALL TACKLE HITCH.

804. FISHERMAN'S BEND HITCH.

805. ROUND TURN AND HALF
HITCH.

806. CHAIN STOP for a cable.

-*rT&-hr4- J 7-£- S 7T$~-_

807. DISENGAGING HOOK, held by a
mousing link.

808. SLIP HOOK. — The extension of the sus-
pension link holds the lower link in line, while a pull
on the arm by a lanyard releases the load.

809. RELEASING HOOK.— The lever throws the
link off by a pull of the lanyard.

810. BOAT DETACHING HOOK.— The standard is
fastened to the boat. A tongue is pivoted to its upper end
and passes through the hook of the tackle-block. A lever
with an eye to catch the tongue is pivoted to the up-
right standard, with a lanyard attached at the bottom.
A simultaneous pulling of the two lanyards detaches
both ends of a boat at once. .

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

213

811. SWINGING OAR LOCK.— The hook C of the oar lock

is swivelled on a post, D.
which is fastened to the
I gunwale by a flange sta-
ple and latch or by extend-
ing the swivel through the
gunwale.

812-813. PIVOTED STEPS for a boat-
landing. One edge of each step is pivoted to
the lower stringer, the other edge to the upper
stringer by a hanger. On a level the steps
form a floor, as the end of the ladder falls with
the tide the hangers lift the forward edge
of the step to keep it level. The shore posts
are fixed and vertical. Stringers are pivoted
to posts.

814. SCREW ANCHOR for buoys. Is screwed
to the required depth in the sand by a long box
wrench.

815. FLOATING LIGHTHOUSE.— A float-
ing buoy filled with compressed gas (Pintsch
system). Supplies a constant light of high power
in the lantern for several days.

214

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

paw

^S^

r '' ■■'■■".'" fes i

, ■ ■ ■ - . ■

t3^*f«F

nnnnip

Tut i*J iuiJVI L

8 1 6. STONE DRY-DOCK, into
which vessels are floated and a water
gate closed, when, by pumping the water
out, the vessel settles upon bearing
blocks, and is shored from the side walls.

817. FLOATING DRY-DOCK, in
which the lifting power is derived from
the displacement of the water in the
interior of the dock. The displacement
area of the side extensions of the dock is
sufficient to balance it when it is sunk, by
filling the lower part with water in order to float a vessel into the dock.

818. FEATHERING PADDLE WHEEL
OR WATER MOTOR.— The paddles are
kept in a vertical position by a planetary gear.
The central gear is fixed. The pinions and
gear on the arms keep the paddles in a ver-
tical position in the water.

a 819. VERTICAL BUCKET PADDLE WHEEL.

c — The buckets, a, a, a, a, are pivoted to the shaft arms,

b, b. To the pivots are attached cranks, r, c, c, c

which are pivoted to the arms of an eccentric ring re-

c volving with the shaft on a fixed eccentric, <r. By this

arrangement the buckets are kept vertical.

820. FEATHERING PAD-
DLE WHEEL.— The buck-
ets are hinged with back le-
vers and turned to their proper
Ala position by arms pivoted ec-
centric to the shaft The
framework of the wheel is of
iron or steel.

821. Cross section.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

215

822. OUTWARD THRUST PROPELLER
WHEEL.— The blades pitch forward to throw the
water outward as well as backward, to increase
the thrust or power of the wheel.

823. SCREW PROPELLER. Four blades. Or-
dinary form for heavy draft tugs and tow-boats.

824. SCREW PROPELLER, " Griffith "
model. The inclination of the blades is
made adjustable, and they are attached to
a rim outside from the hub.

825. SCREW PROPELLER, "Hodgson's" model.
The blades are curved backward to prevent the cen.
trif ugal direction of the water when passing the blades.
Claims on fore-and-aft direction of blades by inventors,
are not in harmony with the best practice in propeller
design.

826. SCREW PROPELLER,
the " Ericsson " model. A rim con-
necting all the blades, supposed to
counteract the centrifugal tendency
of the water.

827. Side view.

2l6

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

828. SCREW PROPELLER, "Vergne's"
model. The projecting ribs from the face of the
blades are intended to neutralize the centrifugal
action of the water.

829. Section of blade.

830. REVERSING PROPELLER,
for launches and small yachts. The
blades are socketed on opposite sides of
the shaft and through a boss fixed to
the driving shaft.

831. Plan. A short crank extending
from the blade socket at B, with an elon-
gated hole at C, receives a pin fixed to
a yoke and hollow shaft to which is

given a fore-and-aft motion for changing the position of the blades.

832. REVERSING SCREW
PROPELLER.— The blades
are pivoted concentrically on
the hub, with pinions fixed to
/ the shanks on the inside. The
hub is fixed to the inner driv-
ing shaft. A sleeve, with
gear-cut end to fit the pinion
teeth, revolves with the shaft. An inclined slot-sleeve E, moved by a
yoke lever, gives a slight rotary motion to the geared sleeve by which
the four blades are reversed. 8^^. Section of shaft and reversing lever.

834. SCREW PROPUL-
SION. — Deep immersion
screw of the Britannic. The
screw propeller is lowered be-
low the line of the keel by
worm and rack gearing. The
shaft is swivelled by a double
spherical joint and connected
with the engine shaft by a universal joint.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

217

835. REVERSING SCREW PROPELLER. —The central
shaft is the driver, and has a small longitudinal motion by a clutch
and lever to shift the position of the blades. The
outer-end sleeve is fast on the driving shaft, and
carries the blades in sockets on each side of its
centre. A hollow short shaft, free on the driv-
ing shaft, but fixed longi-
tudinally, turns in a
socket on the stern post
A rack on each side
meshes in a gear sector
attached to each blade socket, so that the blades are reversed by the
fore-and-aft movement of the driving shaft.

836. THRUST BEARING for a pro-
peller shaft. The collar brasses are set in
mortices in the frame ; they are made in
halves and bolted together.

837. "SILVER'S" MARINE
GOVERNOR.— The two pair
of balls are pivoted to the re-
volving shaft at the centre of
their connecting arms. Their
centrifugal tension is held and
adjusted by the helical spring
I, and thumb-screw. The open-
ing of the balls moves the sleeve, D, for controlling the valve gear.

838. DEEP-SEA SOUNDING BALL.—
The sounding line is held by the pivoted horns
b, b, which are thrown down when the rod passing
through the ball touches bottom ; this releases
the wire sling </, that holds the ball, when the rod
and line can be easily drawn up. Has been
used in four-mile depths of the ocean.

839. Release position.

218

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

840. SOUNDING WEIGHT RELEASE for deep-
sea sounding. A hollow spindle attached to the sound-
ing-line encloses a hook lever, sprung out by a spring.
A spindle, with an impact head, slides behind the lever
and releases the ball at the moment the head strikes
the bottom.

841. SAMPLER SOUND-
ING WEIGHT.— The cups are
held open during the descent by
a clip, which is disengaged when
the bob strikes the bottom. The
cups spring together by the re-
lease of the catch.

842. Cups closed.

843. SUBMARINE LAMP.— A strong
iron case with convex lenses. An ordinary
bright light from a lamp, with two hose con-
nections, sling and guide lanyards. One
hose is to supply fresh air, while the other
carries off the gas of combustion. " Vander
Weyde " model. A powerful electric arc
light is a later model.

844. ROAD BUILD-
ERS' LEVEL. — A draw
telescope, on a screw and
swivel base, with arm and
screw for small adjustment.
The bubble is directly
under and in focus of the
eyeglass, and is seen by
reflection from a piece of
glass at 45 in the eyepiece.

845. Section through reflector and level.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

219

846. ROAD MACHINE,
for scraping and levelling
common roads.

847. REVERSIBLE ROAD
ROLLER.— The tongue is at-
tached to the frame that carries
the driver's seat, and is bal-
anced by the weight on the
rear arm. By unlocking the
catch the horses wheel around
the roller with the tongue and
seat frame, and the tongue is
relocked on the other side of the
wheel frame.

848. ROAD ROLLER.— Steam-
driven. One of the heavy class
now improving our roads.

849. SINGLE ECCENTRIC RE-
VERSING GEAR.— Used on traction
engines. A is a wheel keyed on the
crank shaft; D is the eccentric; C, a
link; B, B, bell crank, connected to
sleeve and eccentric. The movement
of the sleeve E by the lever throws the
eccentric D to the centre and to the
opposite position for reversal

220

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

850. ELASTIC WHEEL, " Huxley." A steel

spring tire with jointed spokes.

851. SPRING WHEEL.— Two forms of curved
spring spokes and spring rim.

852. ELASTIC WHEEL, with steel tire and
spring spokes.

853. APPLICATION OF TRACE
SPRINGS for trucks and heavy wag-
_ ons. Saves the shoulders of horses
^"^ from fatigue and abrasion.

854. " SERPOLLET'S " STEAM
TRICYCLE. — A, coil boiler; B,
; C, water tank. The
coal shute enters the
furnace and feeds the
fire automatically.
Water is fed to the
generator directly
from an adjustable
pump stroke. See
Nos. 199, 200, 201.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

221

855. STEAM FIRE
ENGINE. Vertical tubu-
lar boiler. Vertical steam
pump, with yoke connec-
tion to fly-wheel crank.
" Gould " pattern.

* 5 6, JACKETLESS GASOLINE CARRIAGE
MOTOR, with two cylinders in
line on two cranks at opposite
points. Four-cycle type. Explo-
sion in cylinders simultaneously,
reducing vibration. Cylinder
cooled by air circulation over the
radial ribs.

857. GASOLINE MOTOR
CARRIAGE.— Two full seats
and single seat for driver. The
middle seat turns over to get
at the motor and gear.

858. LIGHT ELECTRIC
CARRIAGE, with single
seat The motor is attached
to the frame and geared
to a speed shaft, and by
sprocket and chain to the
wheel axle.

222

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

S59. ELECTRIC PHAETON.—
The motors are fixed to a
frame under the floor of the
phaeton, with their pinions
meshing with an inside spur
gear on each wheel. The
batteries are under the seat
and extension box over the
driving wheels.

860.

ELECTRIC BROUGHAM.

The same general arrange-
ment of the motor as in
No. 859, only that the bat-
teries are stored under the
floor.

861. DIFFERENTIAL GEAR for a tricycle. The bisected
shaft is connected to a pair of pinions by universal joints. The
pinions are pivoted at an angle of about 30 in a free-moving sleeve box.

862. BABY-CARRIER TRICYCLE.

— An extension of the driving axle of an
ordinary bicycle, with a supplementary
wheel to balance and for safety, so that
a convenient vehicle is made for carrying
children or packages

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

223

863. ELECTRIC TRICYCLE, "Bar-
row " pattern. The single forward wheel is
swivelled to the vehicle frame for steering
and is also the driving wheel. It has a spur
wheel on the inside of the rim in which the
electric-motor pinion meshes. The motor
swings with the steering-wheel frame, and is
connected to the battery under the seat by
flexible wiring.

864. ICE BICYCLE.— An attach-
ment of a runner and a toothed rim for
any bicycle ; making bicycling a winter
sport on the ice.

865.

BICYCLE GEAR.— Transmission
by fore and aft shaft with pin-
tooth gearing. " Sagar " model.

866. Pin-tooth wheel and
pinion.

867. BICYCLE CRANK.— A device
for shortening the up-crank stroke. The
eccentrics are fixed to the frame. The
cranks and eccentric straps revolve on
ball bearings, carrying by link connection
the secondary crank shaft and sprocket
wheel.

Horizontal plan.

869. SWINGING BALL-BEARING
BICYCLE PEDAL. — Carries the feet close
to the ground.

224

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

870. "A. F. HAVEN'S" PLANETARY
CRANK GEAR, adapted
^rr-v_-r_-_*-_-r for bicycles for varying pro-
portion of motion. The gear
B is fast on the sprocket-
wheel shaft. Gear C is fast
Jtoa block that slides in the
longitudinal slot of the cross
D. The curved arms of the
cross are slotted on the ra-
dial centre E, the slot rid-
ing over the sprocket shaft, allowing the radial arm D to pass the
shaft. The crank A is pivoted to the shaft and the sliding block.
With equal gears, the sprocket wheel makes two revolutions for one
of the crank.

871. DETACHABLE LINK CHAIN
for bicycles. Chain can be taken apart
by turning the links at right angles to
the run of the chain.

872. DETACHABLE LINK CHAIN
for bicycles. The pin can be slipped
out by drawing the links together. The
grooves in the pins lock in the narrow
slot ends of the links.

873. Centre link pin and slip link.

874. DETACHABLE LINK BICYCLE
CHAIN. — The pins are slotted on three
sides at G, G, are entered at the centre of
the outside links and turned so that the
straight back will rest against the end of
link slot.
875. Pin showing slots.

876. BALLBEARING PROBLEM, show-
ing the direction of load, direction of support,
and axis of rotation with V bearings in which
the angular thrust is balanced in the same
journal.

NAVIGATION AND ROADo.

225

877. BALL-BEARING PROBLEM, show-
ing the direction of load, the direction of sup-
port, and the axis of rotation with angular
quarter-curve bearings and angular thrust.

878. ACETYLENE BICYCLE LAMP.
Gas is generated in the lower compartment
by admission of water in small quantities
from the compartment B, through a needle
valve operated by the handle K. L, gas
tube ; M, burner. The gas pressure is reg-
ulated by the hydrostatic head of water in
the reservoir B. If gas is generated too
fast, the water is held back by the gas
pressure.

879. ACETYLENE BICYCLE LAMP.— A
charge of pulverized calcium carbide is placed in
the lower chamber. A charge of water of one-
half the weight of the carbide is placed in the
tank, J. The wick G carries water to the car-
bide by capillary action and pressure from grav-
ity. The gas is aerated in the burner. The
valve at I regulates the flow of water, which is
also retarded by the gas pressure in the carbide
chamber.

880. BICYCLE LAMP.— W, bull's-
eye lens. Air enters at O, and passes
to the flame between the wick tube
and guard, and flickering is prevented
by air's exit through small passages in
the shell of the lamp. Z, reflector ; B,
oil chamber.

226

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

88oa. AIR SHIP.—
General form of those in
use that have had any suc-
cess. Too many come to
grief and they should be a
warning to the ambitious
soarer, to learn what his
predecessors have done.

880&. RAILROAD GATE operated by com-
pressed air. — A hand pump in the gate house
compresses air which is transmitted to pistons at
the gate bar posts by double pipes su thai the
bars are raised or closed by the air valves in the
gate bouse. The air pump is located in the gate
bouse.

880c. RAILROAD CROSSING GATE.— A lever in the gate
house operates the gate arms by a series of bell cranks linked to-
gether and to sectors in the gate arm boxes. A small lever and
sector at each arm to close the foot walk.

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

227

88od. RAILWAY PNEU-
MATIC SIGNAL.— An air
cylinder near the rail is operat-
ed by the wheels passing over
the lever A, pressing it against
the cam S, on a rocking shaft
B, lifting the plate C, and the
connected piston. Elevation
and plan.

880*. A SELF REGIS-
TERING TIDE GAUGE.—
S is the float in the tide well ;
Z the rack meshed in the wheel
A ; B is a pinion meshed in the
horizontal rack H, which car-
ries the marking point K. The
barrel W carries a paper
marked by the hours of the day and driven by a clock. D and
C are tension weights to take up any looseness in the gear.

880/. NOVEL STEERING GEAR on Emperor William's
yacht "Meteor." — A right and left screw shaft with links between

the nuts and
rudder post
cap. Rudder
buffer rings
at each end of
the shaft to

take up the jar.

88o£. SHIP'S STEER-
ING GEAR.— A slotted
cross head fixed to the rud-
der post, in the slot of
which two nut bearings
traverse; the nuts being
carried in opposite direc-
tions by right and left-hand
screws operated by the
steering wheel and gears.

228

NAVIGATION AND ROADS.

88o/f. STREET CLEAN-
ING MACHINE. — A re-
volving brush A, driven by
link belt from the wagon
wheel, throws the dirt
upon the ele-
vator B, and
distributes it
in the box D.
E, the distributer ; F, water tank to supply the sprinkler G.

880/. A SPRING WHEEL.— The spokes
are of flat spring steel, curved and made
fast to the hub and to a secondary steel rim,
which is clipped to the outer rim, which may
be solid or with a rubber tire.

880;. THE AUTOMOBILE HORN.—
The rubber ball has a valve at the bottom for
charging with air. A whistle or a vibrating
tongue at the small end of the horn gives
the desired blast.

Section XI.
GEARING.

Racks and Pinions; Spiral, Elliptical, and Worm Gear; Differential

and Stop-Motion Gear ; Epicyclical and Planetary

Trains; "Ferguson's" Paradox.

881. ORDINARY RACK AND PINION.

^ ^AAnAAw^^v/u-'O —Reciprocating motion, from circular or recti-
\0fe linear motion as desired.

882. DOUBLING THE LENGTH OF A
CRANK STROKE by a fixed and a movable
rack. The crank rod connects with a pinion,
"~*~~ which rolls on a fixed rack, carrying a recipro-

cating rack to double the distance of the crank throw.

883. SAWMILL FEED.— By the revolu-
tion or rocking of the crank b y the adjustable
bell-crank lever a is vibrated, which gives the
hook pawl c the desired motion to turn the
ratchet wheel and pinion which, meshing in
the log bed-rack, feeds the log to the saw. The
rate of feed is adjusted by the screw and
traverse block d.

884. RACK MOTION used for air pumps.
The racks are directly connected with the pis-
tons of a single-acting air or other pump, and
operated by a brake lever.

885. AIR-PUMP MOVEMENT.— Two racks
connected directly with the pistons, with guides,
are operated by a pinion and lever.

«3°

GEARING.

J L

886. CIRCULAR RACK and pinion gear. A vari«
able thrust bearing.

887. RECTILINEAR VIBRATING MOTION
of a spindle having an endless worm gear, moved
by a spur-gear sector.

888. VERTICAL DROP HAMMER or impact
rod, in any position. Continual motion of sector pinion
lifts or draws back the rack-rod B, which quickly drops
or springs forward on the release of the teeth.

889. SECTOR PINION AND DOUBLE
RACK. — Rectilinear reciprocating motion from
the continual motion of a sector pinion.

890. RECIPROCATING MOTIONS of
two pinions, geared together and to opposite
racks, producing rectilinear reciprocating mo-
tion to the racks, or vice versa.

891. CRANK SUBSTITUTE, " Parson's "
patent. A reciprocating double rack alternately
meshing in a pinion. A cam face plate running
in smooth ways in the racks and fast to the pinion lifts the racks into
and out of gear alternately at the end of each stroke. The end teeth
keep the pinion in mesh.

GEARING.

*3*

892. ALTERNATE CIRCULAR MOTION
spur pinion from rectilinear motion of a
mutilated rack gear.

893. CRANK SUBSTITUTE. Two loosd
1 pinions with reverse ratchets attached to shaft,
with pawls on pinion ratchets. Each rack
meshes with reverse pinion for continual motion of shaft Many vari-
ations of this device are in use.

894. QUICK BACK MOTION given to a
rack slide by a sector gear and slotted arm ;
operated by a pin in a revolving face plate.

895. ALTERNATE RECTILINEAR MO-
TION from a swinging lever with sector and
rack. The lever has a quick return motion,
operated by a wrist pin on a face plate, and
free from backlash by the weight and lanyard
attached to end of lever.

896. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR
MOTION of a double rack ; gives a continu-
ous rotary motion to the central crank. Each
stroke of the rack alternates upon one or the
other of the sectors. A curved stop on the
centre gear is caught on the pins in the rack,
to throw it into mesh with the opposite sector.

897. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR
MOTION of a bar carrying an endless rack.
A mangle device. The pinion shaft moves up
and down the slot, guiding the pinion around
the end of the rack.

232

GEARING.

898. MANGLE RACK, guided by rollers
and driven by a lantern half-pinion. The long
teeth in the rack act as guides to insure a
tooth mesh at the end of each motion.

899. MANGLE RACK. — A reciprocating mo-
tion of a frame to which is attached a pin-tooth
rack, the pinion being guided by the shaft rid-
ing in a vertical slot, not shown.

900. MANGLE RACK with stationary pinion.
The rack and slot frame are jointed to the mangle
box, riding in mesh with the pinion by the slot
guide, leaving the mangle box free to ride and tip
on the rollers.

901. ALTERNATE CIRCULAR MOTION
ifrom continuous motion of geared wheels. A
[grooved cam revolving with a geared wheel pro-
duces a variable or alternate motion to a crank,
through a pin in the groove connected to the
crank and to a fixed point by a connecting rod.

902. MANGLE WHEEL with equal motion
forward and return. The pinion moves over the
same teeth in both motions. The pinion moves
vertical in a guide slot, not shown. The end of
the shaft is guided vertically by the groove keep-
ing the pinion teeth in mesh.

903. " MANGLE WHEEL" GEAR in the oper-
ation of which the speed varies in every part of
its revolution. The pinion shaft is guided by the
groove in the face of the wheel to keep the teeth
in mesh, but rises and falls vertically by travers-
ing a slotted guide, not shown.

GEARING.

2 33

904. CONTINUOUS ROTARY MOTION
of a pinion producing reciprocating motion of the
double-geared wheel carrying drum of a mangle.
The slotted stand allows the pinion shaft to rise
and fall, its end guided by the slot in the return-
gear wheel to give the mangle drum a quick
return.

905. MANGLE WHEEL with grooved guides,
uniform motion through nearly a revolution, and
quick return.

906. MANGLE MACHINE GEAR.— Large

wheel is toothed on both faces. The pinion
traverses from one side to the other of the
geared wheel through the open space.

907. WORM SCREW RACK.— Continued motion of a
worm screw meshed in a rack to produce motion in the rack
from a fixed position of the worm, or with a fixed rack ; the
worm, sliding over a feather-key shaft, will drive sliding nuts
holding a hoisting car or platform.

x 908. ROTARY MOTION of worm gear from
an ordinary screw, or when the screw has great
pitch, rotary motion of the screw may be obtained
from the rotation of the worm-gear wheel.

909. ADJUSTABLE FEED ROLLS driven
by worm gear. The roll gears have elongated
teeth on their face meshing with the screw on
each side, which allows of considerable variati m
of the ctepth of feed.

*34

GEARING.

910. SAW-TOOTH WORM GEAR.— By the
saw-tooth form of the teeth of both wheel and
worm, and the concave pitch lines of the worm, a
large area of contact is given to the teeth.

911. RIGHT- AND LEFT-HAND WORM
GEAR for feed rolls or drums.

912. THREE-PART WORM SCREW, for
operating three, screw gears for a chuck, so that
the jaws close in the same direction.

913. TRAVERSING MOTION from cir-
cular motion of a worm gear. The worm
wheel and spur gear are relatively held by the
frame 6, and slide freely on shaft a and guide
bar D. The feathered key on shaft a allows the worm to turn with
the shaft, while the connecting rod c t by having one end fixed to the
frame and the other end attached to a crank pin on the spur gear,
gives the sliding frame with spur gear and worm a reciprocating mo-
tion equal to the throw of the crank pin.

914. GLOBOID SPIRAL GEAR
WHEELS.— The revolution of the glo-
boid gear A gives a variety of differen-
tial motions to the spur gear B as it
swings between the limits practicable
with the globoid teeth.

GEARING.

235

915. INTERNAL WORM-GEAR WHEEL for
driving a spur-gear pinion.

916. WORM-GEAR PINION to drive an inter-
nal spur-gear wheel.

917. ANTI-FRICTION WORM GEAR.—
The worm-wheel bearings are on friction
rollers running on pins.

918. RELEASE ROTARY MOTION.— A worm
wheel B, fast on a shaft to which is attached a loose arm
and weight D, that carries the arm quickly over a half-
turn, more or less, as required. The worm wheel lifts
the arm and weight to beyond the vertical position by a
pin in the shaft. See 919.

919. RELEASE ROTARY MOTION.— A sector
weight E, moving loose on a shaft to which is fixed a
worm wheel driven by a screw. The weighted sector
is lifted by a pin resting in the half-section of the
hub of the worm wheel until it reaches the point at
which gravity carries it over a half-turn, more or less, as required.

920. RELEASE CAM. — Uniform motion is
communicated to the gear wheel, B, fixed on its
shaft with a pin at C. The cam is loose on
the shaft, with a stop section to meet the pin at
C. The lever d has a spring and a roller on
the cam. The lever d is raised by the motion

of the cam until its straight face reaches the roller, when the lever

falls suddenly, throwing the cam forward.

236

GEARING.

921. HUNTING TOOTH WORM GEAR, used
for planetary or clock motion. The double worm-gear
wheel may have one or more teeth in one section than
in the other. The motion of the worm advances one
wheel in proportion to the difference in the number of
teeth. If the difference is as 100 to 1 01, the worm will
make 10,100 revolutions for one revolution of the
wheel having 101 teeth, over the wheel having 100 teeth.

922. DIFFERENTIAL SCREW AND
GEAR MOVEMENT.— The spur gear E is
fixed to a screw hub or nut, revolving in the
head of the short standard. The pinions F
and G vary in size to match the spur gears D
and E. The revolution of the pinions and shaft
A, B produces a differential motion in the
spur gears E and D. D is fixed to the screw shaft, thus driving
the screw shaft forward at a very slow rate and great power.

923. COMPLEX ALTERNATING RECIP-
ROCAL MOTION from three unequal gears and
two walking-beams giving an endless variety of
motions to the terminal connecting rod.

924. ALTERNATING RECIPROCAL MO-
TION from two crank gears and connecting rods

~ to a walking-beam. When the gears are equal
the motion of the rod is uniform ; when the gears
are unequal the motion of the rod is proportionally
a varying differential one.

925. TWO-TOOTHED PINION.— Transmis-
sion of motion to a wheel having a series of teeth
alternating on each side. The form of the pinion
cam teeth locks the wheel teeth until the opposite
cam catches its wheel tooth.

GEARING.

237

926. PIN WHEEL AND SLOTTED PINION,
by which a change of speed is obtained by shifting
the pinion along its shaft

927. VARIABLE ROTARY MOTION from
cone gears. A toothed cone is matched to an
inverted cone with pin teeth to gear with the vari-
able pitch of the cone teeth.

928. SCROLL GEAR. — Increasing velocity is ob-
tained by a geared scroll plate with a sliding pinion on
A a constant speed shaft.

929. SPIRAL HOOP GEAR for special
and slow transmission of power and motion to
a shaft at right angle. One revolution of
wheel A moves shaft B one tooth of its gear.

930. ACCELERATED CIRCULAR MO-
TION by a volute gear. The pinion P and
guide disc R move along the feathered shaft C,
following the rail guide, and returns by reversal
of the motion of the driving shaft C.

931. ROLLER-BEARING GEAR TEETH.
— A double-flanged wheel with roller-bearing
notches cut to the pitch of the wheel. The
rollers are held in place by straps bolted to an
inner circle of the flanges. The meshing
wheel has its teeth skeletoned to make room
for the roller teeth.

«3 8

GEARING.

932. BALL GEAR with traverse pinions,
very limited traverse of the pinions.

Has

933. SPIRAL GEARING.— V gearing, in which
the teeth are at a small angle with the plane of rota-
tion, makes a perfectly silent transmission of power.

934. EXPANDING PULLEY.— The sec-
tional rim pieces with their arms have a radial
sliding joint on the hub arms, and are moved
out or in by pins projecting into the spiral
slots on the central spur-gear wheel. The
movement of the wheel c y by turning the ratchet
pinion d, moves all the sections of the pulley
equally.

935. CONCENTRIC DIFFER-
ENTIAL SPEED.— B, high-speed
shaft and eccentric on which the slow-
speed gear A revolves with a differ-
ential motion by being carried around
in mesh with the larger internal fixed
gear C, giving a slow motion to the
belt pulley B.

36. DIFFERENTIAL MOTIONS on concen-
tric shafts by bevel gear.

GEARING.

239

937. DIFFERENTIAL GEAR, section.

938. Plan. Used in differential pulley
blocks. The cam and large grooved pulley

) are fixed on the shaft, the revolution of which
swings the small gear in mesh with the larger
internal gear, and rotating the large gear, shell,

and the chain lift pulley, with a SDeed due to the difference in the

number of teeth in the gears.

939. DOUBLING THE NUMBER OF
REVOLUTIONS on one shaft B, driving
shaft and bevel wheel ; G, bevel wheel fast on
shaft F ; C, two bevel wheels on hollow shaft
running on shaft F ; A, frame fast on shaft F,
and carrying bevel wheel D; E, bevel wheel run-
ning loose on shaft F. Revolution of B gives contrary and equal motions
to shaft F and double-bevel wheel C. Frame A and its bevel wheel D,

• revolving in contrary direction to C, doubles the speed of bevel wheel E.

940. MULTIPLE GEAR SPEED in line of shaft. Pinion E
is fast on small shaft B and C are fast together and pivoted on the
y sleeve which runs loose on an extension of the small shaft gear ; D
is fast on the large shaft, and gear A is fixed to the bearing. Speed
may thus be increased or decreased on a continuous line of shafting

by the relative
number of teeth
in the different
bevel gears.
When the multi-
ple of the teeth
in A and C is
less than the
multiple of the
teeth in B and
D, the gear D
and the large

shaft will revolve forward or In the same direction as the pinion E.
When the multiple of A and C is greater than the multiple of the teeth
in B and D, the gear D and large shaft will revolve backward or in the
•opposite direction from the pinion E. The " Humpage " reducing gear.

240

GEARING.

941. VARIABLE THROW TRAVERSING
BAR, used in silk spooling. The spur gear a, to
which is affixed a crank and jointed guide rod, turns
freely on a pin fixed in the revolving flisc £. The
pinion c is fixed on a central shaft or otherwise,
allowing the disc b and its attached spur gear a to
revolve around the pinion c, thereby producing a
varying throw of the guidejod for each revolution of the disc b.

942. REVOLUTION OF A PINION around
its own centre and also around the common centre
of two externally centred gears, a, driving pulley
with cross band to gear pulley b, and direct band
to gear pulley c. The differential motion revolves the
pinion D around its own axis and around its external
axis b. A planetary motion.

943. DIFFERENTIAL SPEED of two gears in
different directions on the same shaft A, driving pin-
ion : B is geared to the shaft pinion A and to the inter-
nal spur gear C, and runs on a fixed journal.

944. CAPSTAN GEAR.— The central pinion is
fast to the shaft. The intermediate pinions are on
a frame free on their own axes, but the frame is fixed
to the winding drum. The gear ratchet ring runs
free on the shaft, but is stopped by a pawl on the
drum for quick speed .and by the outside pawls for
a slow speed of the winding drum.

945. SLOW FORWARD AND QUICK BACK
circular motion from the continuous circular mo-
tion of a pinion, driving an internal sector pin-
ion and an external sector gear.

GEARING.

241

946. GEARED GRIP TONGS.— The radial dis-
tances of the sectors are in proportion to the diameters
of the two pinions, which gives the jaws an equal mo-
tion, closing them with a strong grip by the action of
the pinions.

947. VARIABLE " CIRCULAR MOTION
by a pinion driving an eccentric crown wheel.

948. ELLIPTICAL SPUR GEAR for variable
speed, the amount of which is governed by the
relative lengths of the greater and lesser axes of
the pitch lines of the elliptical gears.

949. ELLIPTICAL GEAR WHEEL and pinion
for variable motion of a pinion from uniform speed of
an elliptic gear. The pinion shaft is carried in a box in
a slotted arm and held in contact by a spring or other
means.

950. IRREGULAR CIRCULAR MOTION
from a circular gear train. A, the driver, with a
spur gear B, attached eccentrically ; C, a pinion, and
D, the driven wheel. The three pinions are connected
with pivoted arms ; then the swinging of the spur
wheel B around its eccentric axis will give a variable
motion to the wheel D.

951. VARIABLE RECIPROCATING
MOTION from a rotating spiral spur
sector meshed in racks inclined to the
line of motion. The pitch lines of the
racks are curved to match the pitch line
of the spiral sector. The pins F on the

sector mesh with the stop jaws J, K, on the rack frame, alternately at

each half revolution.

*4£

GEARING.

952. IRREGULAR CIRCULAR MOTION
from an elliptically eccentric gear train. C is the
elliptic driving wheel turning with the shaft at D.
B is the intermediate gear with a pinion follower to
the eccentric gear C. A and B are attached by an
arm pivoted on their respective shafts, so that B
rises and falls to keep the gear in mesh ; h and g
is an elliptical slot in a plate attached to C, in which the end of the
shaft of B traverses to keep the pinion B in gear with the elliptic
wheel C.

ALTERNATING RECTILINEAR
MOTION by' the revolution of a sec-
tor by which one revolution produces
both motions. The curved back of
the sector just touches the extended
tooth of the rack frame at </, while the teeth at e and b are partly in
mesh with the enlarged sector end teeth, thus preventing back-lash
or locking of the teeth.

954. INTERMITTENT MOTION OF SPUR
GEAR. — A is the driver. The pin J and the dog L
are on the front side of the gear ; the pin R and dog
P are on the back. This class of gears may be made
in varying proportion to suit the required stop motion
of the gear B, A being the driver.

955. INTERMITTENT MOTION OF SPUR
GEAR, in which the dogs G and F form a part of the
driven gear B. This form allows of varying propor-
tions of stop and speed motion in the two gears. A is
the driving gear.

GEARING.

*43

956. SPIRAL STOP-MOTION GEAR. — In
this form a variable motion, in addition to the stop,
is given to the driven wheel B. The dotted section
at G shows the mesh of the spur, K, of the stop
wheel A is the driving wheel.

957. FAST AND SLOW MOTION SPUR GEAR, or a quick
Teturn when operating a slide motion by a crank. x The driving gear

B is composed of gear sectors of differen-
tial radius to correspond with the sectors of
the driven gear A. The horns and studs
M, L are back of the face of the gears and
\sf ^zr\± - make contact with the studs N and O, on
the sector wheel A, guiding the wheels to mesh in the other pair of
sectors.

958. MITER INTERMITTENT
GEARS. — The driver makes one revolu-
tion to one-quarter of a revolution of the
driven gear. The blank part of the driv-
ing gear is milled down to the pitch line,
and runs in the corresponding concave
of the four-part driven gear.

959. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION,
from continuous rotary motion of a sector-toothed
wheel. Part of the pinion is cut out of the same
curve as the smooth part of the wheel, and acts
as a stop until the pin on the wheel strikes the
arm on the pinion and guides the contact of the teeth.

960. IRREGULAR VIBRATORY MOTION
- ffi 3 of an arm, A, from the rotary motion of a pinion,

»44

GEARING.

961. VARIABLE VIBRATING MOTION
given to a rod, A, by the rotation of a pinion on an
irregular-toothed wheel on a fixed axis ; the pinion
being carried by a bell-crank lever, with a variable
slot adjustment.

962. MOTION BY ROLLING CONTACT of
elliptical half-geared wheels. The fork serves as a
guide to enter the teeth into mesh.

963. VARIABLE SECTIONAL MOTION from
sector gears. The sectors are arranged on different
planes, so that each pair shall be matched and all
so adjusted that their teeth will mesh at their proper
periods.

964. UNIFORM SPEED OF SECTIONAL
SPUR GEAR during part of revolution. The
motions varying suddenly according with the dif-
ferential radii of the sectors.

965. SCROLL GEARING. — For increasing or de-
creasing the speed gradually during one revolution.

966. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION
from eccentric circular motion. C and D are pins
concentric with wheel B. The shoulder cam A
runs eccentric to the shaft of B, and catches the
pin C or D at every revolution, turning B a
half-revolution, and the reverse if B is the driver.

GEARING.

245

967. STOP ROLLER MOTION, used in
wool-combing machines. The heart-shaped slot
B, in the driving disc D, carries a roller stud,
giving it a forward, backward, and stop motion.
A pin on the back of the disc at e lifts the pawl
G (Fig. 968), allowing it to pass over one of the
spaces between the notches, and at the next half-
revolution carrying the roller shaft forward one
notch. The roller is attached to the shaft F, and
by the action of the heart-shaped cam makes one-
third of a revolution backward, and two-thirds
of a revolution forward.

969. CHANGE GEAR MOTION. — The loose
sleeve revolving freely on the concentric ends of the
shafts A and B carries a diagonal shaft, with bevel
pinions fast on each end ; also a spur wheel, driven
by the governing shaft and pinion K Any motion
given to the spur wheel F, by the pinion E, varies
the speed of shaft B — A being the driving shaft.

970. CHANGE GEAR MOTION, with spur
gearing only. The spur wheel C moves freely on
the disconnected shafts A and B. A short shaft
and two fast pinions have a free motion near the
periphery of the spur wheel C. The fast spur wheel
on the shaft A is the driver. Any motion of the

central spur wheel given by the shaft and pinion E varies the motion of
the shaft B greater or less than the driving shaft, according to the
direction of the governing motion.

971. CHANGE GEAR MOTION.— The shafts
A and B are disconnected, and carry a loose hub and
spur wheel in which is pivoted the bevel pinion T.
The bevel wheel C is fast on shaft A, and D is fast
on shaft B. Any motion given to the central spur
gear either way by the pinion shaft E varies the speed
of the driven shaft B either faster or slower than the
driving shaft A.

246

GEARING.

972. DIFFERENTIAL DRIVING GEAR.
— Used on the driving shaft of motor carriages.
A, is the driven gear from the motor ; B, a bevel
pinion pivoted laterally ; C, C, bevel gears fast
on the divided shaft E, D. This arrangement
allows one wheel to advance in turning a curve,
and at the same time to receive an equal impulse
with the other wheel.

973. EQUALIZING PULLEY for
rope transmission. The arm carrying
the small bevel gears is fast on the
shaft. The divided pulley runs loose
on each side of the arm with it& two
bevel gears meshed with the bevel pin-
ions. Any variation in the over-wound
rope by tension will be compensated
by the pinions.

974. EQUALIZING GEAR. — When
driven by the belts A, A', with equal speed
in opposite direction, the large spur wheel
and shaft B do not move. Any difference
• in the speed of the belt pulleys will revolve
the large spur wheel and shaft B forward
or backward, according to which pulley
runs fastest. The velocity of the large spur wheel will be one-half
the difference of the pulley velocities. If B is the driving shaft, A

and A' may be the wheels of a vehicle.

975. DOUBLING A REVOLUTION on the
same shaft, "Entwistle's" patent. The pulley at
A is the driver on the shaft D. The bevel gear
at A is fixed. The stud E is fast on the shaft.
The bevel wheel B revolves freely on the stud E
The bevel wheel C and its pulley C' runs loose
on the shaft. The revolution of the stud E with its bevel wheel
around the fixed bevel wheel A doubles the speed of the bevel wheel
C and pulley C.

GEARING.

247

976. CONTINUOUS SHAFT MO-
TION from an alternating driving shaft
The ratchets fixed to the bevel gears on
the shaft a are operated by pawls fixed
to the shaft, the rocking of which re-
volves the bevel gear and shaft B in one
direction.

977. ALTERNATING MOTION of a shaft
at right angles to a driving shaft by three bevel
gears and double clutch. Bevel gears on clutch
shaft run loose. Clutch slides on a feather or
key, and is operated by a Y-lever and groove in
clutch.

ECCENTRIC WHEEL TRAIN-
— The elliptical bevel gear A is
fixed to the crank shaft bearing
at an angle to allow the elliptical
bevel wheel B to clear the bevel
wheel F. The arm C is fixed to
I the crank shaft; B and D are
fixed to the shaft H, giving to the shaft E an irregular reversed mo-
tion from the motion of the crank shaft.

979. EPICYCLIC GEAR.— The arm F G
is fast on the shaft A A. The bevel wheel is
loose on the arm. The bevel wheels D and C
are loose on the shaft A A. Differential mo-
tions of the two wheels C D will produce a ro-
tation of the arm F G, around and with the
shaft A, or, by making the arm loose on the shaft, a differential mo-
tion may be made by shaft and arm.

980. EPICYCLIC TRAIN.— If gear wheel C
is fixed, and the arm D moved around its axis at
A, the gear wheel B will have a retrograde mo-
tion, and the gear wheel A a faster motion in the
direction of the motion of the arm. If wheel A
is fixed, B and C will have unequal forward
motions.

248

GEARING.

AUTOMATIC CLUTCH MOTION
FOR REVERSING.—
The bevel wheels B, C are
the drivers in contrary di-
rection; D is a double
clutch on the shaft feather.
The revolution of the pin
on bev*4 wheel E moves the weighted ball F through the action of
the bell-crank lever and connecting rod until the ball is past the ver-
tical centre, when it falls over, striking the clutch lever and moving
the clutch to the opposite or reverse wheel, and vice versa.

982. ECCENTRIC GEAR.— Irregular
inverse motion from elliptic speed gear.
The balanced arm T is fixed to the crank
shaft and turns with it The gear A js el-
liptical, as is also the gear a. Gear A is
fixed to the frame with one of its centres
coincident with the crank shaft ; a, is fixed
in the same manner to a shaft carrying
the gear F, multiplying the speed of the in-
dex pointer P with a differential velocity, due to the eccentricity of
the elliptical gears.

983. SUN AND PLANET CRANK MOTION,
used by James Watt on the steam engine. Gear
centres are held by connecting arm. B is fixed to
connecting rod, and does not revolve on its own
centre, but moves around the axis of the fly-wheel
; A with a slightly oscillating motion. The wheel A revolves twice on
its axis to one circuit of B, or two strokes of the piston.

984. HIGH-SPEED EPICYCLIC TRAIN.
— Bevel gear C is the driver ; m p is a fixed
shaft. Bevel pinion D and spur gear E are fixed
on a hollow shaft. Bevel pinion A arid spur gear
H are fixed on a hollow shaft, revolving on the
hollow shaft I. The arm m n revolves freely on
the fixed shaft m p. The spur wheels F, G are
fixed on a hollow shaft turning freely on the stud n.

GEARING.

249

at D.

985. SUN AND PLANET WINDING
GEAR. — A is fixed to the frame ; B is keyed
to the barrel shaft. The crank is loose on the
shaft and carries a stud on which the differen-
tial gear C, D revolves.

986. EPICYCLIC GEAR TRAIN.— C is the train
arm which may revolve around its centre at F. The
gear A is fixed. The pinion F is fast to a spindle. The
gear B turns on its own axis as it revolves around the
common centre. The two pinions at D are fastened
together and revolve around their own axis, and also
around the common centre at F. The centre spindle
at F revolves with increased speed by the double gear
A great variety of motions may thus be made to represent

planetary movement

987. COMPOUND EPICYCLIC TRAIN,
more curious than useful, but illustrating the
changed conditions of gear motion. Gears a and
h are fixed to the crank shaft. Gears g and f
are fixed to a hollow shaft turning on the shaft
n m. Gears <?, b are fixed on a hollow shaft and
turn on shaft n m. The arm k / is fast on and
supported by shaft n m. Gears c, d are fixed on a hollow shaft and
revolve on the arm k /, carrying the arm in a slow motion around the
shaft axis n m. A variety of differential motions may be made by
changing the relation of the fixed pairs.

988. PLANETARY MOTION applied to an
apple-paring machine. The gear F is fixed to the
cr ink shaft. The internal spur gear A is stationary.
On turning the crank the pinion B rolls forward,
carrying the arm T at half the velocity of
the crank. The bevel gear A revolves with
the crank, driving the spindle K with one-
half the proportional speed due to the rela*
tive diameters of gears A' and F'.

25°

GEARING.

989. PLANETARY GEAR
TRAIN. — The arm T revolves
around the fixed gear A, on the
stand H. The gear B and bevel

**gear E are fixed on a shaft and
turn in one direction, giving a
contrary motion to the bevel gear F and index hand P.

990. PLANETARY GEAR
TRAIN. The arm T revolves
around the fixed gear A. The
small gear S reverses the mo-
tion of the gear F, to shaft of
which the arm T' is fixed. The
arm T' moves backward, carry-
ing the pinion S' around the

bevel gear A', which is fixed to the arm T, giving the bevel wheel F' a
forward motion, or in the same direction as the arm T.

991. "FERGUSONS" MECHANICAL PARADOX.— The
arm C revolves around the fixed gear A, carrying the gear B and
train of wheels with it. The gear B revolves in the same direction as

the arm and carries with
it the gears I, G, E fixed
§ to its shaft. Small dif-
y ferences in the number
of teeth of each pair of
gears gives a differential
reverse motion to the
gears K, H, F.

992. "FERGUSON'S" MECHANICAL
PARADOX, a curious property of an epicy-
clic train. A is a central fixed axle and gear
wheel, around which the arm C D revolves ;
M, a wide-gear wheel loose on a pivot set in
the arm CD; N, a pivot also set in the arm and carrying three
gears with a differential number of teeth, say, varying by one or two
teeth. On moving the arm C D to give motion to the train, the three
wheels E, F, and G will have a differential motion, which was a para-
dox to persons not understanding the secret

B N

GEARING.

251

992a. LINK CHAIN HOIST.— A novel form
of light weight hoists over lathes and planers.
A screw gear working in a tooth chain.

< ^

9926. BICYCLE SIGNAL
BELL. — A gear sector lever oper-
ates a pallet vibrator, which is held
in a central position by a spring.
The sector is also held ready for a
signal stroke by a spring.

992c. MULTIPLE SPEED GEAR, or paradox box.— The
bevel gears A, A', A", are fixed to box and studs 5 and 6. C, C

are bevel gears or
shafts that carry the
arms and pinions 2, 1.
Each set of gears
doubles the speed of
the one before it, giv-
ing a final speed of 8
times the speed of the
crank.

992J. CHANGEABLE MOTION
GEAR. — Two or more changes of motion
by bevel gear may be made by moving a
pinion along a feathered shaft at an angle
with the change gear shaft.

252

GEARING.

992*. PNEUMATIC GRAIN ELE-
VATOR. — V is a compound suction
fan ; T, pipe to receiver R ; R, a
receiver with a wire gauze screen
to allow dust to be separated from the
grain and carried off through the fan ;
S, lifting pipe of conical form; N,
regulator with a rubber diaphragm to
allow the foot nozzle O to regulate
the proportion of air and grain. At
the bottom of the receiver R is a coni-
cal valve to discharge the grain when
it overbalances the weights.

992/. FLYING M A-
CHINE. — One of the many
forms of experiments in aerial
navigation.

The most that has yet been
done in the line of human
flight is to glide from a hill
top or cliff and alight with
possible safety.

iiJL LLEVATHiift

Section XII.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING
MOTION.

RATCHETS AND PAWLS, CAMS, CRANKS, INTERMITTENT AND STOP MOTIONS,

WIPERS, VOLUTE CAMS, VARIABLE CRANKS, UNIVERSAL SHAFT

COUPLINGS, GYROSCOPE, ETC

Ti^f

993. RATCHET BAR LIFT.— The vibra-
tion of a double-bell crank lever gives a ratchet
bar and attached rope great power for lifting
or tightening a binding device.

994. RATCHET LIFT.— Vibrating lever C,
operates two hooked pawls on the ratchet bar A and
lifts the bar. The slot serves as guide. The other
member may be a suspension or standard attach-
ment Much used in ratchet jacks and stump-pullers.

T«

995. RATCHET GOVERNOR, for
water-wheels or other prime movers.
The pin cam is in constant revolution.
The double-ratchet rack B, held clear of
the revolving pin at normal speed, is

raised or lowered by the action of the governor on the suspender A.

The extension rods of the ratchet frame operate a gate or valve.

996. ROTARY MOTION, from reciprocating
motion of two racks alternately meshing with a
gear wheel. Racks are pinioned at a, a. The
curved slots 6, b guide the racks out and into
gear. The bell-crank lever c and spring d serve
to disengage the rack at the end of the up-stroke.

254

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTIO*N.

997. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR
MOTION, from a vibrating arm and pawl acting
upon a ratchet wheel.

998. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION
of a ratchet wheel by lever and hook pawls.
B, vibrating lever.
A, ratchet wheel.

999. DOUBLE-PAWL RATCHET.— The vibra-
tion of the lever a, with its pawls b y c y imparts a
nearly continuous motion to the ratchet wheel.

1000. CONTINUOUS FEED OF A RATCHET
by the reciprocating motion of a rod, two pawls

[of j ' *

on arms, and pivoted by links to the recipro-
cating rod.

1001. DOUBLE-PAWL RATCHET
WHEEL.— The lever lifts the pawls, one of
which moves the ratchet wheel at up-stroke by
one pawl, and again at the down-stroke by the
other pawl

1002. INTERMITTENT ROTARY
MOTION, from a reciprocating rod and two
pawls, acting on a ratchet-faced wheel. Arms
C, C are loose on shaft of wheel A.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

255

1003. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR
MOTION. — Reversible by throwing over the double
pawl. Operated by a reciprocating rod attached to
the disc carrying the pawl.

1004. RATCHET INTERMITTENT
MOTION, by the operation of treadles. Pawl
levers and pawls are operated through con-
necting rods to levers or treadles, the motion
of which is made uniform by the strap and
pulley attachment C.

1005. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR
MOTION — Reversible by throwing over a
double pawl on the vibrating bell-crank lever.
A feed motion for planing machines.

1006. INTERMITTENT ROTARY
MOTION of a wheel by vibrating levers and
pawls.

B, pin-tooth wheel.

A, vibrating lever.

1007. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR MOTION
from a reciprocating rod. Motion varied in the ratchet
wheel A by the number of teeth swept over bv the
pawl B.

1008. PAWL LIFT. — By moving the lever
between the pins in the bell-crank pawl arm, the
pawl is lifted and moved to new position with-
out dragging over the teeth of the ratchet wheel.

256

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1009. OSCILLATING MOTION into rotary
motion by a straight and crossed band running
on two ratchet pulleys, the ratchets of which are
fast on the shaft. Each oscillation of the sector
lever gives a forward motion to the shaft.

1010. CONTINUOUS ROTARY MOTION

by stop ratchet and oscillating beam. The
ratchet wheel is fixed on the shaft The pawl
wheel runs free and gives motion to the ratchet
and shaft at every other stroke of the sector
beam.

ion. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a ratchet

by the oscillation of a knuckled joint tappet arm.

The spring keeps the tappet extended on the for-

D ward stroke, and allows it to run over the tooth of

the ratchet on its return.

10 1 2. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR MO-

A y TION of a ratchet wheel with a check pawl by

/ the continuous circular motion of a pawl wheel*

proportions.

1013. WINDLASS GRIP PAWL.— A fric-
tion pawl and rim grip piece are pivoted together
so that by the vibration of the lever with its con-
necting rod the grip pawl drops and takes firm
hold of the rim of the windlass wheel and turns
it with the power due to the distance of the rod
attachment from the wheel centre and the lever
The stop pawls act upon a separate ratchet wheel.

1014. RATCHET AND LEVER PAWL.— The pawl
drops into the ratchet by gravity of the lever. Pulling
the cord A unhooks the pawl by swinging the lever back.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

257

1015. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO
TION by ratchet and springs. D, driving wheel
with a bent spring at B. A spring at C acts as a
fixed pawl. In revolving the wheel D, the spring
B lifts the spring C from the ratchet, and is it-
self pressed into the teeth and carries the ratchet

around one tooth, when the shoulder on the spring B releases the

spring C and allows it again to lock the ratchet

1016. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a ratchet
crown wheel from the reciprocating motion of a
lever and pawl

1017. INTERNAL MULTIPLE CAM for operat-
ing several slides for internal grip, or for expanding
the cutters of a die stock.

1018. RATCHET HEAD with spring
pawls.

1019. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR MO-
TION from oscillating motion of a lever by friction
pawls. The crank E and its cord connecting with
the pawls throw one or the other pawl out of lock
for reversing the motion.

1020. RECIPROCAL CIRCULAR MOTION from rec-
tilinear motion of a nut on a quick thread. The reciprocat-
ing or Persian drill stock. The screw is swivelled in the
head of the stock, allowing a free movement of the drill by
the motion of the nut

»58

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1021. BALL SOCKET RATCHET.— The
pawl is within the arm socket, and by the ball
ratchet form allows the drill stock to be used at
an angle.

1022. CONTINUOUS MOTION RATCHET
from an oscillating arm. Three bevel gears, two of
which have ratchets with pawls on opposite sides, so
that there is a forward motion to the spindle at each
stroke of the arm.

1022 a. Elevation.

1023. STOPS OF VARIOUS FORMS for
a ratchet wheel. Hook and straight gravity pawi
and a spring pawl.

1024. STOPS for a spur gear. Slip pawls.

^ 1025. STOPS for a lantern wheel. One a
latch stop, the other a roller stop.

1026. SAFETY CENTRIFUGAL HOOKS.
— Hooks are retained by springs until the cen-
trifugal force of excessive speed throws them out
to catch the pins in the fixed plate.

1027. CRANK MOTION for quick return of
a lever. A, fulcrum of lever.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

259

1028. CENTRIFUGAL SAFETY CATCH
for hoisting drums. The studs D, D, D are fixed
to the hoisting drum frame. B is a flange fast
to the drum shaft and to which is pinioned the
safety hooks. At ordinary speed of the drum
the hooks hang back so as not to touch the studs.
An unusual acceleration of speed throws out the
hooks to catch on the studs.

1029. STOP MOTION from a wrist or crank
pin. The relative amount of stop and motion
depends upon the diameter of crank-pin circle
and length of the connecting-rod slot, plus the
diameter of crank pin. Used in brick machines.

1030. VARIABLE RECIPROCATING MOTION
from the circular motion of a wrist pin on a disc
crank. The pin sliding in the slot makes a quick

/q\ return of the bell crank and connecting rod.

103 1. IRREGULAR ROCKING MOTION

in an arm having an endless groove of any re-
quired shape, with the radius of the longitudinal
axis equal to the radius of the pin. Pin not
shown.

1032. ROCKING ARM by cam groove.
A groove in a face plate may be so designed
as to give a variety of movement to a rock
shaft, with an arm and pin follower.

1033. YOKE STRAP and eccentric circular
cam.

262

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1044. VARIABLE ADJUSTMENT for the
tension of a spring on the motion of a connecting
rod, by varying the radii of a rocking lever.

1045. FOUR-BOLT CAM PLATE, used
for throwing safe bolts and for expanding dies.

1046. EQUALIZING TENSION SPRING AND
LEVER. — The bell-crank lever equalizes the tension of
the spring by its varying position. Its long arm is on a
fixed pivot

1047. ALTERNATING RECTILINEAR
MOTION from studs on a rotating disc. The
bar is carried forward by the stud on the disc
striking the projection on the bar, and the bar
returns by the movement of the bell-crank lever ■
and opposite stud.

1048. TRAVERSE BAR, operated by a
slotted lever. The upper pin being fixed or
made adjustable for proportion to the move-
ment of the lower pin, any desired movement
of the traverse bar may be made.

1049. RECTILINEAR MOTION by the
movement of a slotted lever with one end pin-
ioned. A belt shipper movement

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

263

«£*$0Z20

1050. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO-
TION from a shaft at right angles. The fric-
tion rollers on the horizontal shaft disc move
in grooves or on projections from the wheel
on the vertical shaft, producing a variety of
intermittent motions, due to the form of grooves
or projections.

105 1. VIBRATING TOOTHED WHEEL.
— The rod is pressed against the teeth by the
spring. A type of some electrical devices for
interrupting the circuit

1052. "LAZY TONGS" MOVEMENT.
— A system of crossed levers by which the
amount of a rectilinear motion is increased by
the proportional number of sections in the

tongs. As a hand device it is in use as a toy, but is more useful as

a reducing apparatus for a steam-engine indicator.

1053. QUADRANGULAR RECTILINEAR
MOTION. — Rectilinear motion given to any one
of the arms A, B, C, or D gives a contrary motion
to its opposite arm, and a contrary motion to
each of the side arms.

1054. PARALLEL MOTION, in a ve*
tical line, for a swinging bracket

1055. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a pin-
tooth wheel by the half-revolution of a ring seg-
ment

264

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1056. INTERMITTENT MOVEMENT
pin-wheel by the vibration of a hooked arm.

of a

1057. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a seg-
mental-toothed wheel by the revolution of a seg-
mental barrel or ring.

1058. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a
pin-tooth wheel by the revolution of an in-
dented tooth on a pinion.

1059. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a toothed
wheel by the revolution of a pinion with a single
recessed tooth.

1060. ROCKING ESCAPEMENT.— The
section teeth of the wheel pass the eye in the
rocking cylinder at each quarter, or at each
half-revolution when revolving.

1061. ROTARY AND LONGITUDINAL
MOTION of a rod between rollers, with their
axes at an angle. Rollers run in opposite
directions.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

265

1062. RECIPROCATING FEED RATCHET.—
For an intermittent feed, one pair of jaws may have a
/< pT] lZZJ &- reciprocating motion. For continual feed motion both
pairs of jaws should have opposite reciprocating motions

«3^

1063.

FRICTION ROD FEED RATCHET.-

The jaws, being pivoted in a slot in a lever,
make a powerful and quick grip on a feed
bar by the motion of the lever bar.

1064. FRICTION HAULING RATCHET.
— A hole bored slanting through a bar D. A slot
in the side of the bar, for convenience of putting
on or taking off the rod or rope to be hauled,
makes a handy clutching device.

1065. CAM-LEVER GRIP for a rope
or rod stop. This principle is used on safety
grips for elevators.

1066. LEVER TOGGLE JOINT, largely
used in stamping and punching presses. This
form shows great pressure when the three bear-
ings near a linear direction.

1067. SINGLE TOGGLE ARM LETTER-
PRESS. — The arms are drawn together by a
right and left screw.

t66

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

e^3

1068. TOGGLE-JOINT CAM MOVE-
MENT for throwing out a number of grips at
once by the local movement of the jointed
ring.

1069. DOUBLE-SCREW TOGGLE PRESS.—
The screw has a right- and left-hand thread to draw
the toggle joints together.

czza

1070. SCREW STAMPING PRESS.— Rec-
tilinear motion from the circular motion of the
lever handles. The momentum of the balls gives
the final power in this class of presses.

107 1. MULTIPLE RETURN GROOVED-
CYLINDER, producing extended rectilinear
motion and return by its revolution. The car-
rier arm has a pivoted tracer to enable a
smooth passage of the opposite grooves. A
spooling device.

1072. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR
MOTION by the alternate opening and closing
of half nuts on a right and left screw. Nuts and
arms are attached to a shaft that is thrown over
by a dog on a spooling-frame shaft, locking the

right- or left-threaded nut alternately.

$fc 1073. RECTILINEAR MOTION by a

j| right- and left-hand screw shaft driven by a

t Q^mOL^immQ^ worm gear. The nuts move on the right and

I left screw.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

267

.74. SIX RADIAL GROOVED TRAMMEL
and triangular shaft arms, driving or being
driven by a shaft out of line. The friction
rollers give freedom of motion to either gear..

1075. RECTILINEAR RECIPROCAT-
ING MOTION of a bar, from continuous cir-
cular motion of a bent shaft

1076. ROCKING MOTION, from a contin-
uous rotary motion of the crank shaft A.

1076a. PAIR OF TOE LEVERS.—
Bell-crank order. A and B, fulcrums of the
levers ; E, handle ; C, curved toes. This
principle is used as a valve gear.

1077. WIPER CAM for stamp mills. A, the wiper;
D, flanged chock, allowing the hammer spindle to re-
volve. Also in use on sewing-machines for throwing the
needle bar

268

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

HIDE

1078. ANGULAR WIPERS, for operating the
valves of beam engines. A, the rock shaft ; C, the
curved wiper, lifting the angular toe and valve rod.

1079. EQUALIZING LEVERS OR
TOES, for variable rod movement

1080. VARIABLE CRANK MOTION.— An

eccentric slot in a stationary face plate guides a
slide block and wrist pin in a slotted crank. Con-
necting rod drives the cutter bar of a shaping-
machine.

1081. SPIRAL-GROOVED FACE PLATE,
for feed motion. Obsolete ; but useful for irregu-
lar motion, in which the spiral grooves may be
wavy or zigzag.

1082. LEVER, guided by a volute face plate.

1083. CAM SECTORS, or sectors of log-

^ spiral wheels. When laid out as a log spiral,

the sum of each pair of coincident radii is

equal to the distance of the centres, A, B.

As a pair of pressure cams, the sum of the

radii varies to meet the required throw of the cams.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

269

1084. GEAR-DISENGAGING CAM
LEVER, — The eccentric slot in the lever
throws the slow driving gear out of lock by
throwing the lever back.

1085. OBLIQUE DISC MOTION.— A disc

fixed at an angle upon the end of a shaft gives a
variable rectilinear motion to a rod and roller by
varying its distance from the centre.

1086. GROOVED CYLINDER CAM.— Used
to convert reciprocating into rotary motion.

1087. TRAVERSE MOTION of a shaft
by a rolling cam. The disc, rolling in the
groove of the drum, gives an ever-varying
traverse motion to the disc shaft, according to
the proportions of the size of disc and cam
drum.

1088. FOUR-MOTION FEED of the " Wheeler & Wilson,"
and other sewing-machines. The traverse bar A is forked and en-
closes the push bar B, pivoted to it, and is held
m£ C/y^ji* k ac k by the spring at D. The revolving cam C
o nft ' has its periphery cam-shaped, to lift the push bar,

and its face, also cam-shaped, to push the bar

forward, when the teeth are in contact with the goods.

^ 1089. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR
MOTION, from the circular motion of grooved
cams ; may be made uniform or intermittent, by the
direction of the groove on the cam.

"27°

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1090. QUICK RECIPROCATING RECTILI-
NEAR MOTION, from a zigzag-grooved cam.
Form of cam groove is capable of greatly varying
the rectilinear motions of a bar or lever.

1 09 1. CYLINDRICAL CAM, giving any re-
quired special motions through a lever, roller,
and connecting rod, according to the curves given
to the cam.

1092. CAM-OPERATED SHEARS.-
Many modifications of this device are in use.

1093. IRREGULAR CAM MOTION to valve
rods. An irregular cam, acting between friction
rollers in a yoke frame. Positive irregular rectili-
near motion. An old steam-engine valve gear.

OQO

1094. VIBRATING RECTILINEAR MOTION,
from a revolving trefoil cam.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

271

1095. IRREGULAR VIBRATING CIRCU-
LAR MOTION, from continuous circular
motion of a cam slot Any form of cam slot in
a face plate may be made to produce a vibratory
motion on a crank pin, which may be transmitted to circular or rec-
tilinear motion.

1096. CLOVER-LEAF CAM, for rectili-
near motion by follower rollers on a bar. The
cam is so designed that the rollers have a bear-
ing in all its positions.

1097. POWER ESCAPEMENT
for heavy machines. The traverse
bar may be vibrated by the positive
motion of the cam arms.

1098. ROTARY MOTION of a three-arm
wiper produces a reciprocating rectilinear
motion of the toothed frame, and vice versa.

1099. IRREGULAR RECIPROCATING
MOTION of connecting rods and levers, moved
by alternating oval cams.

1 100. BEVELLED DISC CAM, for variable
reciprocating motion of a bar at an angle with the
shaft

272

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

• iioi. GROOVED HEART CAM.— The lay-
out of a grooved cam may be made on the same
principles as No. 1 103, only that the centre of the
roller or pin and the central line of groove are
the measurements for the amount of motion.

1 102. HEART-SHAPED GROOVE in a face

plate, vibrating a lever, produces an irregular swing*
ing motion of the lever.

1 1 03. LAYING OUT A HEART CAM. — A
circle is drawn on a radius equal to the required throw,
plus the diameter of the roller. A series of con-
centric circles and radii enables a measured layout
of the cam, which must be as much larger than the re-
quired motion as is equal to the radii of the roller on each radius of
the plan.

1 104. CAM MOTION.— Various appli-
cations of cam followers, with direct and
oscillating motion.

1 105. DOUBLE-CAM MOTION,
from a sliding follower. The arm E
of the follower, slides freely in the
box, clamped to the vertical shaft,
giving two equal motions at right
angles.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

273

1 106. PIVOTED FOLLOWER.—
The square-armed follower, pivoted at
E and F, is kept in contact with the
cam by the spring H, and so produce
dissimilar motions in the connecting
rods B, J.

1 107. RECIPROCATING MOTION, from
two cranks on opposite ends of a shaft

1 108. OVOID CURVE is made by any
point between the pivots of a single-crank con-
necting rod, the other end of which is guided
by a rectilinear slide.

1 1 09. VARIABLE POWER TRANSMIT-
TED from a crank linked to a lever-beam,
driving a second crank. In this case there is no
pressure on the driven crank when both cranks
are vertical, but greatest pressure when the cranks are horizontal.

mo. ELLIPTICAL CRANK. — The arm
moves in a slot The inner crank pin, making a
revolution, marks an ellipse by a pencil at the
*** outer end of the arm, while the outer crank pin,

linked to the arm, makes a circle.

mi. CURVILINEAR MOTION of a treadle
gives circular motion to a crank or disc. The foot-
lathe motion.

274

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

. 1 1 12. SPRING LATHErWHEEL CRANK.
— The spring A is intended to keep the crank off
the dead centre. A counterbalance weight is
also used for the same purpose.

1 1 13. "BROWNELL" CRANK MOTION.—
The wrist pin is fixed on a tangent slide held in its
forward position by a volute spring attached to the
face plate. The slide is retained by pins in tra-
verse slots. Can be arranged for either kind of
treadle, to keep the crank pin off the center.

1 1 14. ORDINARY CRANK MOTION
for engines or other purposes, with
cross head, slides, and connecting
? rod.

1 1 1 5. ECCENTRIC and straps for valve motion,
also used in place of a crank for many purposes.

1 1 16. RECIPROCATING MOTION of a
connecting rod through a bell crank connected
directly with a wrist on crank disc. In this
case the forward and back motions are nearly
alike depending upon the proportional length
of the driving arm of the bell crank and crank motion, as well also to
the length of the connecting rod between the wrist pin and bell crank.

1 1 17. VARIABLE CIRCULAR MOTION from
two cranks on shafts parallel, but out of line, one
crank being slotted, the other carrying a wrist pin,
passing through the slot Driving may be by either
crank.

MOTION AMD DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

27S

1118. IRREGULAR MOTION of one crank
from the regular motion of another crank. A
quick-and-slow alternate motion of the slotted
crank is made by the regular motion of the
smaller crank.

1 1 19. VARIABLE POWER transmitted
from a slotted crank driver to a fixed driven
crank pin through a lever beam, the opposite
end of which is held by a swinging connecting
rod. The pressure on the driven crank is
continuous, but greatest on and near the central line of the two shafts.

1 1 20. VIBRATING MOVEMENT from a
slotted curved arm, gives a variable vibrating
movement to straight arm.

1 i2i. VARIABLE CRANK PIN.— A slotted
face plate backed by a spiral slotted plate by which
the revolution of one plate upon the other moves a
crank pin to or from the centre. The same prin-
ciple is used in the universal lathe chuck in which
each slot carries a grip jaw.

1 122. VARIABLE RECTILINEAR MOTION of a
shaft from a vibrating, curved, slotted arm.

1 1 23. VARIABLE CRANK THROW by a
slotted sector on a face plate.

276

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1 124. VARIABLE CRANK THROW by a
movable pin block in a slotted face plate and trans-
verse screw.

1 125. VARIABLE RADIUS LEVER
for reciprocating motion of a shaft from a
continuous motion of a crank pin.

1 126. VARIABLE CRANK THROW.
— The jointed crank and radial screw give
a large variation to the throw of a crank.

1 127. COMBINATION
CRANK-MOTION
CURVES.— A revolving
crank A, D and the vi-
brating link B, E carry-
ing an extended connect-
ing arm with a pencil at
the end, F. A great variety of figures and curves may be made by
different proportions of all the parts. The figures on the crank pin
circle D correspond with the figured diagram.

1 128. FLEXIBLE ANGULAR COUPLING,
for light work. May be a helical spring, round or
square, wire or a tube, sawed on a spiral. Used on
driving handles for telescopes and other instruments.

1 129. SLIDING CONTACT-SHAFr COUP-
LING. — A cross bar sliding in two yokes on
shafts in offset lines. Will also operate on shafts
somewhat out of line or at an angle.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

277

1 130. RECTILINEAR MOTION from
the rotation of an angular crank pin. A,
rotating shaft carrying crank pin E; D,
arm with sleeve jointed to yoke and sliding
rodB.

1 131. ANGULAR SHAFT COUPLING
for shafts out of line. The solid sleeve block
C is bored at the same angle of the shafts,

Sand centres of bores at a dis-
tance apart equal to the dif-
» f . ference in the plane of shaft
alignment

1 132. UNIVERSAL JOINT, with a single
cross link. Good for angles of 45 and under.

1 133. DOUBLE LINK UNIVERSAL
JOINT, good for larger angles than above.
The connecting link may be made short and
guarded, with a sleeve to prevent kinking.

1 134. UNIVERSAL ANGLE COUPLING,
" Hooke's " principle. Each shell carries a double
trunnion ring, the connecting link being pivoted
at each end to the rings.

1 135. "ALMOND" ANGULAR SHAFT
COUPLING.— The yoke links G, G are
pivoted to the sockets on the ends of the
shaft, and to the right-angled arm^ on the
sleeve which slides freely on the fixed shaft
D. The sockets at F, F are ball joints.
Angle of shafts may vary within limits.

278

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

/=K

1136. "HOOKE'S" ANGULAR SHAFT
COUPLING, the knuckle universal joint Shaft
joints are double-pivoted at right angles.

1 137. ANGULAR SHAFT COUPLING,

— In this arrangement the shafts have cranks
and elongated crank pins, on which sleeves
slide that are pivoted to the arms E, £ of the
sliding sleeve on the fixed shaft D.

1 138. RACK AND PINION MOVE-
MENT for tracing spiral grooves on a cylin-
der.

1 139. GYROSCOPE.— The heavy disc C,
rotating at great speed in the ring A, is suspend-
ed by the point F, resting on bearing. The ro-
tation of the disc keeps it from falling and slowly
revolves the holding ring A around the point F.
An illustration of the tendency of rotating bodies
to preserve their plane of rotation.

1 140. GLOBE GYROSCOPE.— The outer ring A
is fixed to a stand. The second ring A 1 is pivoted ver-
tically to the outer ring ; the inner ring is pivoted at
right angles in the second ring, and the ball is pivoted
at right angles in the inner ring to its pivot in the sec-
and ring. This gives the ball, rotating on its own axis,
a direction free to move to every point in the sphere. When the
heavy ball is made to rotate rapidly in any direction of its axis, much
pressure must be made to change its direction.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

279

1 141. TENSION HELICO- VOLUTE
SPRING.

1 142. DOUBLE HELICO-VOLUTE SPRING, for
compression.

1 143. COMPRESSION HELICAL SPRING, square

rod.

1 144. SINGLE VOLUTE HELIX SPRING.

1 145. COMPOUND DISC SPRING.-
are dished and perforated for a guide pin.

-The discs

1145a. HYDRO - EXTRACTOR,
showing method of belting with ad-
justable idler and cone pulleys.

Type for laundry work. At a speed
of from 1,000 to 2,000 revolutions per
minute the water flies off by centrifu-
gal force and the material is left near-
ly dry.

28o

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

1 145/7. REVERSING PULLEY.— A conical disk fixed to the
shaft ; a pulley loose on the shaft with a clutch ; a disk loose on

the shaft, fixed as to motion
by an arm, carries a set of
conical rollers, which are
pushed into a bearing by
the shipper as shown in the
right-hand figure for re-
versing at increased speed
as the ratio of the diameter
of the two conical surfaces.
The clutch is operated by the shipper bar.

1145c. FOUR SPEED
CHANGE GEAR. — A
hollow spindle with change
gears running loose upon
it. A rack spindle B car-
ries a hinged pawl or key
A, held out by a spring. A
lever C carries a sector
meshing in the rack, which
by its movement draws the
key A to catch the keyway in any of the speed gears.

1145J. HEDDLE CAM, used inweav-
ing. — The twilling cam K is attached to
the grooved hub L, which slides freely on
the feathered spindle and moves three t'rnes
one way and returns by a sliding switch over
which the grooves traverse.

ii45<\ FERRTS WHEEL.— A steel
wheel 250 feet diameter carrying a series
of balanced cars on its periphery and driven
by steam power. Total height above the
ground 265 feet. Remarkable as one of the
great modern structures of steel.

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTIOJN.

2Sl

1 145/. POW-
ER FROM
WAVE MO-
TION. — Va-
• rious devices by
the rise and fall
of a float which
have been pro-
posed for ob-
taining power
from the waves
of the ocean for
pumping or oth-
er work.

/7 "////«/////t7///////7//ss//'i!r f

ii45£. POWER
FROM WAVE
MOTION. — A
swinging blade an-
chored in various
ways. Anchored
floats and the mo-
tion of two boats
make a variety of
applications o f

wave motion for
useful effect.

1145/t. POWER
FROM WAVE MO-
TION. — Swinging
motion from the wash
of waves near the
shore by means of
large blades swung
from a pier. The two

cuts

represent a single and double acting transmission.

282

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION.

11451. ACTION
OF THE HOOK in
the Willcox & Gibbs
sewing machine. —
1st, the loop formed
by the up stroke of
the needle; 2d, hook
catches the loop; 3d,
loop reversed and
spread ; 4th, next loop
by the hook and carried through the preceding one.

caught

1 145/. POSITIVE
SHUTTLE MOTION
for a narrow fabric
loom. The shuttle has
a narrow recessed rack
geared through a set of
pinions to the recipro-
cating rack.

1 145*. A CURIOUS PADLOCK.— The key is like a cork
screw. The circular recess in front contains a rotating cylinder

with a spiral key way
and graduated face
plate, which must be
set to a number that
will allow the key to
enter the internal
P spiral passage to push
back the bolt.

Section XIII,

HOROLOGICAL.

Clock and Watch Motements and Devices,

i 146. CYCLOIDAL PENDULUM MOVE-
MENT. — A curved frame, acting as a stop to
a flexible pendulum, gives the bob a cycloidal
path.

1 147. COMPENSATING PENDULUM BOB or
weight. A glass jar of mercury is used for the weight,
and is adjusted for length of pendulum by turning on the
screw and locking in place by the cross-piece and catch.
The expansion of the pendulum downward is balanced by
the expansion of the mercury in the fixed bottle upward,
and vice versa.

1 1 48. COMPOUND COMPENSATION

c/*i Cil j^Vp PENDULUM -— The arms of the pendulum
^r^yzZ-^z^^ carrying the weights W, W are composed of
two metals ; steel, which has the least change
of length by change in temperature, for the top
section, and brass, which has a longer range of
length, for the lower section. Heat, by differ-
ential expansion of the parts, raises the weights to compensate for
lengthening of the pendulum rod, and vice versa.

1 1 49. CENTRIFUGAL PENDULUM.— The weight
or ball is hung by a thread or very fine wire from an eye,
and is driven in a circle by an arm attached to a vertical
spindle, rotated by the clock movement Adjustment is
made for time of beat by the vertical movement of the
suspension eye of the pendulum.

r284

HOROLOGICAL.

1 1 50. ANTIQUE CLOCK ESCAPE-
MENT. — The oscillation of the pendulum
arbor and attached pallet stops and releases
the teeth of the crown wheel.

f^>V_

1 151. CROWN TOOTH ESCAPEMENT, with
ball balance.

B, the stop pallet.
A, the impulse pallet

1152. DOUBLE RATCHET-WHEEL ESCAPE-
MENT and pendulum. The teeth in the escapement
wheels alternate with the pallets of the pendulum.

1 1 53. STAR-WHEEL ESCAPEMENT.— B, C, the
pallets of the escapement vibrating on its centre at A ;
D, star wheel.

] 9^U

1154. ANCHOR ESCAPEMENT forelocks.
The anchor pallet H, L, K oscillates on its axis
■r: a, by the swing of the pendulum. The teeth of
k L th e escapement A are radial on their forward
Y face, and strike the curved faces of the pallet K or
f- H, which are concentric with their axis a. By
this form of teeth and pallets the escapement is
anchored or in repose during the extreme parts of the pendulum
stroke, and gives an impulse to the pendulum while the teeth are in
contact with the planes of the pallets c, e and £, d.

)

HOROLOGICAL.

**S

1 155. RECOIL ESCAPEMENT. — In this
form the forward face of the teeth of the escape 1
ment A leans forward from the radial lines. The
front face of each pallet is in line with the front
face of the teeth, so that the extreme part of the
pendulum stroke gives a recoil movement to the
escapement wheel. The points of the escapement
teeth, acting upon the planes of the pallets c, e and £, d, give the im-
pulse to the pendulum.

1 156. PENDULUM ESCAPEMENT.— In this form
the upper part of the pendulum terminates in a ring around
the escapement wheel, with pallets A, B projecting in-
ward and with a forward pitch to their face, to give the.
proper impulse to the pendulum.

1 157. STUD ESCAPEMENT, used in.
large clocks. Alternate studs, are set on front
and back of the escapement wheel. The pen-
dulum swings on the axis of the pallet at F.
The concentric curve of the stop-faces of the*
pallet, with its axis at F, gives the escapement
a dead-beat action, the incline planes of the.
pallets giving the alternate impulse.

1 158. LANTERN-WHEEL ESCAPEMENT.
— The pallet arm A is attached directly to the pen-
dulum, swinging upon the axis A, and receives its,
impulse from the inclined faces of the pallets C, B.
Used for large clocks.

1 1 59. PIN-WHEEL ESCAPEMENT, with a
dead-beat stop motion. For short-beat pendulunu
clocks.

286

HOROLOGICAL.

1160-1161. HOOK-TOOTH ESCAPEMENT.
—The teeth are arranged alternately on two
escapement wheels. The oscillation of the semi-
circular pallet alternately releases and receives an
impulse from the hook teeth of the escapement
wheel. The curved outer face of the teeth acts
upon the edge of the straight edge of the disc.

1 162. SINGLE-PIN PENDULUM ESCAPEMENT.
— The pin is set in a small face plate close to the arbor,
which makes a half-rotation at each stroke of the pendu-
lum. The impulse is given on the vertical faces of the
quarter sections in the pendulum.

1 163. THREErTOOTHED ESCAPEMENT
with long teeth and stops on the pendulum frame.
A, B, pallets ; E, D, stops. A nearly dead-beat
movement.

1 1 64. DETACHED PENDULUM ES-
CAPEMENT.— In this movement the pendu-
lum is detached from the escapement, except
at the moment of receiving the impulse from
„ mm . the single pallet I. The bell-crank lever un-
locks the escapement tooth by contact with the
balanced click C as the pendulum nears the middle of its stroke.

HOROLOGICAL.

287

1 165. THREE-TOOTHED ESCAPE-
MENT for a pendulum. The pallets are made
in a plate attached to a pendulum. The es-
capement makes one rotation to every three
beats of the pendulum.

1 166. MUDGE GRAVITY ESCAPEMENT.
— The pallets A, B are on separate arbors, with
arms extending down to the pendulum contact
pins R, P, between which the pendulum swings.
The pallets are loaded with weights. The pen-
dulum lifts the pallet over the tooth, and the
weight gives the impulse.

1 167. TRI-TOOTH PENDULUM ESCAPE-
MENT. — Impulse is given to the pendulum by con-
tact of the pins against the pallets A and B alternately.
The stops D and E hold the escapement during the
extreme part of the pendulum stroke. The escapement
makes one rotation every third stroke of the pendu-
lum. The fly softens the strike of the pins upon the
pallets.

1 168. "HARRISON" WINDING DE-
VICE for clocks, and which may also be
adapted to a spring barrel. G is the driving
spur gear. The larger ratchet has a fixed
check pawl, T ; is loose on the arbor, but at-
tached to the gear wheel by a curved spring,
S, S'. The smaller ratchet is fixed to the
winding barrel and arbor. The spring and
pawl R are pivoted to the larger ratchet, and stop the barrel against
the weight W. The curved spring S is compressed and drives the
.gear wheel, and by its elasticity continues, while winding, by the check
pawl T falling into the teeth of the large ratchet.

288

HOROLOGICAL.

1 169. DOUBLE TRI-TOOTH PENDU-
LUM ESCAPEMENT with fly regulator.
The alternate teeth of the escapement lock on
opposite sides of the pallet frame. The im-
pulse is given by the small triangular arbor
striking the curved pallets.

1 1 70. "BLOXAM'S" GRAVITY ESCAPE-
MENT. — The pallets receive an impulse from the
small toothed whe,el, the long arms of which are
stopped by the studs A and B alternately. The
studs at F and E are the fork pins which embrace
the pendulum bar.

1 17 1. DEAD-BEAT CLOCK ESCAPEMENT.—
The face of teeth is slightly pitched forward. The
stop-faces of the pallets A, B are concentric with the
axis, which gives the dead-beat stop.

1 1 72. ENDLESS CORD-WINDING DEVICE
for clocks. The cord runs over grooved pullies. P
is the driving wheel, and / the ratchet winding ar-
bor, the turning of which by crank, key, or by pulling
the cord b raises the driving weight W, and lowers
the balance weight w. By this device the movement
of the escapement is not suspended while winding
the clock.

HOROLOGICAL.

289

1 1 73. CLOCK TRAIN, showing the method
of sustaining the movement of the train dur-
ing the time of winding. The bent spring
keeps a tension on the large gear by the lock-
ing of the large ratchet to which the bent spring
is attached, when the winding of the barrel can
be made without a back-set in the train.

See No. 11 68.

the weights.

1 1 74. COMPENSATION WATCH BAL-
ANCE. — At the ends of the balance bar are at-
tached compound sector bars, the inner section
of which is of steel, and the outer section of brass.
The weights 6, b regulate the momentum of the
balance wheel, while the change in length of the
arms is compensated by a reverse distance of
Adjustment is made by moving the weights along the

compensating sector.

1 1 75. WATCH REGULATOR.— The outer
end of the balance spring is fixed to a stud at
R, and the inner end to the balance wheel
arbor. The index hand carries two curb pins
at P, between which the spring vibrates, form-
ing a neutral point in its length which limits
the arc of movement of the balance wheel, and

by its change of position (by moving the index hand) adjusts the time

beat of the balance wheel.

1 176. ANTIQUE WATCH ESCAPE-
MENT. — A pinion on the balance-wheel arbor
meshes in a crown gear, on the shaft of which
a mutilated screw of large pitch releases the
teeth of the escapement and gives an impulse
by the incline of the screw.

290

HOROLOGICAL.

1 177. VERGE ESCAPEMENT.— The arms of
the escapement are set at an angle with each other,
and its oscillation allows a tooth of the crown
wheel to pass with each oscillation.

1 1 78. CYLINDER ESCAPEMENT, shows
the form of the cylinder, and 11 79 shows the
method of action. The oscillation of the cyl-
inder allows the teeth of the escapement wheel
to pass under the open hollow side and stop
against its outside. The impulse from the
escapement teeth is given to the edge of the
cylindrical section.

1 180. DUPLEX ESCAPEMENT.— A, the
balance-wheel stop; B, the oscillating pallet
fixed to the balance-wheel shaft and adjusted to
receive a strong impulse from the studs a, a, a
at the moment the escapement tooth falls into
the notch in the stop A.

1181. JEWELLED DETACHED LEVER
ESCAPEMENT.— D, E, jewel pallets; J, roll
jewel in the arbor disc ; L, M, lever stops ; H,
balance-wheel stop.

1 182. "GUERNSEY" ESCAPEMENT, con-
sisting of two balance wheels driven in opposite
directions by an inside and outside sector gear
on the pallet lever, with the ring guard around
the escapement axle. To prevent stopping of a
watch by a jar.

HOROLOGICAL.

291

1 183. ANCHOR AND LEVER ESCAPE-
MENT for watches. " Reed's " patent.

1 1 84. LEVER ESC APEMENT.— The
anchor pallet B is attached to the lever C E,
at the end E of which is a notch to receive
the pin in the balance-wheel disc D. The im-
pulse is given to the balance wheel at the
middle of its oscillation by the escape of the
teeth from the stop surface to the impulse
planes of the pallets.

1 185. LEVER CHRONOMETER ESCAPE-
1 MENT, single-pallet impulse. The lever pallets
alternately lock the escapement by the throw of
the lever ; the oscillating pin on the pallet disc
drops into the fork of the lever, throwing it
against the stop pins at its other end.

1 186. "ARNOLD" CHRONOMETER
ESCAPEMENT.— The spindle of the oscillat-
ing pallet a carries a small stud that vibrates
the light spring /, in the hook k, of the stop
spring A. The stop a catches and holds a tooth
of the escapement while a reverse oscillation of the pallet a is made,
when the stop d is lifted by the action of the stud at a, and an im-
pulse given to the balance wheel by the tooth «, striking the face of
the notch at h in the pallet.

1 187. FUSEE CHAIN AND SPRING
DRUM, used in watch and clock move-
ments. This device compensates for
the variation in the force of the spring.

292

HOROLOGICAL.

<<n*\ 1 188. CHRONOMETER ESCAPEMENT.—

P, the impulse pallet on the arbor disc of the
balance wheel ; V, a release tooth on the arbor
which strikes the end of the stop lever and releases
the escapement at the moment that the tooth
A falls in mesh with the pallet P. At the return
oscillation of the balance wheel the tooth V on

the arbor carries the spring forward, holding the lever and catch in

lock against the pin E.

N ^o

1 189. "GENEVA STOP." — A winding-up stop
used on watches. Winds as many turns of the wheel
A as there are notches in wheel B, less one. The
curve a b is the stop.

1 190. GEARED WATCH
the two arms makes the stop.

STOP.— Contact of

1 1 9 1 . WATCH STOP.— The number of turns of the
ratchet pinion is limited by the number of teeth in the
stop. The pin moves one tooth for each turn.

1192. STEM-WINDING
MOVEMENT of a watch. The
movement of the lever with an
arm outside of the rim locks a
clutch on the hand gear. The
third arm of the lever is thrown
beyond the rim to prevent clos-
ing the case until the clutch is
unlocked.

HOROLOGICAL.

293

1193. PIN-GEARED WATCH STOP. — The
winding stops at the convex tooth of the stop.

1 194. WATCH TRAIN.

a, key stem.

b y barrel and spring.

c y e, //, 1, pinions.

d, h, spur wheels.

/, /, pallets and escapement

k> lever and balance wheel.

1194a. EQUATED SUN
DIAL. — The curved bulbs on
the shadow stile are made to
conform to the equation of solar
time. The end of the upper bulb
represents the sun's declination
at the summer solstice, the lower
end of the large bulb the winter
solstice of the shadow on the
gnomon. The following edge of
the shadow is the correct time
when the sun is fast, the middle
of April to the middle of June,
and from September 1 to December 24. The forward edge of the
shadow is the correct time from the middle of June to Septembe:
1, and from December 24 to the middle of April.

294

HOROLOGICAL.

11946. ELECTRIC BAL-
ANCE WHEEL CLOCK.—
G represents the magnet, H
the balance wheel, D armature,
m a pin on the balance wheel,
C ratchet wheel, h and / are
pawls, P adjusting screw.
When the circuit is closed the
magnet draws the armature D
forward, whereby the ratchet
wheel C is turned the distance of one of its teeth. At the same
time the crotched end of the lever, by means of the pin, gives an
impulse to the balance wheel in one direction. The pin is sud-
denly released from the spring S, which in its recoil, aided by
the weight of the arm J, breaks the circuit. The return movement
of the balance wheel, caused by the recoil of the hair spring,
moves, by means of the pin, the lever D away from the magnet, so
as to set the pawl h on the next tooth of the wheel C, and the
pin will again pass by the upper end of the spring S.

1194c. COMPENSATING PENDULUM.—
The heavy black lines represent steel rods ; the open
lines the brass rods. The relative expansion of steel
is 2, brass 3. The center rod is fixed to the lower
cross head at the top and slides freely through the
cross heads at the bottom. In the combination
shown the length of the compensating frame should
be one-third the length of the pendulum.

HOROLOG1CAL.

295

U94<i. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
CLOCK PENDULUM.— P is an
ordinary pendulum with a notched
piece a and an iron piece e attached,
m is an electro-magnet. E is a bat-
tery ; / /' are the springs which act
as contact pieces attached to *he
battery, p is a steel piece called the
pallet. As long as the pendulum
is at its full swing the pallet will
pass over the notched piece a, but
should the arc of oscillation be less-
ened the pallet will catch in the
notch, raise the spring /, complete
the circuit, and the pendulum will
receive an impulse from the mag-
net.

iT 94 r. ELECTRIC TIME
CLOCK TRANSMISSION.
— Simultaneous beat of two
clocks. B is the primary
clock. Mb g e, the secondary.
ZK is the battery. The cop-
per contact D is fastened to
a pendulum of the primary
clock. Every second this cop-
per piece makes contact with
the plate C, completing the
circuit and energizing the magnet M of a secondary clock. This
attracts its armature b, operates the pawl which moves forward
and catches one of the teeth of the wheel e. As soon as the
contact is broken at c a spring acting upon the armature b draws
it away from the magnet, and at the same time the pawl moves the
wheel one tooth forward. The wheel e may be connected direct
to the second hand of the electric dial. If so, this hand will move
in unison with the pendulum of the primary clock ; t!iat is, once
in cverv second.

ag8

MINING.

1 1 98. PORTABLE DIAMOND DRILL, for
tunnel work or mine drifting. A swivelled hose
connection for feeding water to the drill. Screw-
jacks in the frame for clamping. Hand-driven by
crank and speed gear.

1 199. ARC TAPPET VALVE MO-
TION, for a rock drill. The valve is
moved on a circle radial with the tappet
centre, and is thrown by the tappet-arm
contact with the shoulders on the piston.
" Sergeant " model.

1200. TAPPET VALVE, for a.
rock drill. The ports are radial,
and are opened and closed by the
swing of the valve on its centre.
The valve is thrown by the shoul-
ders on the piston, striking the valve arms. " Sergeant " model.

1 201. ROCK DRILL, with balanced piston valve, which is
thrown by compressed air inlet through ports opened by the recipro-
cal motion of
the piston. B,
piston ; M, ro-
tation device.
"Ingersoll"

|tr model.

1202. ROCK DRILL, with balanced piston valve, which is

thrown by a
ported sector,
moved by im-
pact with the
recessed shoul-
ders on the piston. " Sergeant " model

MINING.

299

1203. COAI^CUTTING MACHINE, " Ingersoll-Sergeant "
model. The piston and drill rod are automatically operated by the
alternating motion of two piston valves. Operated by compressed
air, and only has to be held against the coal wall to under-cut, when
the face can be broken down.

1204. LINK CHAIN CUTTER, used in
coal-cutting machines.

1205. DRILL FOR CURVED
HOLES, used in coal mining. The
drill is on the end of a curved tube, and
is driven by a flexible shaft The tube
is fed forward by a pivoted arm and
worm gear.

1206. BOX-WING BLOWER.— The dis-
charge openings of the disc are rectangular,
with the sides enclosed. Made of sheet metal.

1207. MULTIPLEX BUTTERFLY
VALVE, for ventilating shafts.

3°°

MINING.

1208. STEAM-DRIVEN VENTI-
LATING FAN.— Type of those used in
the coal-mining districts. The fan wheel
may be encased in an iron or wooden shell.

1209. MINERS SAFETY LAMP.— The flame
is surrounded with wire gauze and a double wire
gauze cap. In explosive mine gases, the firing of
the incoming air and gas takes place on the inside
of the wire gauze. The flame does not pass
through fine wire gauze. The course of air for
the lamp burner is shown by the arrows.

12 10. HORSE-POWER HOIST-
ING DRUM, double speed. The
speed is changed by dropping one
or the other driving gear by the le-
vers. A release for running back is
made by turning the crank which
disengages the gear clutch.

12 1 1. STEAM HOISTING ENGINE,
with flat chain drum and reversing link.
The flat chain winds upon itself on a
narrow drum.

MINING.

301

12 12. STRAP BRAKE, used on hoisting
drums and wheels. The strap is usually made of
a steel band with its ends jointed to a lever.

1 2 13. ELEVATOR TOWER with inclined
boom. The bucket is lifted to the trolley by
£ the double tackle, drawn up the incline, and
the load dumped automatically into a car.

214. HORIZONTAL BOOM TOWER,
with traversing trolley and automatic shovel
bucket

12 1 5. MAST AND GAFF HOIST,
for unloading coal barges to an elevated
track. A portable boiler and steam hoist
or an electric motor hoist, with occasionally
a horse pull, are the motive powers.

1216. COAL-LOAD-
ING TIPPLE and sort-
ing screens for loading
cars. The screens are
inclined at the sliding
angle and drop the slack,
pea, nut, and lump into
separate cars.

3° 2

MINING.

12 1 7. "OTIS STOP", for elevator cars. B,
car frame sliding on the ratchet posts A, A;
d, d are the stop-dogs operated by bell-crank
levers to thrust the dogs into the ratchets on the
release of the eye bar £, by a break in the rope
or hoisting machine. The spring c quickens the
operation of throwing out the dogs.

12 18. ELEVATOR DUMPING HEAD,
showing method of inverting the buckets
over a hopper spout

1 2 19. ELEVATOR DUMPING HEAD.— An
inverted sector frame guides the bucket chain under
the head wheel, which allows the buckets a clean
discharge.

MINING BUCKETS
AND SKIP.

1220. d, Cornish kibble.

1 22 1. *■, Hooped straight
bucket.

1222. 6, Water bucket.

1223. a, Tram skip.

1224. BELT CONVEYOR.— A series
of horizontal and inclined rollers serve to
turn up the edges of a belt, enabling the
material carried to be retained on the belt ;
the belt returning on the horizontal rollers
below.

MINING.

303

1225. CHAIN SCRAPER CON-
VEYOR. — A chain supported on rollers
and axles to which scrapers are fixed
that fit the conveyor trough.

1226. CABLE CONVEYOR.— Discs
fixed to a cable running in a trough and

returning overhead.

again into position for their next push.

1227. DRIVING MECHANISM for a
coal or grain conveyor. " Hunt " model.
The heart cam is fixed. The face plate car-
rying the pawls revolves with the driving
gear. The cam guides the pawls to lock
with the pins in the chain and lifts them

1228. LOG CONVEYOR.— A link chain
with hooks running in a trough.

1229. ROPE TRAMWAY, over-
head system. Elevation, showing
the switch rails for transferring the
carrier bucket around the terminal to
the return rope. Loading of unload-
ing of the bucket is done at the
transfer switch.

1230. Plan showing the crossing
of the switch rail over the carrier
rope.

3°4

MINING.

1231. AUTOMATIC DUMP-
ING CAR. — The floor of the
car slopes upward to the centre
at an angle that will allow the
material to slide out. A chock
at any point desired for dump-
ing trips the holding-lever and
releases both side doors at once.

TOGGLE JOINT, for a stone breaker.

1233. STONE CRUSHER. -The
power is transmitted from tne driving
shaft by a cam operating a vertical con-
necting link and toggle joint " Blake "
pattern.

1234. "BUCHANAN" ROCK
CRUSHER. — An eccentric on the driving
shaft and toggle arm gives a powerful
pressure to the crusher jaws. The adjust-
ment is made by the back screws and side
rods to set up the outside jaw.

1235. ROLLER COAL CRUSHER.
— Driven by a direct-connected steam
engine with screw gear.

MINING.

30S

1236. EIGHT-STAMP ORE MILL,
for pulverizing gold quartz or other ores.
Cams on a power-driven shaft lift the
bars successively to equalize the belt
tension.

/ , v 1

— *-i

1237. ROLLING CRUSHER.— The "Aras-
tra." Rolling wheels on a cross arm of a verti-
cal shaft

1238. "ARASTRA" ORE MILL.—
Two heavy rolls revolving in a circular
trough, driven through a central shaft
and overhead gear.

1239. "CHILI" MILL.— A three-roller
ore mill. Rollers carried around by a shaft
and three-armed crab. Ore is fed inside
the rollers. The crushed ore washes into the
annular trough and is carried to the amalga-
mators.

1240. PULVERIZING BALL AND PAN MILL.
— The pan is continually tilted by being swung around
the vertical centre, rolling the ball down the slope side
of the pan.

306

MINING.

1 241. REVOLVING PULVER-
IZING MILL.— The material is
reduced to a fine powder by the
high-speed impact of the revolving
arms, within an iron casing.

" Frisbe-Loucop " model.

1242. HYDRAULIC
BALANCED GIANT
NOZZLE.— Used in hy-
draulic mining for washing
away gravel banks. The

nozzle turns on a movable joint at B B, and also in the vertical by the

socket at E.

|j; ? : 1243. COAL DUST PRESS for

\l^\: _ bituminous coal. The fine dust is fed

rr :\.- l^';LlL.™i!L down from a hopper. The nozzle has a

-*^ slight taper, which gives the ram suffi-

cient resistance to produce a solid cake at each stroke.

1244. KLONDIKE MIN-
ING MACHINE.— The gold-
bearing gravel is shovelled
into the hopper and is fed to
the riffle pan, which is vibrated
by the pump handle. The
pump supplies water to the
riffle pan, from which it falls

into the settling pan beneath, and is kept from freezing by a fire

underneath. " Lancaster " model.

1245. GOLD SEPARATOR; dry process.
A bellows furnishes an air blast, which separates
the fine sand and dust from the gold on the riffle
screen and blows the dust away.

MINING.

307

1246. CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATOR.—
A central revolving shaft carries a set of conical
perforated plates, between which perforated
plates are fixed to the shell of the machine.
Grain or other material is fed at the top, and
an air blast at the bottom. Centrifugal action
discharges the material at the periphery of the
revolving plates, returning by gravity on the
fixed plates.

1247. MAGNETIC ORE SEP-
ARATOR, " Buchanan " type. Two
cylinders, magnetized by powerful
horseshoe electro-magnets, are re-
volved at considerable speed. The
pulverized ore is fed from hoppers
on top of the rolls ; the iron is held
to the rolls and thrown off after
passing the chutes. The tailings drop directly into a box.
1247 a. Front end view.

1248. IRON ORE SEPARA-
TOR, " Buchanan " model. The
pulverized ore is fed from a hop-
per to a revolving drum, a section
on each side of which is magne-
tized by a fixed electro-magnet.
The magnetic particles are carried
around by the drum to a part of
the neutral section and discharged.
An apron below, travelling over
magnetic rollers, further separates
the ore.

1249. RAILWAY STEAM
SHOVEL, the " Bucyrus " model.
For railway or other excavating on
movable trucks.

308

MINING.

pass the bottom side of the drum.

thrown off, and drop into a separate compartment.

1250. MAGNETIC ORE
SEPARATOR, "Hoffman"
type. The pulverized iron
ore is fed to a travelling ap-
ron, which passes over a series
of magnets beneath the apron
and over a drum where the
magnetized iron particles are
held to the belt until they
The unmagnetized particles are

1251. MAGNETIC ORE SEPARATOR, "Edison" type. A
series of electro-magnets are set behind a vertically moving apron

i against which the
pulverized ore is
discharged from a
hopper spout. The
concentrates move
along the line of
magnets by the ac-
tion of the apron,
and fall into buck-
ets attached to the apron, and are carried over the top, while the
tailings are drawn away from the front by an exhaust blower.

1252. ORE ROASTING
FURNACE, revolving type.
The large cylinder takes
charge by the manholes, and
revolves on power-driven rol-
lers. The furnace is on a
truck to be removed when
required. The heated gases

pass through the revolving cylinder and to a chimney.

MINING.

309

1253. RAILWAY EXCAVATOR,
the " Otis " pattern.

1254. RAILWAY STEAM
SHOVEL, the "Victor" model.
For excavating railway cuts, or gen-
eral work on temporary rails.

1255. CONTINUOUS DITCHING
DREDGE. — Discharging overhead
on the banks by a carrier from under
the bucket discharge.

1256. CLAM-SHELL BUCKET, for
dredging. Operated by a double chain.
One chain is attached to the joint of the
long arms, the other chain passes around
a sheave in the joint of the lazy tongs
that opens the bucket, and is made fast to
the first chain. The bucket is suspended
by the first-named chain to keep it open,
the second chain is then pulled to close the bucket on its load.

1257. REVOLVING HOISTING
DREDGE, balanced on railway
truck. " Lancaster " pattern, with
clam-shell bucket

3 io

MINING.

1258. FLOATING DREDGE,
"Osgood" pattern. For har-
bor and channel dredging.

1259. MARINE DREDGE,
discharging on the shore
through a long floating pipe.
Pipe buoyed by pontoons.
For harbor work.

1259a, DISINTEGRA-
TOR, for pulverizing ore.
Two concentric shafts with
disks and beating bars run-
ning at high velocity in oppo-
site directions.

1259b. ORE CRUSHER,
GATES MODEL.— The cone
on the central shaft is mack to
vibrate in a circular direction
by the revolution of an eccen-
tric bearing at the bottom of
the shaft, driven by bevel
gearing. The crushing cone
has a slow rotation due to dif-
ferential areas of cone and sta-
tionary plates at the bottom or
nearest contact surfaces.

MINING.

3ir

1259c. HAND POWER ROCK
DRILL, Jackson model. — A power-
ful helical spring drives the drill
forward. The crank operates a cam
wiper for drawing back the drill;
the motion is regulated by the fly-
wheel.

1259*/. FREE RUN-
NING AXLES for mining
cars. The divided axle held
together by grooved bear-
ings, makes a light running
car on the small curves in
mines.

1259*. GARBAGE FURNACE.
|j —Plan and elevation. The garbage
falls through openings at the top
and is divided on a curved parting
hearth and dried by the heat of the
fire on the grate and then slides on
to the grate to be burned. Coal
may also be used to facilitate the
burning. Plan and vertical section.

312

MINING.

1259/. ROPE DRIVE FOR MINE

HAULAGE.— Two
grooved drums
with gears and an
intermediate b a 1 -
ance gear and fly-
wheel. The driv-
ing shaft geared to
the hauling drum;
brake wheel and
band on the same
drum shaft. Shafts
are horizontal. Plan
and side view.

I259£. AIR BLAST FOR MOVING COAL, slack and

dust. An engine and direct
connected Root blower. A
feed screw from the hopper
,„ to the air pipe adjusted in

R / speed to the proper quantity
■/ for the air blast. Can be used

= ?! -^ J/l.i-L^P D for refuse from ore concen-
~~* tration works or other refuse

that can be conveyed by compressed air.

1259//. AUTOMATIC AIR DUMP.— The cable from the
drum runs over a sheave on a movable truck on inclined rails. A
stop at each end of the run limits the run of the truck. A bar
across the frame at the middle post holds a Yrslot into which the

chain and balf un-
der the bucket
catches, when by
lowering the
bucket tips over
and its contents
dumped. Again

hoisting the bucket
is released, and be-
ing light runs back
over the nit.

Section XV.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

Hangers, Shaft Bearings, Ball Bearings, Steps, Couplings, Universal

and Flexible Couplings, Clutches, Speed Gears, Shop

Tools, Screw Threads, Hoists, Machines,

Textile Appliances, Etc.

1260. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET
HANGER.

1 26 1. ADJUSTABLE FLOOR BEARING
for vertical shaft.

1262. Elevation.

1263. Section.

1264. Plan.

3'4

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1265. ADJUSTABLE POST HANGER.

1266. ADJUSTABLE FLOOR STAND,
shaft bearing.

1267. CONTINUOUS TRAVERSING
ROLLER or ball bearing for an axle.

1268. ROLLER WHEEL ANTI-FRICTION
BEARING.

1269. BALL BEARINGS in an adjustable journal box. Aloosesleeve

is inserted between
the balls and the shaft
to prevent wear of
shaft, and to prevent
clogging if a ball
should break. The
shaft will then turn
in the sleeve.

1270. Longitudinal section.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

315

127 1. ADJUSTABLE HANGER for shafting.
A, drop of the hanger. Jointed cap to allow of
removal of shaft.

1272. SCREW TRAVERSING
BALL BEARING, with balls returning
through outside passage. Grooves re-
cessed in shaft.

1273. SCREW TRAVERSING
BALL BEARING. The balls returning
by a side passage. Ball grooves enlarged
for full strength of shaft.

274. HANGING SHAFT on ball bearings.

275. SUSPENDED SHAFT on ball bearings.

1276. CURVED STEP BEARING, with oil
reservoir.

3*6

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

^277. CONICAL PIVOT BEARING and adjust-
ing screw.

1278. LUBRICATION OF A HANGING
BEARING by hydraulic pressure. Oil is
forced into the grooves of the bearing through
the small holes and discharges into the cup
around the outside.

1279. VERTICAL SHAFT STEP.— Made
adjustable by a movable bearing held by set
screws in the foot block.

1280. SHAFT STEP ADJUSTMENT for
spindles of millstones.

1281. ADJUSTABLE STEP BEARING,
with hard bronze bush and step. A mor-
tise through the iron base and a key drawn
with a screw extension and nut are for verti-
cal adjustment.

1282. COLLAR BEARING AND STEP
for a vertical shaft. The thrust sleeve of
bronze is split and should have a key to pre-
vent rotation.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

317

1283. OIL CIRCULATING STEP for a
vertical shaft. The foot of the shaft has a
groove cut across its centre. The cast-iron
bearing has a hole down the centre to meet a
cross hole from the oil well. The joint of the
sleeve and step is packed oil tight, oil being
U:d at the upper end of the sleeve.

1284. LENTICULAR BEARING for a
vertical shaft. Each section is lubricated
by the pressure oil feed from beneath,
through the central hole. The concave discs
are of hard bronze, and the convex discs of
steel. The shaft terminates in a steel toe, c.
The cast-iron step is chambered for water
circulation.

1285. SPHERICAL STEP BEARING.— Two

semi-spheres, rolling on a horizontal shaft, support
a vertical shaft having a concave spherical end.
The semi-spheres roll in opposite directions in oil,
and by the cross direction of the bearing surfaces
preserve a perfect contact.

1286. ANGLE COUPLING for shafts. The
jointed rod on one shaft slides in the bent crank
eye of the other shaft. For small angles and light
work.

OLDHAM" COUPLING
for shafts slightly eccentric
in alignment. The double-
splined disc B runs free
against the grooved face
plates A, C.
1 288. Disc showing grooves
at right angles, front and back.

3 i8

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1289. FLEXIBLE LINK
COUPLING.— The end of each
shaft is fitted with a four-armed
hub. A series of leather links is
inserted between the arms of one
hub and those of the other hub,
and secured with stud bolts.

1290. Side view.

1 29 1. FLEXIBLE SHAFT COUPLING.— A ball and socket
shaft ends with a slot in the ball and a mortise in the socket at right

angles, in which the right-
l angled cross piece has a free

sliding motion.

1292. The cross key in
perspective at the right.

1293.

ANGLE SHAFT COUPLING,
" Robes " patent. The shaft heads
are slotted, in which cross bars
are pivoted ; the ends of the cross
bars are also pivoted to the arms
of the double yoke, giving a free
motion to the driven shaft at any
angle greater than a right angle.

1294. UNIVERSAL JOINT, for
\ shafting. Ring gimbal.

295. "HOOKE'S" UNIVERSAL JOINT.—
One shaft end is keyed into a ball with trun-
nions, which turn in a ring with trunnions at
right angles with the ball trunnions. The ring
trunnions turn in the outer shell to which the
other shaft is keyed.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

319

1296. "GOUBET'S" UNIVERSAL
SHAFT COUPLING.— A, A, shafts;

C, a trunnion ring recessed in a ball,

D. Each shell is alike, and in itself
a universal joint for 45 . Both to-
gether equal to 90 .

1297. BALL SOCKET UNIVER-
SAL JOINT.— A ball with grooves
around it at right angles and bearing
in the spherically recessed ends of the
shafts. Straps fitted in the grooves,
and screwed in slots in the shaft, hold
the ball in position.

1298. BALL SOCKET UNIVERSAL JOINT.—
A ball with grooves cut entirely
around it at right angles. The
tongued shaft ends have straps
extending entirely around the
ball to hold the joints together.

?:":H fi I2 99- RIGHT-ANGLE SHAFT COUPLING,
1 " " Hobson " and other patents. Right-angle
"0X crank pins revolve and slide in holes in the shaft
couplings.

1300. RIGHT-ANGLE SHAFT COUP-
_j LING, "Hobson" patent. — A number of
right-angle steel rods move freely in per-
forated guide flanges on the ends of shafts that run at
right angles. The rods draw out and in through the
flanges to suit the conditions of revolution of the shafts.
A larger angle rod serves as a centre bearing over which
the shafts revolve.

3*o

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1 30 1. ECCENTRIC LINE COUP-
LING. — Face plates, fixed to ends of
shafting considerably out of line but
parallel, may be connected by four or
five bars with offsets to clear each other
in their revolution on the face plates.

1302. Side view of offset links.

1303. SIMPLE FRICTION PULLEY.— The
self-acting clutch arms act upon the pulley rim in
one direction only. When shaft motion is reversed,,
the pulley is free.

1304. FRICTION CLUTCH.— A conical-
grooved pulley and clutch rim. The clutch
slides on the shaft and feather, and is controlled
by a lever and carrier in the grooved hub.

1305. V-GROOVED FACE CLUTCH.—
A very effective clutch with teeth of small
angle.

1306. CLUTCH AND GEAR.— The

clutch slides on the feathered shaft, and
throws the gear into motion by the operatioa
of the bell-crank lever and runner.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

321

1307. CONE CLUTCH.— Can be made at
any angle greater than will cause the clutch to
stick.

1308. MULTIPLE PLATE FRICTION CLUTCH.— Several

plates of iron or steel are fitted loosely on a three-feather shaft, be-
tween which plates of wood or other hard material, sometimes steel,
^=j /^^^^ are P* acec * anc *

7pTn- "r /%^^^^^* > \ keyed in an iron

ferQn. Hb (iff /\ \ A nousm & or coup-

=• "^ ; f| if I Ijfil l ii ■ I ^ n S t ° m ° v e

^^^^^sa|U ^r^ /J/J loosely on the

'111! ffl\ fW^ ^S^ ^Ty keys - The coup "
liJJJJ ^ih ^S^^^ lin e is ke y ed to

"" ^-^ the next shaft in

line. A follower sleeve and springs compress the plates, giving a very
large frictional surface, which is relieved by drawing the sleeve back
by a yoke lever.

1309. Section showing stops in outer case and keys on shaft

1 3 10. FRICTION CLUTCH,
outside view, with toggle-joint
thrust, sleeve, and yoke lever.

131 1. Section of outside
bearing, clutch, toggle joint,
and sleeve.

322

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

13 1 2. PIN CLUTCH.— The pin plate is
fast on the shaft. The hole plate slides on a
feather, and is operated by a bell-crank Y-lever
in a hub slot.

1313. FRICTION PIN CLUTCH.—
A or B may be the driving shaft ; a is a
friction band that slips to prevent shock
when the pins are thrown into contact
with it

1314. FRICTION CLUTCH.
— The two sections of the friction
ring are pressed out by right and
left screws, operated by a sliding
spool on the shaft and the toggle-
joint connections, /, /'.

13 15. Longitudinal section.

1316. FRICTION CLUTCH BEVEL
GEAR. — A A is a driving shaft extended
through the gear hubs ; gear a is fast on
the shaft ; gear b is loose on the shaft, with
a friction clutch fixed in position by a lever
extension not shown. Clutch is tightened
by the screw handle/, when the gear e c ro-
tates to drive gear //. The pinions are
pivoted in the plane of gear e c.

1317. SPRING FRICTION
CLUTCH.— The lever handle,
eccentric, and link are held in
position by the arm A. The
^ springs keep the cones closed
for driving. The throw of the
handle forward in the direction
of the arrow pushes the inner
cone back and releases the
grip.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

323

13 18. DOUBLE TOGGLErJOINT
FRICTION CLUTCH. — The move-
ment of the grooved sleeve J opens or
closes the grip A, upon the rim wheel C.
The lever H throws the toggle links E, F
into line for the grip.

13 19. ADJUSTABLE FRICTION
CLUTCH, with double-grip bearings. Ad-
justment tightness is made by locked set
screws in the arm of the bell-crank levers.
The jaws are held open by a ring spring
running around the clutch.

1320. DOUBLE-CONIC ROPE
DRUM. — Used on some forms of
winding engines, and as a fusee in
a spinning mule.

1321. VARIABLE SPEED DE-
VICE. — Transmission is made by a
stiff belt running over two coned spools,
which have their inside cone bearings
simultaneously changed to meet require-
ment for equal belt tension, by two
levers pivoted to nuts on a right- and
left-hand screw, with a fulcrum central between the shafts. Both ex-
panding spools slide on feathered shaft keys.

3*4

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1322. EXPANDING PULLEY or wheel.
The rim sections screw into a central hub.

1323. VARIABLE SPEED DE-
VICE. — An internal driving-cone pul-
ley, with a smaller cone pulley rolling
on its internal surface on a shaft
parallel with the driving shaft, but
drawn eccentric to.it for higher speed
by an inclined slide operated by a lever, rock shaft, and crank con-
nection.

1324. VARIABLE SPEED TRANSMITTING DEVICE.—
A thin disc is fast on the counter shaft. Two discs drive the speed

shaft, between which and
the driving disc are two
rollers pivoted to trans-
verse spindles. The rol-
lers are kept to their slow-
speed position between the
discs by springs. A con-
necting rod draws the rol-
lers toward the high-speed
position. Friction press-
ure on the rollers is made
by a spring pressing the
discs together.

1325. BELT HOLDER, "Wellington"
model. Does away with a loose pulley. The
belt is guided on to a set of rollers in a fixed
frame at the side of the driving pulley. Saves
time and avoids danger in putting on belts.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

32S

1326.* JOINTED RADIAL ARM, for
drilling machines, marble polishing, and
other similar machines. Elevation.

1327. Plan, showing joints and action.

1328. DRILLING MACHINE CLAMP.—
A handy tool about a drill press. The shank is
pushed loosely through a hole in the drill-press
Uble until the lever bears- on the work, when a
turn on the set- screw makes a tight grip.

1329. SCREW BENCH CLAMP, for cabinet-
makers.

1330. AUTOMATIC BENCH CLAMP,
for carpenters and cabinet-makers. Used for
Q—j holding work on the flat.

1331. AUTOMATIC BENCH CLAMP
used by carpenters and cabinet-makers for
holding work on edges for planing.

1332. WOOD- BENDING
CLAMPS AND FORMERS.—
Strips of wood are thoroughly
steamed and bent while hot over
the formers and clamped.

1 33 2 A. Offset clamp.

1333. Thill clamp.

1334. Bend clamp.

$26

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1335. BOILER TUBE EXPANDER.— A
series of sets surrounding a conical driving pin,
" Prosser " percussion type. A guard ring fixes
the proper position of the expanding grooves of
the sectional sets to match the tube head.

1336. Longitudinal section.

1337. ROLLER TUBE
EXPANDER.— The rollers
are loosely fitted in a case
to hold them in position.
The slightly tapered mandril is pushed or driven within and bearing on
the rollers and revolved by a bar in the mandril head, which revolves
the rollers, rolling them over the interior surface of the boiler tube.
" Dudgeon " model.

1338. REVOLVING TOOL HEAD,
for a Monitor lathe.

1339. COLLAPSING TAP.— The
hook cutters C, C, slide in the taper
shank B, and are drawn up to their full

j£) diameter for cutting by turning the shank
handle in the inclined slot in the shell,
and the reverse motion of the handle
for collapsing the tap.

1340. Longitudinal section.

1 34 1. WABBLE SAW, for cutting dovetail and
rabbet groove*.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

3»7

1342. AUTOMATIC SCREW-
CUTTING DIE. — The outside

shell is movable on the
inner shell, which holds
the cutters in slots. By
throwing the handle
over, the cutters are re-
leased from the screw.
The centre pin, nut, and
slot pin is the automatic
release by contact with
the screw, which pushes
back the slot pin and
revolves the outer shell. Adjustment is made by the set rings at the
back of the die. A circular spring throws out the cutters. Cross seo
tion.

1343. Front view.

1344. Longitudinal section.

1345. Outside view.

1346. UNIVERSAL CHUCK,
for eccentric turning. The divided
gear plate and chuck-
ing screw are re-
volved and held at
any division by the
spring pawl. The
slide is given its ec-
centric position by a
screw with an index.

A great variety of designs may be made with this simple chuck.

Front view.

1347. Side view.

1348. End view.

1349. Nut and screw.

1350. COMPOUND LEVER SHEARS.

3 28

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

135 1. DISC SHEARS.— Two bevelled edge
discs just lapping, and revolving. Largely used
in tin and cardboard cutting.

1352. GIG SAW. — The spring a gives tension to
the saw running between guide frames, and operates
by crank and connecting rod.

1353. BAND SAW, for sawing metals.
The frame and third wheel are set back to give
room for large plates.

*\\ llj-^ k '~n~Tp^ B

1354. BAND SAW. — Rectilinear motion of
saw blade from rotary motion of band pulleys,
with a tilting saw-table for bevel work.

1355. TOGGLE-JOINT LEVER PRESS or
punch. A type of toggle-joint used in the old
form of printing and stamping presses.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

329

1356. POWER STAMPING PRESS. — Driven
from a pulley with crank or cam shaft. A miss im-
pression is made by a stop-clutch operated by a foot
treadle.

1357. HAND DRILLING MACHINE, with
lever feed.

1358. PORTABLE DRILL, rope trans,
mission and flexible shaft. One continuous
rope over driving pulley, two double sheaves
anchored, and flexible shaft pulley ; allow-
ing the driving sheave of the flexible shaft
to be anchored in any position, and for
tightening the driving rope.

1359. MULTIPLE DRILLING MA-
CHINE, for close drilling or perforating
plates. Drills are operated close together
by converging spindles.

3 28

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

135 1. DISC SHEARS.— Two bevelled edge
discs just lapping, and revolving. Largely used
in tin and cardboard cutting.

1352. GIG SAW. — The spring a gives tension to
the saw running between guide frames, and operates
by crank and connecting rod.

1353. BAND SAW, for sawing metals.
The frame and third wheel are set back to give
room for large plates.

1354. BAND SAW. — Rectilinear motion of
saw blade from rotary motion of band pulleys,
with a tilting saw-table for bevel work.

1355. TOGGLErJOINT LEVER PRESS or
punch. A type of toggle-joint used in the old
form of printing and stamping presses.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

329

1356. POWER STAMPING PRESS. — Driven
P from a pulley with crank or cam shaft A miss im-
pression is made by a stop-clutch operated by a foot
treadle.

1357. HAND DRILLING MACHINE, with
lever feed.

1359. MULTIPLE DRILLING MA-
CHINE, for close drilling or perforating
plates. Drills are operated close together
by converging spindles.

332

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1369. COMBINED TIRE UPSETTING AND PUNCHING
MACHINE. — The tire is made fast by the cam jaws, and the mov-
able cam is set forward
by the sector cam lever
and pinion. A punch is
attached to the movable
jaw with a punch die in
the horn of the machine,
so that the same opera-
tion of upsetting a tire
may be used for punch-
ing iron.

1370. Vertical section.

PLATE SAWING MACHINE.— A slow-running steel

saw blade lubri-
cated by dipping
in an oil box. The
saw is automatical-
ly fed to the plate
by a worm gear,
but has a quick
return by the hand
wheel.

1372. COMBINED PUNCH
AND SHEARS in one frame and
driven from one shaft Each con-
trolled by a treadle.

1373- SUSPENDED SWING TREADLE.
— The foot takes a circular motion ; no dead
centre.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

333

1374. POWER RUMBLING MILL,
for cleaning sand from castings, pol-
ishing metal articles by tumbling with
sand, charcoal, leather scrap, or any
polishing powder.

1375. CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATOR, for removing oil from
iron chips and turnings. The iron pan A is fixed to the spindle and

pulley. The unequal load-
ing of the pan is balanced
by the elastic swivelled box
B, held in a central position
by springs. A cover with
felted edge closes the top of
the pan. The friction stop
C acts as a brake to stop
r> the motion of the pan.

1376. CLOSURE OF ROLLERS by tra-
versing the angular slots guiding the roller
bearings. The slot guide C is fixed. The
piston-rod head D carries the angular slots
that move the rollers forward and backward.

1377. VIBRATING LIFT.— The revolving drum
B lifts the weight W, while the crank-pin connecting
rod C gives the arm A and sheave E a vibrating ver-
tical movement. With certain proportions between
the size of the drum B, the distance of the crank pin
and connecting arm at A, a variety of motions to the
cord D may be made.

e^Ji-iri 1378. DIFFERENTIAL PITCH MOVE-

I | .* * MENT. — The motion of a traversing stud by

— ' * the revolution of a differential screw allows of

measurement of minute motions and distances. A micrometer device-

334

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1379. FEED WHEEL for a planing machine.
The corrugated upper wheel pushes the lumber
to the cutter.

1380. COMBINED RATCHET AND HAND
FEED GEAR. — The hand screw turns in the worm-
gear nut, and may be used for quick adjustment

1381. GEAR TRAIN,
I with quick return, for a gear-
" cutting machine.

S=3

1382. QUICK RETURN MOVEMENT for
a cutter head. A constant rotation of the cam
operates the bell-crank sector, which is quickly
drawn back by the weight W and pinion C.

1383. REVERSING GEAR, from a
single belt and cone pulley. The gear
wheel a has an outside and inside set of
teeth with the pinions b, c meshing and
running in opposite directions.

The friction clutches operated by a
lever reverse the motion of the large
gear by alternately putting in motion the
inside or outside pinion.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

335

1384. FLEXIBLE UNIVERSAL STEAM
JOINT.—" Hampson " model. The steam flows
through the thick arms of the Y's, which have
ground joints.

1385. BYE PASS COCK OR VALVE.
— To allow of a small delivery %vhen the
large valve is closed, or for relief of press-
ure against a large valve.

1386. SIGHT-FEED LUBRICATOR— The
amount of feed is seen by the frequency of drops at
the sight hole. Adjusted by a needle-point valve with
milled head and screw.

1387. SCREW MOVEMENT, for the tail
stock of a lathe. The spindle moves in a key
slot to prevent turning. The screw has a
collar and is shouldered on the outside by the
wheel hub. The back end of spindle has a
thread acting as a nut on the driving screw.

verses around the shaft to be centered.
1389. End view.

1388. CENTERING
TOOL. Used for scratch-
ing the centre on round
shafting or rods. The
slotted arm E swings on
the spindle A, as it tra-

33^

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

-2^a

Ll>

■IJ'UllUJ^

1390. VERNIER CALI-
i PER, with slow-motion stop

screw.

1391. EXPAN-
SION BIT.— The
spring clip held by
a screw clamps the
cutter in position

to bore any size hole within its limits of expansion.

1392. DOUBLE-ACTING
SCREWDRIVER. — The in-
side spindle has a left-hand
screw, the outside hollow spindle a right-hand screw ; and both with
nuts that can lock either spindle by screwing to the thread on the
lower end of each or either spindle.

1393. PUMP DRILL STOCK.— A very
ancient device, yet largely in use at this date in
the jewelry and other light manufacturing estab-
lishments. The heavy revolving disc keeps up
^ the momentum to rewind the band upon the
spindle in contrary direction for each downstroke
of the bar.

1394. RECIPRO-
ITl^CATING DRILL
— ™ STOCK.— By the
double groove and
follower, the drill turns the same way at each movement of the ring
and follower.

1395. COMPOUND LEVER CUTTING
PLIERS, in which the toggle-joint principle is
used to give the greatest power at the closure
of the jaws.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

337

1396. BALL SOCKET, used on surveyor's
■71 compasses. The gland is tightened with
countersunk screws.

1397. BALL SOCKET, with a screw
gland.

1398. SCREW THREADS.— Standard
V thread, sharp at top and bottom. Depth
equals 0.85 of the pitch. Angle 60 ° .

U.S. 8. THREAD

WH»TWOflTH THREAD ;

1399. SCREW THREADS.— United
States Standard Thread. Flat top and
bottom. Depth equals 0.65 of the pitch.
Angle 60 °.

1400. SCREW THREADS, "Whit-
worth' thread. Rounded top and bot-
tom. Depth equals 0.75 of the pitch.
Angle 55°.

1401, SCREW THREADS, Trape-
zoidal thread. Angle 90 ° face, 45 ° back.
Depth equals 0.75 of the pitch.

33»

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1402

thread.

SCREW THREADS, square
Angle square. Depth equals -[-
half pitch. Width between threads equal
+ half pitch, for clearance.

POWELL* k-P— ij
THREAD

1403. SCREW THREADS, "Powell's "
thread. Depth of thread equals + half
pitch. Width of top of thread, 0.37 -of
pitch. Width of bottom, 0.37 + of pitch-
Angle of side, 1 1 % ° .

1404. CONTINUAL BARREL ELEVATOR.
— Sprocket wheels and link chains with
curved arms to hold the barrels.

1405. TELESCOPIC HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR.
— The several piston cylinders take a proportional lift by
their differential areas and balanced pressure areas in each
compartment.

r(j^

E=9 1406. TRAVELLER HOIST, show.
~^** ing the principles of the balanced coun-
ter pull and the traverse tackle.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

339

1407. TRAVELLING CRANE
for shop and foundry
work. May be oper-
ated by rope transmis-
sion, a long shaft, or
electric motor.

1408. I-BAR TRAVELLING TRAMWAY, an
easily made shop device. The I bar lies sidewise, bolted
to brackets from the ceiling. The double trolley can-
not run off.

1409. SWING BRACKET CRANE, with

trolley.

1 410. ADJUSTABLE UNIVERSAL SHEAVE.
It can be set in any desired direction and canted
by the double-swivel foot.

1411. "HARRINGTON" CHAIN HOIST.— A
worm gear operates a double -chain sprocket, with
chains yoked at hook.

1412. " YALE" DUPLEX HOIST.— A worm
F meshed in a gear on the same shaft with the
hoisting-chain sprocket. A, Hand-chain sprocket
on worm shaft B; C is a friction plug which
holds the worm from running back. For self-
running down, the plug may be reversed, present-
ing a smaller friction surface to the worm shaft
A pin holds the plug from turning.

34°

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES,

1 413. SAFETY TACKLE.— The horizontal frame
is pivoted in the hook block having a friction shoulder.
A lanyard from the eye of the horizontal frame releases
the grip.

1414. DIFFERENTIAL CHAIN-PULLEY
BLOCK. — The chain sprockets, one on each side of
the gear drum, run in different directions, allowing the
surplus chain to hang between the draft chains. An
eccentric on the hand- wheel shaft rolls a loose pinion
around the discs, causing them to move in opposite
directions by the differential number of teeth on each
side of the pinion.

1415. DOUBLE SCREW-GEAR HOIST. — A
right-and-left screw turns the chain sprockets in mesh
with the lifting chain. " Box & Co." model.

1 41 6. TAPER TUBE ROLLS.— The grooves
— * are turned as a taper screw. One rolls right-hand,
— I the other left-hand to match. Much care and
— 1 management are required in taper tube-rolling.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

341

1417. " YALE-WESTON " DIFFERENTIAL GEAR HOIST.

— The hand-chain
sprocket shaft runs loose
in a sleeve which carries
the hoist-chain sprocket
A small pinion on the
right-hand end o f t h e
central shaft drives three
spur gears pinioned on a
circular movable frame

attached to the chain sprockets. To each of the three spur gears are
fixed a pinion, which meshes in an internal tooth gear fixed in the case.

1 418. Section, showing gear.

1419. TUBE-ROLLING MA-
CHINK— The first roller turns the
strip of metal to a half-circle. The
pair of vertical rolls close up the
tube.

1420. SEAMLESS TUBE MAK-
ING. — Rolling a solid bar between a
pair of angular-axled disc rollers opens
a cavity within the bar which is further
expanded by a second pair of disc rollers.
The rolling of the tube between the discs
pushes the tubular bar over a revolving
conical mandrill.

1421. WIRE-BENDING MACHINE— A marvel of complex

motions. Hooks and
eyes, and any special
shapes of wire-work
can be made on
these machines.

1422. Samples of
wire bending.

34*

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1423, SEAMLESS TUBE MAKING.— The " Mannesmann M
process. A, a, conical corrugated rolls : B, guide tube ; B", hot bar

of iron or steel being pushed through
the rolls; D, mandrill for widening
the inside of the tube, the hollow be-
ing started by the action of the out-
side rolls.

1424. HOPPER AND BELL, for a
blast or other furnace, for feeding coal and
ore. The hopper is filled with a charge,
when the bell is quickly lowered and the
charge drops into the furnace.

1425. "BESSEMER" STEEL CONVERTER.—
A large crucible on trunnions, through which air is
blown to passages in the bottom of the shell and
through the cast iron, burning out the excess of carbon,
when the crucible is turned over and the cast iron,
converted into steel, is poured into moulds.

1426. LENS-GRINDING MACHINE. — The
bell-crank arm a is made adjustable in the vertical
shaft, and is pivoted for a free motion in the grind-
ing cup b, to give a variety of motions to the cup
over the lens; or the operation may be reversed
and the lens given a circular motion in the cup.

1427. GRINDING
MILL in section, show-
ing the balancing of the
upper stone and adjust-
ment of step, and the cen-
tering of the hopper and
feed gauge.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

343

1428, « BOGARDUS w M I L L.
— Grooved steel discs running eo-
centric to each other. Largely used
for grinding paints and drugs.

1429. Plan showing grooves.

1430. CIRCULATING SCREW PRO-
PELLER AND MIXING TANK.— Is used
in various forms in laundries, soap crutching,
and oil refining.

1431. DOUBLE CYL-
INDER PLANER, for
lumber. Takes a rough
and finishing cut by once
passing the lumber
through the mill.

wit

1432. DOUBLE TOGGLErJOINT SCREW
PRESS with steam-heated platens for vul-
canizing rubber or embossing by heat and
pressure.

1433. STEAM COTTON PRESS, for
repressing and condensing baled cotton.
The geared sectors, driven by the double-
rack piston rod and piston, increase the
pressure immensely at the latter part of the
stroke by the toggle-joint action of the con-
necting rods as they approach the radial
bearing of the sectors.

Bnr

344

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1434. TOGGLErBAR PRESS.— The rota-
tion of the disc a by the lever handle brings
the toggle bars to a vertical position, with in-
creasing pressure upon the platen. The tog-
gle bars have spherical ends fitted to spherical
cups in the top and bottom discs.

1435. SECTOR PRESS.— The sector is rolled
up by the crank and pinion, driving the platen
up with increased force until the connecting rod
reaches its vertical position. Much used on cot-
ton presses.

1436. BARK OR COB MILL.— A barbed
and corrugated cone revolving within a
spider and counter cone, with barbed cones
and corrugations.

1437. DRAWING AND THROSTLE TWISTING
ROLLS AND BOBBIN WINDER.— The front rolls run
faster than the feed rolls, and draw the fibre. The
throstle twists the thread which is drawn tightly upon the
spool that runs loose on the spindle, and is held by a
friction spring to give it the winding tension.

1438. COP WINDER.— The cop tube on the
spindle revolves. The arm with an eye, carries
the thread forward and backward on the cop.

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

345

1439. BOBBIN WINDER.— The flyer revolves, while
the bobbin is moved up and down the spindle for even
winding. Thread passes through the hollow spindle
down the arm and through the eye of the flyer arm.

1440. CLOTH DRESSER. — The centra!
wheel is the teazel drum. The cloth is guided by
the rollers above and below.

1 441. KNITTING MACHINE, auto-
matic rib knitter, " Heginbotham " model.
Vertical needles and two bobbins.

1442. KNITTING MACHINE,

seamless knitter, "Bellis &
Weinanmayer " model. Verti-
cal needles.

346

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

1443. KNITTING MACHINE.
— Multiple thread knitter, "Hep-
worth " model, for web goods.

1443a. TRAVELING
DERRICK.— Double trol-
leys and lever beam puttings
a 75-ton gun on an armor-
clad war vessel.

1443&. MODERN COT-
TON GIN.—

D, nest of saws.

E, saw grate between
each saw to hold
back the seed.

A, feeder trough and
hopper.

J, cylinder brush strip-
ping the cotton fibre
from the saw.

F, adjusting lever.

K, sliding mote board.

MILI, AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

347

1443c. SPOOL WIND-
ING MACHINE.— A
worm screw B and gear
drives a set of cams R on
a cross shaft and oscillates
a lever and thread guide to
and fro. The spool spindle
driven by friction gear from
the shaft B.

1443d. CONICAL ROLLER
THRUST BEARING.— The conical
rollers are held in ring travellers, in-
side and outside, which are connected
together between the rollers.

The conical lines meet at the center
of the shaft.

1443*. STEAM VULCANIZER
for repairing bicycle tires.— Two steam
slabs and tightening screw set on a
small boiler heated by a lamp or torch ;
steam pressure should be 75 lbs. per
square inch. Small clamps and screws
are attached to the top steam box for
vulcanizing other articles. The lower
section is the boiler ; the lamp or burn-
er is set beneath it and not shown in
cut.

348

MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES.

the sliding bar is fixed.

1443/. STEAM VUL-
CANIZER for repairing
bicycle tires and bands. —
The cast iron bed piece is
hollow to hold sufficient
water for making steam,
which should be at 75
pounds pressure. Com-
pression is made by the
lever and weight for both
tires and bands. A gas or
gasoline torch for heating.

I443S. RIGHT ANGLE SHAFT
TRANSMISSION.— A bell crank
sliding on a cross bar is pivoted at its
ends to the crank pins of shafts at
right angles. The crank pins have
sliding sleeves pivoted to the bell
crank arms. The movement is en-
closed in an oil-tight case to which
Horizontal section and plan.

1443/t. TAKE-UP AND LET-OFF MOTION FOR LOOMS.

— The detailed parts are:
Take-up roller I, let-off rol-
ler K, a pawl U pivoted to
the vibrating lever V operated
by the shuttleboard frame
G, H, and moving the ratchet
T, bevel gear S, S', shaft P,
worm gear R, R, and gear
connection to move the rollers
I, K. E, warp with constant
feed from spools C on the
creel R. The inclined worm
gear is made adjustable by
the sliding boxes O, O', shown
in detail in the upper left-hand
corner.

-—•J—

mJEi —

K f J,

-—5**

* - - * 3

I~" Y

hJ fcJV "«pp(

fe l£

Section XVI.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

Mixing, Testing, Stump and Pile Pulling, Tackle Hooks, Pile Driving,
Dumping Cars, Stone Grips, Derricks, Conveyer, Timber Splic-
ing, Roof and Bridge Trusses, Suspension Bridges.

1444. POST AUGER.— Often made with a
single turn to the blade. Used also for prospect-
ing for foundations.

1445. PUG MILL, with spiral worm in a conical
shell, for mixing mortar, concrete, or other material

1446. CONICAL PUG MILL for mixing clays,
mortar, concrete, and other material.

1447. CONICAL MIXING BARREL for
mortar, concrete, or other material.

1448. CONCRETE MIXER.— A rectan-
gular box of iron revolves on trunnions at
opposite corners. A hopper for charging
and a dumping car to receive the mixed
charge.

35°

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

CEMENT-TESTING MACHINE.
— The cement sample is placed
in the jaws at H. The sector
B is turned by the worm screw
until the weight on the arm C
is raised to the limit of the
breaking strain, where the in-
dex hand on the graduated arc
is caught by the pawl, when
the weight falls.

1450. HYDRAULIC SAND EJECTOR^—
A thin annular jet of water, under high pressure,
will eject sand and water from a sump and dis-
charge at an elevation. The principle of the
" Eads" ejector dischargings and from the caissons
of the St. Louis Bridge.

1 45 1. TOGGLE STUMP PULLER.
— By pulling up the two toggle levers, the
chain and links slip down a notch in the
draw bar when the double tackle draws
the levers down. Also for drawing piles
and sheet piling.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

351

CIf--{B^ 1452. RIGHT- AND LEFT-HAND

— LJEb^S* TURNBUCKLE, sleeve and yoke pat-

ca fnmy z

tern.

1453- SWIVEL SHACKLE.

1454. SLIP HOOK, for drop weights and
temporary pile hammer.

1455. TRIP HOOK.— A split shank with
tongue and catch pivoted between the sides of
the shank as shown.

fr^— <3

1456. BALANCED RIVETING
MACHINE on a truck. For yard
service, and iron and steel structural
work.

1457. RELEASING GRIP of a pile-driving ma-
chine. The bow ends of the grip are compressed when
they reach the slot B in the frame and cast off the ram
W. The springs between the bowed handles of the
grip close the jaws to pick up the ram.

35 2

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

E*/ *»f

1458. AUTOMATIC DISENGAGING GRIP for a

pile driver. The arms of the grip jaws are collapsed by
contact with the inclined chocks above.

1459. SWIVELLING DUMPING
CAR. — By turning the box and its
frame, which is pivoted on the truck,
the load can be dumped in any direc-
tion.

1460. SQUARE BOX
SIDE-DUMPING CAR.
— The side boards are hing-
ed and locked by a snap
lever.

1461. LEVER GRIP-TONGS. — The pull on the
shackle connecting the links and upper arms of the tongs
causes a strong grip on any object to be lifted.

1462. ADJUSTABLE GRIP TONGS, for stones
and heavy boxes. The link bars have a series of
holes to vary the opening of the jaws. A toggle
grip.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

353

1463. PNEUMATIC DUMPING CAR.— A
small compressor, operated from the axle, pumps
air into a receiver under the platform. An oscil-
lating cylinder, with direct connection
with the bottom of the car, lifts it to the
proper angle for dumping and returns it
to the horizontal position by the mere
movement of a valve.

1464. LEWIS WEDGE, for lifting stone. A
central taper wedge, with eye and ring at the
small end. A taper wedge is inserted in a re-
verse position on each side of the double-taper
wedge, so that the outside of the combination is
parallel in the hole in the stone. A pull on the
centre wedge pushes the outer wedges against the

side of the hole with force sufficient to lift the stone by the friction of

their contact surfaces.

1465. STONE GRINDING AND POLISH-
ING MACHINE. The lap for grinding is
of cast iron in a concentric series of rings,
through which sand and water is fed. The
rod connecting the lap with the driving shaft
has a universal joint at each end and a swivel
handle for guiding the lap. The upper shaft
is balanced, feathered, and moves freely
through the gear hub.

1466. FOUR-GUY
pole or gin.

MAST DERRICK

354

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

1467. SHEARS WITH WINCH or tackle
blocks.

1468. SWING-DERRICK CRANE,
with fixed guys and hand gear.

1469. PORTABLE STEAM DERRICK,
on swivelled platform, balanced by boiler.

1470. SWING-BOOM CRANE, with a
travelling truck and trolley lift Boom re-
volving on radial rollers.

1 47 1. CABLE HOIST AND CON-
VEYER, for excavating canals and
trenches. The upper line is the cable,
middle line the traveller, and lower lines
operate the dumping device.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

355

1472. CANTILEVER HOISTING AND CONVEYING MA-
CHINE, " Lancaster ".system. The trussed booms and standing

frame revolve on rollers
on the truck. The truck
moves on rails. The
buckets swing with the
truss booms for loading
and discharging.

-r

-v

1473. TIMBER SPLICING.— The straight
splice bolted.

*£l.

-A.

1 474. TIMBER SPLICING.
— The lap splice with iron
keys and bolts.

ft-

475. TIMBER SPLICING. —
The lap splice with oak keys
■ and yoke straps.

1476. TIMBER SPLICING.— A
scarf and butt joint with one fish plate,
bolted.

1477. TIMBER SPLICING.— The scarf
and butt splice with iron fish plates, bolted.

1478. TIMBER SPLICING.— A lap
and scarf butt joint, keyed with oak and
locked with anchor fish plate and bolts.

356

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

■Ql

-^ 1479. TIMBER SPLICING.
.aF — Butt joint with timber fish plate,
keyed and bolted.

tlr

-A-

■*■

1480. TIMBER SPLICING.
T M — Butt joint with double
^ timber fish plates, bolted.

1 48 1. TIMBER SPLICING.—
Compression beams butted and held
by a fish plate and bolts.

-i fr-

1482. TIMBER CHORDS AND ARCHES.
f ? ' * ~t "T * —Splicing by breaking joints

and bolting.

1483. TRUSS ROOF.

a, tie beam.

b, principal rafter,
r, common rafter.
//, king post.

<?, strut.

1484. QUEEN POST ROOF TRUSS.

, tie beam ; **, r, queen posts ;

d y d t braces ; e> truss beam ;

/straining piece; g,g y prin-
cipal rafters ; A, cambered beam ; b, iron string bolt to support tie
beam.

1485. WOODEN ROAD BRIDGE
TRUSS.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

357

DECK BRIDGE TRUSSES.
i486. Single strut deck truss for short
spans, 30 to 40 feet

1 48 7 . Double strut deck truss
for 50 to 70 feet span.

1488. Multi-
ple strut deck
truss for 100
feet span.

1489. BRIDGE TRUSS.—
Inclined strut and tie rod for each
panel,with stiff compression upper
chord. Vertical members are tie
rods.

1490. BRIDGE TRUSS.—
Vertical struts except in end
panels, which have vertical tie
rods. Inclined end struts and
diagonal tie rods.

149 1. ARCHED DECK TRUSS
BRIDGE.— The arch takes the press-
ure and gives tension to the chord.
Struts and tie rods give stability to
the structure.

492. BRIDGE TRUSSES.—
The "Whipple" truss. Ver-
tical and end posts are
struts; vertical tie rods from
end posts ; diagonal tie rods
in panels.

1493. Inclined posts and
vertical tie rods. Baltimore
model.

1494. "Whipple" truss,
with interpanel tie rods.

35«

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

1495. ARCH TRUSS BRIDGE.— The entire load is not sup-
ported by the wood or iron arch
alone. The truss bracing is made
to equalize the load by stiffen-
ing the arch and so to throw
a compression strain upon the
chord, which is thickened in the middle. *

fjmtiBm&mmi

1496. BRIDGE TRUSSES.—
The "McCallum" inflexible
arched truss. A wooden
bridge.

1497. " Howe" truss, with
inclined end posts, vertical
struts and bi-panel tie rods.

1498. " Post " truss, verti-
cal end posts with inclined
struts from each end meet-
ing at the centre.

1499. Modification of
the "Whipple" and "War-
ren " systems.

1500. Modification of
the "Whipple" and "Post"
systems. The " Warren "
bridge.

1 50 1 . The "Fink" system.
A railway deck bridge.
No lower chord.

1502. The "Bollman"
system. A girder suspen-
sion. The top girder car-
ries the compression load
due to suspension.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

359

1503. SWING BRIDGE,
" Whipple " system.

1504. SWING BRIDGE.
" Post " system.

1505. CANTILEVER BRIDGE.— The ends, being anchored,
balance all other parts on the piers. This cut shows the principle of
Cantilever construction.

1506. SUSPENSION BRIDGES—
The old railway bridge at
Niagara. Eight hundred and
twenty-one feet span.

1507. A four-span suspen-
sion bridge. Allegheny River,
at Pittsburgh.

1508. SUSPENSION BRIDGE.— The Cincinnati bridge,
« Roebling " system. Ten hundred and fifty-seven feet between piers.

1509. SUSPENSION BRIDGE.— Niagara upper bridge, "Roeb-
ling " system. Twelve hundred and fifty feet between piers.

360

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

1510. SUSPENSION BRIDGE.— The New York
and Brooklyn bridge, " Roebling " system. Centre span,
1,600 feet ; land spans, each 920 feet ; Brooklyn approach,
998 feet; New York approach, 1,562 feet; total length
curb to curb, 6,016 feet ; width, 85 feet; clearance above
high water, 135 feet; height of towers above high water,
272 feet; number of cables, 4; diameter of cables, 15^
inches; length of single wires, 3,579 feet; total length of
wires in four cables, 14,361 miles; number of wires in
each cable, 5,296; strength of each cable, 12,200 net
tons ; cost of bridge, exclusive of land, $9,000,000 ; total
cost, $15,552,878. Commenced 1870; thirteen years in
building.

i5io<\ MELAX BRIDGE.— A series of arched steel
I beams, filled in with Portland cement concrete. Ends
of beams resting against thrust plates.

^x^y^

r — ^*"~""

A "

-.» ;^;^

^Vs\\\\\\\\

1 .

1 5 10/. STEEL ARCHED CONCRETE BRIDGE, Thatcher
type. — The concrete rib of the arch is reinforced by steel bars
on the inner and outer edge of the concrete rib.

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.

361

1510a. EXPANSION OR AN-
CHOR BOLT.— A wedge nut and
split sleeve pattern.

15106. EXPANSION OR AN-
CHOR BOLT.— A conical nut and
split sleeve.

1510c. ROLLING LIFT BRIDGE.— Are nearly balanced in
operation with many advantages in utilizing the entire width of
channel and dock space.

Chicago Type.

/■":;.v^W^vi

V YAV^WA V\^ W VVV^\\^TW.V7?7-

.... s

W (

- -^--

~\I

|L ._!--

_ --,■

•%

^a\**\\s^^

iSiorf. CONCRETE
BRIDGE. — For small
bridges, a concrete arch
of Portland cement, sand
and broken stone are re-
liable and lasting struc-
tures.

362

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES.
,

1510^. LOG SAWING MACHINE.— The lever being prop-
erly adjusted, and the screw and dogs being placed in position,

the saw is rapidly
reciprocated b y
turning the driving
shaft. A spring at-
tached to the butt
of the saw and cen-
ter of the pitman
presses the teeth
down upon the bot-
tom of the kerf;
this process can be
easily adjusted. The blade is raised after having cut through
the log, and is held in the guiding slot by a screw, so as not to
interfere with shifting the machine.

1510A, HYDRAULIC PILE
DRIVER. — A pile with a groove
on its side in which a pipe is laid
to the bottom of the pile, loosely
clipped in place to enable its with-
drawal after the pile is set. A
strong stream of water from a
pump excavates a passage for the
pile to the required depth. No
hammer is needed; only a steady
pressure.

Section XVII.

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

Parallel Rules, Curve Delineators, Trammels, Ellipsographs.
Pantographs, etc.

151 i. PROPORTIONAL COMPASSES for re-
ducing the scale of drawings.

15 12. ROLLER PARALLEL RULER.
— The two fluted rollers of exactly equal size,
on an arbor, project slightly below the under
surface of the ruler.

*^ e^A

B "^ ^%[

^=^ A ^

r- ^^

cr£: ) A "-o

15 13. PARALLEL RULER, formed of
two bars pivoted to two pieces of metal of
exactly equal lengths between pivot centres
and at equal distances on the bars.

1 5 14. SLOTTED PARALLEL RULER
that traverses in line. A, cross bars movable
on a central pivot ; each bar being pivoted at
one end to the ruler bars, the other ends
sliding in slots in the bars.

1515. THREE PART PARALLEL
RULER. — All connecting arms of equal
length. Pivots are at equal distances on each
of the blades.

3 6 4

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

1516. SPRING CYCLOGRAPH. — A

spring of elastic material is made thicker in
its central part so that in bending its outer
edge will take the form of a circular arc. By

clamping the ends of the spring to the bar, the screw will bend the

spring to the desired curve.

1517. FLEXIBLE CURVE SCRIBER.—
A spring of any suitable material may be fixed
in a ruler and drawn by a string to the desired
curve. There are many forms of this device,
such as the string fastened to both ends of the
spring and flexible rubber strips with heavy
weights to hold it to any form of curve desired.

1 5 18. HELICOGRAPH.— The traversing
of the disc by moving the screw arm around
a fixed centre describes a helical curve.

i5 x 9-

GREAT CURVE DELINEA-
TOR. — Thin-edged
discs of different di-
ameters are attached
to a bar or tube at a
distance apart, so that
their relative diam-
ters and distance will correspond to the required radius, which may
be computed by the difference in diameter multiplied by the distance
of the wheels apart C is a loose sleeve to roll the rod freely; D is
an offset from the inside rod to allow the pencil to press on the paper.

1520. CONCHOID DELINEATOR,
of Nicomedes. A slotted head T-piece,
A, B ; a slotted arm, G H, with traverse
pin at F. Distance between F, H, and
pin at E may be variable to suit the
required condition of curve. Pencil at
H delineates a conchoidal curve, used
in architectural drawings for the lines
of columns.

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

3*5

152 1. CYCLOGRAPH, for drawing circu-
lar arcs with an inaccessible centre. Three
J? straight rules clamped together so that when
I the outer edge of the rules are against the pins
B, C, representing the chord of the arc, the pencil at A will be at the
vertex of the versed sine of the arc, when by moving the rules against
the pins the pencil will describe a circular arc.

1522. TRAMMEL FOR DRAWING ELLIPSES.
—Grooves at right angles direct two studs on a
:ncil bar for the elliptical motion of the pencil.
'Also called an ellipsograph.

1523. ELLIPSOGRAPH. — A is a fixed
centre ; B, traversed in a straight line, will
make the pencil at C trace an elliptical curve.

1524. PARABOLA SCRIBER.— The longi-
J tudlnal focal distance from the apex being fixed
with a pin. A straight-edge may be fixed just
beyond the apex and traversed by a square. A
looped string on the pin with the other end fast-
ened to the longer leg of the square with sufficient
sag to allow a pencil point to rest in the bight
of the string at the apex of the parabola, when the square is on
the axial line, will describe an arc of a parabola by moving the pencil
against the square.

1525. GEARED ELLIPSOGRAPH.— A spin-
gear A is fixed to the pedestal. An arm carrying
an idle gear, B , and a gear C, one-half the diam-
eter of the fixed gear. The pencil arm makes
two revolutions to one revolution of the arm.

The distance A' equals the difference between the major and minor

axes oi the ellipse.

HpT

366

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

1526. HYPERBOLA SCRIBER. — The
foci of the opposite hyperbolas may be drawn
on their longitudinal axis and pins set therein.
A straight edge moving on focal point of the
opposite hyperbola, and a looped string on the
pin of the required arc, with the other end
attached at the end of the straight edge, with
enough sag to allow the pencil to touch the
apex of the curve, will, on moving the pencil in the bight of the string
and close to the rule, describe an arc of a hyperbola.

1527. GEARED ELLIPSOGRAPH.— The arm and horizontal
shaft slide through the. frame and second bevel gear. The bevel gear

A is fixed to the standard.
The proportion of the gears
should be such that the pen-
cil spindle should make two
revolutions to one revolution
of the arm. Then the dis-

r-1?-+\

tance A 1 equals the difference between the major and minor axes of
the ellipse.

1528. PANTOGRAPH. -For perfect pro-
portions the points A, B, C must always be in
line. With the point B fixed, the pencil at A
will produce an exact copy of tracing from
point C. By changing places for the fixed
point a double or half-size tracing may be made.

1529. LAZY-TONGS PANTOGRAPH,

for reducing or enlarging copies of draw-
ings, c or d may be the fixed points. Either
one being fixed, the other should be the
tracer. The pencil at a should be exactiy
in line with c t d t for accurate delineation.

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

367

1530. PERSPECTIVE CENTRO-

LINEAD. — The edges of legs on the sides 0,

b, and c must be in line with their common

axis, with clamp screws to hold the movable

legs in their set position. The directing pins b and c should

be set on the radial lines of the back point of the perspective,

when the long leg will be radial from that point in all directions.

1531. SPHEROMETER.— For meas-
uring the curves of spherical surfaces or
of templates of lenses by means of a
graduated follower at the centre between
two bearings. The scale and nonius are
computed for the versed sine of a fixed
chord length.

1531a. ELLIPSO-
GRAPHIC TURN-
TABLE. — The table
sits upon a trammel
frame, which moves a
bar with gimbal yoke
and sliding rod to carry
the pen or pencil.

Makes an ellipse from
a circle to a straight
line.

15316. ELLIPSOGRAPH.— A pair
of dividers with points perforated like
the eye of a needle allows of adjust-
ing the length of the thread to any size
curve and holding the end under the
thumb on the head of the dividers. The
points with their eyes are shown at the
right-hand side.

368

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

1531a. OMXI-TELEMETER.—
For obtaining the distance of an ob-
ject by two observations on a line at
right angles. A, direct line of
sight through the half silvered mir-
ror D ; X, reflected line of sight at
90 or variable by the mirrors D, F.
The lever L varies the angle of the
mirror, F, by means of the micro-
meter screw C, and graduated disk
G. E, adjusting screw for the
mirror D.

15316- ODONTOGRAPH. — A
scribe template for laying out the
curves of the teeth of gear wheels.

1531c. SECTION LINERS.— An
open triangle with a stop slide pivoted
to links with the spacing adjusted by
a stop pin and cam sector.

15311*. EIDOGRAPH.—
An instrument of precision
in reproducing drawings,
reduced or enlarged. Sim-
ultaneous motions are trans-
mitted from the tracer to
the pencil through the mo-
tion of pulleys on the cen-
tral beam operated by a
steel band.

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

369

extended for any proportion.

1531*. TRACING BAR.
— The yoke-shaped needle
bar has tracing points in
line with the gimbal ring
bearing. The points may be

1 53 1/. REFLECTING DRAW-
ING BOARD.— A vertical plate of
glass in a frame on a drawing board.
The picture on one side and a plain
sheet of paper on the other side of
the glass. On looking into the
glass on one side the picture is
plainly projected on the other, and
can be readily traced with a pencil.

I53i£. SELF REGIS-
TERING BAROMETER.—
Four aneroid disks are con-
nected in series and in contact
with the lever R and linked to
the index lever L, its end
holding a pencil that marks
the variation of pressure on

trie graduated paper on a drum driven by a clock.

37<>

DRAUGHTING DEVICES.

1531/1. DOTTING INSTRU-
MENT.— One of the toothed
wheels for the kind of dotting re-
quired is placed on the pin and held
by the spring clip. The wheel
should roll on the edge of the T
square and the frame against its
side. The motion of the bell crank
lever and pin follows the spacing of the teeth on the wheels.

1 53 1 /". ELLIPSOGRAPH with a pen
and dividers. A small friction drum is
mounted inside of the pen blades, or may
be mounted on the handle upon which a
thread is wound for adjusting the size
of the ellipse, and is passed through an
eye or hole near the end of the pen blade
and around the legs of a dividers, set on
the foci of the ellipse.

1 531/. SPIROGRAPH.— An instrument for drawing spfral
curves. A pair of compasses with a lengthening leg to allow of
a vertical position of the stationary leg c, b
is a sleeve and knurled button loose on the
vertical leg by which the pencil or pen is
moved along the curve, controlled by . the
thread winding around the vertical leg,
which may have points of varying sizes to
suit the spaces in the curves. The vertical
leg is held by the milled head g.

Section XVIII.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

Animal Power, Sheep Shears, Movements, and Devices, Elevators,
Cranes, Sewing, Type-Writing, and Printing Machines, Rail-
way Devices, Trucks, Brakes, Turntables, Locomo-
tives, Gas, Gas Furnaces, Acetylene Gen-
erators, Gasoline Mantle Lamp,
Firearms, Etc.

1532. HUMAN TREADMILL.— Still used
in Eastern countries for raising water.

1533. HORSE-POWER TREAD-WHEEL.
— One of the many designs for stationary ani-
mal power.

1534. HORSE-POWER MACHINE.— An

endless chain and
rollers, with a slat-
ted platform, roll
over a sprocket-
wheel drivingshaft.
The walking plat-
form is elevated to
an angle of about
tc°.

37*

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1535. DOG-POWER MACHINE.
— The plane of the track wheel is set
at an angle of about 200, with its
under edge bearing upon a friction
pulley. Shaft and fly-wheel, with
crank for operating churn.

1536. GEARED HORSE-POWER.
— The sweep carries the pinion and spur
gear on the second shaft around the
stationary spur gear, rotating the central
shaft and pulley at high speed.

1537-

MULTIPLE BLADED
SHEEP SHEARS.—
Opened by a spring handle
and closed by hand grip.

1538. HORSE CLIPPER. — A
sharp comb-tooth cutter is made to
vibrate across a fixed cutter by vibrat-
ing the handles.

ible shaft from another source of power,
blade with guard finger plates.

1539. MACHINE
SHEEP SHEARS.
— The large gear is
driven by the hand
on a crank, not
shown, or by a flex-
A revolving serrated

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

373

1540. "ALMON D'S"
FLEXIBLE METALLIC
TUBE. — A coil of round wire,
open wound, with a coil of
triangular wire wound tightly
over it. Bending of the coil
tube allows the triangular sec-
tions to draw in on the outside of the bend and to push out on the
inside, keeping the points of contact tight

the modern wood screw.

1541. EVO-
LUTION OF
A WOOD
SCREW.—
Stages of
manufacture of
"American Screw Company's" process.

The thread is made by the roller process.

1542. ARTIFICIAL LEG AND FOOT.— Most
ingenious combinations of movements are made in
producing artificial limbs, not easily explained with-
out a model.

1543. MEAN TIME SUNDIAL.— The
length of the stile is made to just cover the
entire range of the sun's altitude at the dis-
tance of the scale on the hour circle. Its
shape and size to be proportionate to the sun's
equation of time as marked on the scale.
When the sun is fast the reading should be on
the left-hand side of the shadow, and when
slow on the right side.

374

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1544. DOOR PUSH CHECK.— The spring closes the

door. The piston in the cylinder has a valve to allow quick

inlet of air when opening a door, and a

small hole adjustable at the bottom of the

cylinder for slowly discharging the air.

IS45. FOLDING LADDER.— The rounds are
pivoted to the side pieces, which are recessed to
enclose the rounds when the ladder is shut.

1546. SIMPLE COMBINATION LOCK.
— A number of discs arranged on a spindle
having a feather key. The discs are notched
to match the notches in the key so that they
readily turn to be set to the register number to
release the spindle.

1547. TRIPOD. — The legs are pivoted on a
triangular prism, which allows the legs to be folded
into a cylindrical staff.

1548. DOUBLE SPHERICAL SOCKET,
used mostly on surveying instruments. The
socket is clamped by drawing the plates to-
gether with thumb-screw.

1549. DISC SLICER, with hopper, for cutting
roots, etc. Each slot in the disc has a knife slightly
projecting.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

375

1550. MICROMETER SCREW ADJUSTMENT.—
The tangent arm is made fast or loose on the shaft by
the spring clip and screw. Used mostly on theodo-
lites and transit instruments.

1 55 1. CORRECT PRINCIPLE in
setting a hot-water house boiler.

H, E, circulating pipes.

B, water-back or coil.

K, draw-off.

D, cold-water supply, extending down
on inside of boiler.

G, hot-water supply taken from top of
boiler.

1552. UNDER-FEED HEAT-
ING FURNACE, "Colton-Smead"
model. A smokeless furnace for
house heating with bituminous coaL
A plunger is operated by a lever
sector and rack to push the coal
beneath the fire.

HARVESTER OR MOW-
ING MACHINE.—
Application of a corru-
gated or cam disc for
attaining the motion
^J of the cutters.

376

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1^^^^

1554. BELL CLAPPER MOVEMENT.—
The outside stroke is the best to prevent crack-
ing in large bells.

1555. PIANO KEY AND ACTION.—
A study of complex movement.

^52

1556. LAPIDARY OR LITHOLOGICAL
LATHE for amateur work. A vertical spindle
with disc lap of lead, driven by a bevel gear and
cranks, through a vertical shaft pulley and belt
A splitting disc and spindle are also driven from
the main pulley.

, WIRE-DRAWING MACHINE.

a, the reel.

6, draw plate.

r, power drum, operated by gear
beneath the bench. When the wire
is all wound on the drum it is
changed to the reel and drawn in
a reverse direction.

1557

1558. WIRE-COVERING MACHINE.
— The wire is passed through a hollow re-
volving spindle a, having a small longitu-
dinal motion from a vibrating cam to lap
the threads. The face plate revolving with
the spindle carries two or more spools, c, c,
with guide eyes, //, d % vibrating with the
spindle.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

377

1559. STIRRING MACHINE, for
grain mash or other material in water.
One arm carries a vertical set of arms
with bottom scrapers. The other arm,
a revolving shaft and arms for vertical
stirring.

1560. SECTOR WHEEL BALING PRESS.— The large sectors
are operated by the long shaft and worm gears. The double toggle
joints and small sector gears extend the toggle bars with increasing
power.

1561. WOOD COMPRESSION
CARVING MACHINE.-The carved
patterns are iron rings placed on a hol-
low iron cylinder which is heated by
steam through the trunnion. The wood
is steamed and passes under the roller
with great pressure.

1562. BELT-DRIVEN ELEVATOR. — Worm gear and friction

stop. The belt is shifted
by a cam driven by the link
chain from the drum shaft
The end of the drum shaft
has a screw with two clamp
nuts, one on each side of
the chain wheel, the hub
of which acts as a nut to
carry the wheel against the
clamp nut when it revolves
and throws over the cam
shipper.

37»

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1563. SAFETY CATCH FOR ELEVATORS.— The eccentric
sector levers are connected at their pivots to friction slides behind

the guide rails by links. The
front slides are ratchet bars on
the face of the guide rails.
The balance weight intensifies
the action of the grips when
the rope breaks. Springs are
also used instead of the balance
weights.

1564. Shows the grip closed.

/h/IW. M 1565. ELEVATOR SAFETY GEAR.

— When the cage is lifted the pivoted arm
pulls the pawl clear of the rack. A break-
age of the rope lets go the pawl arm, and
cage the spring throws the pawl into the rack.

1566. SAFETY CATCH FOR ELEVATORS.— A lever pawl
pivoted to each side of the elevator cage is kept clear from the rack

guides by the upward pull of
the cable. When the cable
breaks or gives way, the bal-
ance weight or a spring inten-
sifies the action of the pawls
in closing with the rack guide
rails.

1567. Normal position of
the pawls.

1568. SWING DERRICK, with fixed boom.
Steam hoist

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

379

1569. PACKAGE ELEVATOR, for con-
tinuous service up or down without reversing.
May be arranged for self-dumping both ways.

1570. POST CRANE.— Driven by hy-
draulic lift under the platform. The boom
swings on the post The rope is carried up
the hollow post

1571. WHARF CRANE, with
trussed arch jib. Pivoted to turn in
any direction. Power shaft turns in
crane pivot

38°

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1572. AUTOMATIC BALANCE CRANK
— The rocking base shifts the centre of gravity
of load and balance weight. The crane and
platform revolve on radial rollers.

1573. SEWING-MACHINE
SHUTTLE.— The thread is rove
in the holes in the tension spring,
which is made adjustable by the
notch cam d.

1574. SEWING-MACHINE
FEED BAR, " Wheeler & Wil-
son " model. The toothed feed-
rack 26 is fixed to the frame 7,
which is lifted, moved forward,

and dropped by the cam 39, and is drawn back by the spring 38.

The cam stop 27 regulates the length of the stitch.

1575. SEWING-MACHINE
HOOK AND BOBBIN,
" Wheeler & Wilson" model.
A, the hook ; C, bobbin ; D,
case ; B, spindle and carrier
hook.

1576. HOOK OF THE "WHEELER
& WILSON " SEWING-MACHINE.— The
hook is rotated by the shaft, catches the
needle loop, and carries the thread around a
disc bobbin.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

38l

1577. SEWING-MACHINE,
" Wilcox & Gibbs " model, show-
ing the designation of parts.

1578. SPRING MOTOR, for sewing-machine. A strong coiled

spring and a gear
crain, like a clock
train on a larger scale,
geared to the driving
shaft. * The pedal is
changed and arrang-
ed as a friction stop
and speed regulator.

1579. End view.

1580. TINPLATE LAC-
QUERING MACHINE.—
The roller is elastic. The
lacquer is fed to the roller by
small rollers and equalized
by scrapers.

1581. SINGLE- CYLINDER
PRINTING PRESS.— A type of
the use of cams, levers, shafts,
gearing, etc., in combination with
rotary and rectilinear motion.

J»a

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1582. TYPEWRITING
MACHINE, "Smith" Premier
model. Eighty-four characters.

1583. TYPEWRITING
MACHINE, " Remington "
model. Eighty-four charac-
ters.

1584. "GORDON" PRINTING
PRESS.— Single cylinder, for bill and
letter press-work.

1585. RACK AND PAWL wheel lifting-jack.
Lower pawl is operated by a lever or crank.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

383

1586. BALL-BEARING SCREW JACK—
The balls run in grooves between the bearing
plates.

the

1587. HYDRAULIC TRANSFER
JACK. — For lifting cars or transferring
over temporary rails. The extension of
the truck axles allows for adjustment to
any gauge railroad.

1588. RAIL-CUTTING SAW.— The saw is
driven by a trundle pinnion meshing in the teeth
of the saw and geared up to the crank. The
saw is fed by a screw moving the gear frame
down on the rail.

1589. PROUTY-NOBLE AUTO-
MATIC, OR SELF-WINDING
BRAKE — The central chain spool 3
runs loose on the car axle and between
two friction flanges, one of which is
fast to the axle and the other slides
on a feather. The contact of the
brake spool 4 with the outside cones of the

inside cones of

friction flanges 1 and 2 causes the chain spool to wind up the brake

•chain and hold it by friction.

3*4

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1590. STREET-CAR SAND BOX.
— The operation of the lever, pawl, and
rachet wheel turns the twisted carrier and
at the same time revolves the toothed feed
wheel.

1 59 1. FRICTION BRAKE for
street-railway cars. A leather washer
between the flange of the brake spool
and axle flange is the friction sur-
face. The spool is held by a short
wind of the chain either way. The
diagonally cut sleeve is elongated by
a pull on the connecting rods, which
compresses the friction surfaces.

1592. CAR TRUCK
for street railways. Sub-
frame and compound
system of springs.

1593. STREET-CAR TRUCK
with spring frame and brake
connections.

1594. CAR TRUCK
for street railway. " Peck-
ham " model. Compound
system of springs.

1595. TROLLEY CAR TRUCK.—
The larger wheel is geared to the
motor. The small wheel is the
trailer.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

3*5

1596. FREIGHT-CAR TRUCK,
forward half, with brake, beam,
and safety chain; spring and
bearing bar.

1597. CABLE RAILWAY GRIP.—
Friction sheaves are drawn tightly on the
cable by a vertical bar in the frame plate.
Friction is increased by further tightening
the grip wheel.

1598. Showing wheel connection with
grip-

1599. CABLE GRIP FOR
STREET RAILWAYS.— <?,
b y grip jaws and blocks ; c>
pull-up to throw the cable out
of the jaws ; tf, d, frame
plates ; e, grip plate connected
to b, and operated by the bell
crank levers g, g\ /,/, pull-up
attached to frame and dis-
engaging pieces c, e.

1600. End view of grip.

V # l\ ) seat backs.

1601. LINKED HINGES for reversing car

3»

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1602. ENDLESS CABLE
GRIP CAR. — A stationary jaw
under the cable. A movable jaw
on top operated by a grip lever
above. Used for towing min
ing cars.

1603. STREET RAIL-
WAY SWEEPING
CAR. — The cylin-
drical sweeper is
driven from the axle
by bevel gear.

1604. EQUALIZ-
ING LEVER for dis-
tributing the load on
car springs.

1605. NOVEL CAR BRAKE— The connecting bar between
the brakes is adjustable for a small movement of the brake lever to

bring the brakes into opera-
tion. When the brake is
put on from the front plat-
form, with the car running
either way, the motion of
the front wheel tightens the
brake by its friction on the brake shoe, lessening the labor of han-
dling the brake.

1606. WOODEN FRAME TURN-TABLE, showing method
of framing.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

387

1607. IRON FRAME TURN-TABLE, showing design of cast-
iron panels. Wrought-iron top chord.

TEB^^

1608. SINGLErCYLIN-
DER LOCOMOTIVE.—
Centre crank, for narrow-
gauge roads.

i6o8#. End view.

J L! 1 1 — m — r^TT

-Mm. .,

1609. MODERN LOCOMOTIVE and tender.

16 10. PASSENGER LOCOMOTIVE— Eight-wheel model.

388

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1611. TEN-WHEEL FREIGHT LOCOMOTIVE— Recent type.

1612. FREIGHT LOCOMOTIVE.— Consolidation type.

Iks

ySs

1 613. CENTRE VALVE, for a gas house. A
four-part valve for a purifier. Arranged to cut out
any one of four purifier pans.

1 61 4. Plan showing position of valve.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

3*9

1615. DISC VALVE, for large gas pipes. The
disc is revolved by a pinion meshed in a sector gear
on the disc.

1 61 6. CENTRE GUIDE GAS HOLDER.-

A, the holder.
■ss by centre guide.

a, tube sliding on centre guide.

B, tank.

jE£n''TwJ *~*

(?)

1617. COUNTER-WEIGHTED GAS
HOLDER.

A, the holder.

B, the water seal.

C, the counter weights.

1618. EXPANDING PIPE STOPPER. - A
rubber ring compressed between two flanges by a
bolt and thumb screw.

t^r nr-n 1 6 19. LANTERN BELLOWS DRY GAS

_J§|| J; METER.— The two pair of bellow chambers, A,

A, are alternately filled with gas under the service
pressure, by which the movement of the central
diaphragm (to which are attached pivots that move
the arms of a rock shaft for each pair of bellows)
is made. From the top of the rock shaft an arm
revolves a spindle that operates the valve by sliding it over the dif-
ferent ports to the two pairs of bellows, and also revolves the gear
train of the dials.

39°

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1620. WET GAS METER, — Gas enters
through the hollow axis of the four compartments
of the drum in a pipe, which turns up just above
the water level and fills each compartment suc-
cessively, and by its pressure causes the drum to
revolve in the direction of the arrow and registers

on a set of dials. The motion is transmitted through a counter train

adapted to separate dial readings.

162 1. DRY GAS METER and regis-
tering train. Two vertical rock shafts, C,
D, are vibrated alternately by the bellows
B, through the connecting arm W. By
this movement the toggle arm pivoted to
the rock-shaft cranks is made to swing
the arm of the vertical screw-gear shaft,
and to set the dial train in motion.

1622. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR,
" Powers " patent. The small annular recepticle
around the end of the inlet pipe E is partly filled
with mercury, over which the inverted cup valve
is suspended to a lever, the other end of which is
attached to a larger inverted cup sealed in an
annular trough of mercury. F is the outlet to the
lighting pipes. Any excess of pressure in the lighting system raises
the large float and, through the lever, closes the cup valve to regulate

the flow of gas from the service pipe.

1623. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR.
— An elastic diaphragm is fastened between
dished discs and connected to a conical
valve disc by a light adjustable spindle.
The pressure for the burners is regulated by
ring weights at H, and the proper position
of the valve by the nuts on the long screw
at the top of the spindle. The screw cap
K may be placed on either inlet as con-
venient

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

391

1624. GAS PRESSURE REGU-
LATOR.— The gas flows in at the bot-
tom and out at the side. The inverted
float or basin is sealed in an annular
cavity by mercury and free to rise under
excessive pressure and partially to close
the valve in the inlet

FUEL GAS BURNER, for stoves. Made to push into

a cook stove through
the side door. The fuel
or natural gas enters
the Bunsen tube at the
right and is further
mixed with air under

the caps, which are also revolving dampers for shuting off the gas

from one or two of the three burners.

1626. GAS FURNACE.— The air
injector draws the* gas into an annular
nozzle and mixes with it, forcing the
mixed gas and air through the tube to
the furnace.

1627. GAS-HEATED INCUBATOR.
-. A hot-water tank heated by a small
Bunsen burner or lamp, b, c, d, Circulat-
ing pipes ; /, regulating cock ; <r, ex-
pansion cup.

1628. Thermostat regulator. ^Ther-
mostat, consisting of a corrugated metal
diaphragm between two cupped plates

and connected to the lever of the wick gear or gas cock with a spring
to balance the pressure of a volatile fluid on the opposite side of the
diaphragm, which may be ether, which boils at 1000 F.

392

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1629. ACETYLENE GAS GENERATOR, " Troubetzkoy "
model. Has a water flow governed by the rise in the holder. J, Bal-
anced gas holder; G,

water seal tank; B, B,
generators, two or four ;
A, small water.tank ; a f
pipe to convey water to
generators; b, govern-
ing valve, operated by
the rise and fall of the
gas holder.

1630. Section of gen-
erator. The water en-
ters the generators successively through the inverted siphon ; g, g, g t
pans of carbide sealed by the cap h in the annular water tank.

1 63 1. ACETYLENE GAS GEN-
ERATOR.— A gas holder and four
carbide holders. The holders are con-
nected to a vertical pipe at varying
heights, so that only one at a time is
fed with water. The water-flow is reg-
ulated by the rise and fall of the gas
holder.

1632. AUTOMATIC GASOLINE AND
MANTLE LAMP.— The gasoline flows
from the reservoir to the D-shaped vapor-
izer, regulated by a needle valve. The
vaporizer over the lamp chimney generates
a vapor pressure. The gas vapor is jetted
into the opposite tube, mixing with air and
producing an air vapor gas, which flows to
the mantle burner below.

1633. Mantle and chimney.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

393

1634. ACETYLENE GENER-
ATOR AND GAS HOLDER.
— The carbide is charged into the
small vessel suspended from the
cross pipe, with a stopcock above.
A connection for a second carbide
vessel is also seen. Water from
the holder runs through a jointed
pipe and drips into the sealed fun-
nel. The water nozzle is lifted by
the rise of the holder and stops the
flow of water. The small vessel

at the bottom is a sealed washer and drip catch.

1635. ACETYLENE BURNER, made of
lava. The burner holes are at an angle of
90° on inner face of the arms. The air-mix-
ing holes are on each side of the arms. Ger-
man. Gleason Manufacturing Company.

1636. ACETYLENE BURNER.— A double
flame burner at right angles. The small holes
in the sides of the tips allow air to enter and
mingle with the acetylene gas before it is
ignited, thus making a mixture of gas and air
that makes a clear flame and a safe burner.

L!J

1637. BAYONET JOINT.— The pin fixed in the part A
slips into the L-shaped slot of the piece B, and by turning is
locked.

394

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1638. GUN LOCK.— i, lock plate;
2, hammer; 3, mainspring; 4, tum-
bler ; 5, sear or trigger lever ; 6, seai
spring.

1639. COLT CYLINDER REVOLVING
DEVICE for firearms. a y the pawl that
catches the circular ratchet b ; c, a spring that
pushes the pawl into the teeth of the ratchet ;
D, the hammer butt to which is pinioned the
pawl and the spring K.

1640. MAGAZINE RIFLE,
" Lee - Metford " model
Magazine in the barrel stock.

MARTINI-HENRY" RIFLE.—
The breech block is pivoted
at the rear end and is thrown
up or down by the lever at
the rear of the trigger guard.
A spring plunger in the
breech block, let go by the
trigger, explodes the charge.

1642. CHASSEPOT GUN.— A needle gun. The cartridge
is inserted by hand ; the plunger runs forward and is locked by turn*
ing into a notch. Centre fire.

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

395

1643. REMINGTON RIFLE.-

A breech block, operated by a
handle, is pulled back to
allow the cartridge to be
charged by hand, when the
breech and the block are
locked. The hammer strikes
a firing pin within the breech
block.

* REMINGTON" MAGAZINE
GUN. — The magazine is
placed in the stock under the
barrel. The cartridge is lifted
by a pivoted carrier and
pushed forward by the breech

block. Central spring plunger hammer.

HOTCHKISS" MAGAZINE
GUN. — The reserve cartridges
are carried in the gun stock
and forwarded by a light spring.
The breech bolt draws back by
the handle, when the cartridge
is raised and pushed forward

into the barrel. Centre pin spring hammer.

" LEBEL " RIFLE.—
Magazine under the
barrel in the extension
of the stock. A sliding
breech block and pis-
ton hammer.

1647 "MAUSER" RIFLE.—
Magazine in the
forestock. The slid-
ing breech block
encloses the firing
spring plunger and
raises the cartridge
lever A.

39*

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES.

1648. "WINCHESTER" MAGAZINE RIFLE.—

The breech lock slides
in line with the barrel
by a toggle link, oper-
ated by the breech le-
ver, which also operates
the cartridge lever, rais-
ing the cartridge to its

position for charging. Drawing back of the breech block carries the

hammer back to its firing position.

1649. DISAPPEARING GUN,
" Moncrief " model. The cycloidai
curved rack arm E is counter-
weighted, which balances the re-
coil of the gun by its increased
leverage. The small connecting
rod, rack, and pinion adjust the
gun's alignment

1649a.
WATER
long water
tween the

RAILWAY
LIFT. — A
trough be-
tracks. A

movable spout in the ten-
der is dropped into the
water trough at an angle
to scoop up the water
and propel it into the
tank by the speed of the
train.

INDEX.

Accumulator, hydraulic 153

Acetylene burners 393

Acetylene generators 392, 393

Air blast for moving coal 312

Air brake 178

Air compressing cylinders 174

Air compressor governor 175

Air compressors 170-174

Air cooling tower 116

Air dump, automatic 312

Air lift, compound Potale 187

Air power appliances 165-185

Air pump 115, 175, 176

Airship 226

Alternating current transformer. . . . 204

Amperemeter 203

Anchor bolt 361

Anchor ferry 151

Anchor screw 213

Anemometer 56

Aneroid barometer 1 63

Angular couplings 276-278, 317-319

Arastras, ore mill 305

Aspirator, vacuum 162

Atomizer, gasoline 128, 129, 161

Auger, sand 160

Automatic air dump 312

Automatic flush tank 161

Automobile boiler 101

Automobile horn 228

Axles, free-running 311

Hall bearings 314, 315, 383

Ball joints 157, 158, 337

Ball nozzle 161

Barometer, aneroid 165

Barometer, self -registering 369

Bearing, step 315-317

Bearing thrust 217

Bell, bicycle signal 251

Bellows 168

Belt holder 324

Belt lacing 32, 33

Belt shipper 55

Belt transmission 34-37

Belt twist 33, 34

Belting 32-37

Belts, cone 34, 35

Bicycle gear 223-225

Bicycle lamps 225-

Bicycle signal bell , 251

Bicycles, ice 223

Blacksmith's helper 330

Blowers, fan 168, 299, 300

Blowers, rotary 169

Blowpipes, gasoline and air... 184, 185

Boat- landing steps 213

Bobbin winders 344, 345

Boiler, automobile 101

Boiler cleaner Ill

Boiler feed water heater Ill

Boiler, the Sterling 102

Boiler, the Worthington water-tube. 102

Boiler tube expanders 326

Boilers 57-63

Bolt, expansion or anchor 361

Box kite 165

Brake, Prony 47

Brake straps * 301

Brakes, railway 383, 384, 386

Breakers, coal and rock 304

Bridge, concrete 361

Bridge, Melan 360

Bridge, rolling lift 361

Bridge, steel concrete 360

Bridge, suspension 359, 360

Bridge trusses 356-359

Buckets and skip 302

Bucket dredge 309

Buoy, floating light 213

Burner, petroleum 66-100-

By-pass, cock or valve 335

Cable grips 385, 386.

Cable hoists 354

Calipers 336

Caloric engine 130-

Cam motion 259, 260, 267-271

Cantilever 355, 359

Capstan windlass 29

Car, sweeping. 386

Car trucks. 384, 385

Carburetter 124

Carriages, horseless 220-223

Cars, dumping 304, 352, 353

Carving machine 377

Centrifugal pump, four-stage 164

Centrifugal separator 333

Chain stop 212

Changeable motion gear 251

39»

INDEX.

Chinese shaft derrick 25

Chinese wheel "... 22

Chinese windlass 25

Chuck, universal 327

Clamp, wood-bending 325

Clamps 325

Clock escapements 283-288

Clock pendulum, electro-magnetic. 295

Cloth dresser 345

Clutches, friction 320-323

Coal crushers 304

Coal cutters 299

Coal-cutting machines 299

Coal -loading towers 301

Coll, Jump spark 129

Collapsing taps and dies 326, 327

Compensating pendulums 283-294

Compound Pohle air lift 187

Compressed air 170-185

Compressed air hammers 181

Compressed air tools 182-184

Compressors 170-176

Concrete bridge 360-361

Concrete mixer 349

Condenser ejector 109, 110

Condenser vacuum Jet 145

Cone pulleys 34, 35

Conical roller thrust bearing 347

Connecting rods and ends 125-127

Construction 349-360

Conveyers 302, 303, 354

Cooling device 163

Cotton gin 346

Cotton press 343

Counters 53, 54

Couplings, angle 317-319

Cranes 378-380

Cranes, traveling 338. 339. 354

Crank equalizing angle 175, 176

Crank motions 267, 268

Crnnk pin lubrication 90

Crank trammel 89

Crank transmission 40

Cross-head, slotted 89

Crossing gate, railroad 226

Crude petroleum burner 100

Curious padlock 282

Current meter 164

Curve delineators 364-368

Derrick, traveling 346

Derricks 353, 354

Details of the St. John's steam me-
ter 55

Diamond drills 297, 298

Differential gear 222

Disintegrator 310

Dotting instrument 370

Draughting devices 363-367

Drawing board, reflecting 369

Dredge buckets 309

Dredges 309, 310

Drills, multiple 329, 330

Drills, portable 329, 336

Drills, rock 297, 298

Drop hammer 331

Dry-docks 214

Dumping cars 304, 352, 353

Dynamometers 47-49

Dynamos 189-192

Eccentrics 78, 219

Edwards air pump 115

Eidograph 368

Ejectors 148, 350

Electric balance wheel clock 294

Electric brake 194, 201

Electric carriages 221, 222

Electric cut-out 193

Electric drill 200

Electric-driven fan 202

Electric escapement 203

Electric fans 202

Electric fan. solenoid 204

Electric furnaces 199

Electric gas lighter 196, 197

Electric generators 189-192

Electric heater 198

Electric igniters 195

Electric ignition plug 129

Electric light 197, 198

Electric machine 195

Electric pen 201

Electric power and construction. 189-202

Electric rheostat 193

Electric rock drill 201

Electric telephone 196

Electric thermostat 195

Electric time clock transmission... 295

Electric tricycle 223

Electric trolley cars 193. 194

Electric winding device 296

Electric welding 200

Electro-magnetic clock pendulum . . . 295
Electro-magnetic ratchet driver.... 204

Elevators 301. 302, 338, 377-379

Elevator, pneumatic grain 252

EUlpsographlc turntable 367

Ellipsographs 365, 366. 367-370

Elliptical crank motion 273, 275

Emergency brake, pneumatic 203

Engines, gas 117, 120

Engine, hydraulic Irrigation 163

Engine piston rotary 94, 95

INDEX.

399

Engine, rotary 90-100

Engine, steam 67-100

Engine, turbine 90, 100

Engine, vibrating 96-98

Equalizing thrust 45

Equated sun dial 293

Escapement, electric 203

Escapement, power 271

Escapements 284, 291

Exhaust condenser 108, 109

Exhaust heads 114

Expansion or anchor bolt 361

Explosive motors, valve gear for . . 128

Fans 300

Fan, electric-driven 202

Feed gear 334

Feeding pulverized or dust fuel to

furnaces 101

Ferguson's paradox 250

Ferris wheel 280

Filtering cisterns 155

Filters Ill, 154-157

Firearms 394-390

Fire extinguishers 179, 180

Flexible coupling 192

Flexible metallic hose 116

Flexible metallic tubing 116

Flexible pipe Joints 157, 158

Flexible tube 373

Flying machine 252

Fountain, Hero 162

Four-cylinder gasoline motor 130

Four-speed change gear 280

Four-stage centrifugal pump 1 64

Free-running axles 311

Friction brake ; 383. 384

Friction clutches 320-333

Friction gear 37-39

Friction machine 41)

Furnaces, electric 199

Furnace, gas crucible 188

Furnace, underfed 65, 375

Gambrel joint linkage 45

Garbage furnace 311

Gas engine carburetter 124

Gas engine lubricators 125

Gas engine motor car 121

Gas engine piston rods 125

Gas engine valve gear 121-124

Gas engines 117-120, 221

Gas furnace and burner 391

Gas holders 389

Gas meters 389, 390

Gas regulators 390, 391

Gas valves 388, 389

Gasoline atomizer 128, 129

Gasoline mantle lamp 392

Gasoline motor 130-221

Gasoline motor carriage 221

Gate, railroad crossing 226

Gates ore crusher 310

Gauge, pressure 50, 51

Gauge, wind 187

Gear, changeable motion 251

Gearing, 40-43, 229-250

Gearing, ball 238

Gearing, bevel 42

Gearing, change motion 245

Gearing, crown 42

Gearing, differential 238-241, 246

Gearing, eccentric 248, 249

Gearing, elastic 41

Gearing, elliptic 43

(bearing, epicyclic 247, 249

Gearing, equalizing 246

l (tearing, feed 334

I Gearing, Ferguson's paradox 250

j Gearing, friction 37, 39

(tearing. Hum page 239

Gearing, intermittent 243, 244

Gearing, Internal spur 42

Gearing, mangle 232, 233

Gearing, mutilated 43

Gearing, oblique 43

Gearing, oblique tooth 41

Gearing, planetary motion 248-250

Gearing, rack 229-232, 278

Gearing, release 235

Gearing, reversing 334

Gearing, skew 43

Gearing, spiral 42, 238

Gearing, split 41

(tearing, star wheel 41

Gearing, step 40

Gearing, stop 242, 243

Gearing, trains 43, 334

Gearing, variable motion.. 236., 237, 242

Gearing, V- tooth 41

Gearing, worm 233, 235

Giant, hydraulic 306

Gold-mining machines 306

Governors 83-88

Governor, air compressor 175

Governor, fly-wheel 88, 89

Governor, marine 217

Grates, shaking 63, 64

Grinding machines 342, 343, 353

Guns 394. 390

Gyroscope 278

400

INDEX.

Hamrael crude oil burner 100

Hammers 181, 330, 331

Hammers, helve 330, 331

Hand power rock drill 311

Hangers, shaft 313, 314

Hay press 377

Heaters, electric 198

Heaters, feed-water Ill

Head, hydraulic sprinkler 163

Heddle cam 280

Helping crank over center 46

Hitches and knots 210-212

Hoist, link chain 251

Hoists 300, 301, 339

Hook, releasing 212

Horn, automobile 228

Horological 282-293

Horseless carriages 220-223

Horse-powers 371, 372

Hose, flexible metallic 116

Hydraulic air compressors 170-172

Hydraulic intensifler 133

Hydraulic Jack 383

Hydraulic lifts and elevators. . .134, 162
Hydraulic power and devices. . . .131-162

Hydraulic presses 152, 153

Hydraulic ram 149, 150

Hydraulic tools 153

Hydraulic transmission 147

Hydraulic irrigation engine 163

Hydraulic pile driver 362

Hydraulic sprinkler head 163

Hydro-extractor 279

Iceboat 210

Idler pulleys .35, 37

Ignition plug, electric 129

Inclined plane 21, 28

Indicators, speed 52

Incubator 391

Injectors 103-108

Intermittent rotary motion,

254-257, 263, 264

Intermittent transmission 46

Irrigation engine, hydraulic 163

Jacks 383

Jet nozzle 161, 162

Joints, expansion 113

Joints, flexible 113

Jump spark coll 129

Kite, box 165-

Knitting machines 345, 346-

Knots and hitches 210-212

Lamp, safety 300

Level, road builder's 218

Lever action 27

Lever and its office 28

Lever and its power 19, 20

Lever and ratchet 27

Lever, compound 20

Lever movement 27

Lever, paradox 19

Lever, revolving 21

Lever, rope twist 25

Lever safety trip 26

Lever sector 27

Lewis wedge 353

Lift bridge 361

Lighthouse, floating 213

Lightning arrester, non-arcing 202

Link chain hoist 251

Links, connecting 127

Link transmission 44

Locomotive cylinders 102

Locomotive types 387, 388

Log-sawing machine 362

Looms, take-up and let-off motion . . 348

Lubricators 125, 335

Magnetic ore separators 307, 308

Machine, log-sawing 362

Machine, spool-winding 347

Machine, street-cleaning 228-

Measurement of powers 47-54

Measurer, tire 54

Mechanical flyer 188

Mechanical powers 17-26

Mechanical stokers 64-66, 101

Melan bridge 360

Meters, water 50, 151, 160

Milk-cooling device 163

Mill and factory appliances 346

Mills, grinding 342-344

Mills, mixing 349, 377

Mills, pug 349

Mining appliances 297-310

Miscellaneous devices 370-396

Modern cotton gin 346

Motion and its devices 279-

Motion cam 259, 260. 268-274

Motion elliptical crank 273, 275.

INDEX.

4OI

Motion ratchet circular 254-258

Motion reciprocating 259-261

Motion retillnear 277

Motion stops 258, 259

Motive power 117-127

Motors cars 121

Motor, four-cylinder gasoline 130

Motor, weight 25

Multiple drilling machines 329, 330

Multiple-speed gear 251

Navigation and roads 203-225

Non-arcing lightning arrester 202

Novel steering gear 227

Oarlock, swinging 213

Odontograph 368

Oil burner, the Hammel crude 100

Oil-burning melting furnace 188

Omni-telemeter 368

Ore crusher, gates model 310

Ore mills 305

Ore roaster 308

Ore separators 307, 308

Paddle wheels, feathering 214

Padlock, curious 282

Pantographs 366

Parallel plyers 44

Paradox, Ferguson's 250

Paradox, lever 19

Parallel motion 51, 79-82, 143

Pendulum, compensating 294

Pendulum, electro-magnetic clock.. 295

Pendulums 283

Petroleum burner 60

Petroleum furnace 100

Pile driving 351. 352

Pile driver, hydraulic 332

Pipe Joints 157, 138

Planlmeter 51

Planer 343

Pneumatic cleaning 170

Pneumatic emergency brake 203

Pneumatic grain elevator 232

Pneumatic locomotive 1 78

Pneumatic paint sprayer 179

Pneumatic railway signal 227

Pneumatic tools 180-184

Positive shuttle motion 282

Power from wave motion 281

Power measurement 47-54

Prairie windmill 188

Press, coal dust 30e

Presses 325, 328, 343, 344, 377

Pressure gauges 50, 51

Pressure reducing valves.. 110, 151, 152

Printing machine 381, 382

Prony brake 47

Propellers 215, 216

Pulley, reversing ^80

Pulleys as levers 21

Pulleys, friction 37-3»

Pulleys, grooved 30

Pulleys, speed 36> 37

Pulsometer steam pump 115

Pump, centrifugal 144

Pump, condenser 109

Pump, connections 140

Pump, four-stage centrifugal 164

Pump, rotary 1 44-147

Pump, screw 144

Pump, steam 108, 139, 140

Pump valve gear 108, 109

Pump, valves 158, 159

Pumping engine 139

Pumps, lift and force 140-143

Punching presses 332

Railroad crossing gate. ., 226-

Railroad gate 226

Railway pneumatic signal 227

Railway water lift 396

Ram, hydraulic 149, 15G

Ratchet and lever 27

Ratchet bars 253

Ratchet, circular motions 254-258

Ratchet driver, electro-magnetic 204

Ratchets 253-258, 382

Reciprocating motion .259-263, 265, 266

Recording watt-hour meter 203

Reducing valves 110, 151

Reflecting drawing board 369

Registering dynamometer 46

Resolution of forces 17-19

Resolution of suspension 17, 18

Resolution of thrust 18, 19

Reverse motion, drive 46

Reversing pulley 280

Reversing lever 44

Rifles 394-390

Right-angle shaft transmission .... 348

RIvetting machines 332

Road-builders' level 218

Road machine 219

Road roller, eccentric 219

Road rollers 219

Rock drill, hand power 311

402

INDEX.

Kock drill valve motion 298, 299

Rolling lift bridge 361

RollB, tube 340-342

Roof trasses 356

Rope drive for mine haulage 312

Rope ends, hook and clip 26

Rope transmission 29-31

Rumbling mill 333

Safety catch 258, 259

Safety lamp 300

.Safety valves 66, 67

Sails and vessels 205-210

Sand box 384

Sand ejector 350

Saws, band 328

Saws, rail 383

Saws, wabble 327

Scales, weighing and measuring ... 52-53

'Screw power 22

Screw movement 335

Screw propellers 215, 216

Screw threads 337, 338, 373

Section liners 368

Self- registering barometers ........ 369

Self -registering tide gauge 227

Separator 333

Sewing machines 380, 381

Sewing machine hook 282

Shaft ball bearings 314, 315

Shaft couplings 277, 278, 317-319

Shaft hangers 313, 314

Shaft transmission, right-angle 348

Shears 327, 328

Sheep shears 372

Ship's steering gear 227

Shuttle motion, positive 282

Signal, railway pneumatic 227

Siphons 147, 148

Slip hooks 351

Solenoid electric fan 204

Sounding balls 217, 218

Spanish windlass 26

Speed-changing pulley 45

Speed Indicator 52

Speed pulleys 36, 37

Spiral motion 268

Spirograph 370

Spool-winding machine 347

Spring motor 381

Springs 279

Spring trace 220

Spring wheel 228

Sprinkler, automatic 149

Sprinkler head, hydraulic 163

Sprocket and chain 40

.Stake puller 127

Stamp mills 305, 330

Static force 17

Steam air compressors 171, 174

Steam appliances 103-114

Steam fire engine 221

Steam pumps 108, 139, 140

Steam pump, the pulsometer 115

Steam power 57-100

Steam separators Ill

Steam soot sucker 115

Steam traps 112, 113

Steam tricycle 220

Steam universal joint 335

Steam vulcanizer 347, 348

Steam engines 67-100

Steam link motion 74-78

Steam engines, piston rotary 94, 95

Steam rotary 90-100

Steam turbine 99, 1(K)

Steam valve gear 71-78

Steam vibrating 96-98

Steel-arched concrete bridge 360

Steering gear 29

Steering gear for ship 227

Steering gear, novel 227

Step bearings 315

Step gear 40

Sterling boiler 102

St. John's steam meter 55

Stirring machines 349, 377

Stokers, mechanical .64-66

Stop motion 258, 259

Street-cleaning machine 228

Straight line linkage 28

Stump puller 350

Submarine lamp 218

Sun and planet motion 248

Sun dial 373

Sun dial equated 283

Sun dial, universal 296

Swing treadle 332

Tackle blocks 22-25, 340. 341

Take-up and let-off motion for looms 348

Tension carriage 31

Tension machine 50

Testing cement 350

Three-horse whiffle trees 56

The Roney mechanical stoker 101

Thrust bearing 217

Tide gauge, self-registering 227

Timber splicing 335, 356

Tire shrinker 331, 332

Tongs, grip 351. 352

Tool, centering 335

Towers, unloading or >l

Tracing bar 369

INDEX.

405

Trace springs 220

Tramways 303, 339

Transformer, a I tenia ting current. . 204

Transmission by bell crank 45

Transmission, circular motion 44

Transmission, reciprocating 44

Trap, return 112

Trap, steam 112, 113

Traveling derrick 346

Treadles 332

Tread mills 371

Tricycles 222, 223

Trip hammers 330, 331

Trip hooks 351

Trucks, car 384, 385

Trusses 356-359

Tube rolling 341, 342

Tubing, flexible metallic 116

Turbines 135-137

Turntables 386, 387

Two-revolutions for one stroke.... 45
Typewriting 302

Universal couplings 318, 319

Universal joints 277-335

Universal sun dial 296

Upsetting tires 331, 332

Vacuum pump . . : 162

Valves, check 114

Valves, double beat 158, 159

Valves, gas 388, 389

Valve gear for explosive motors. . . . 128

Valves, globe 114

Valves, reducing 110

Valves, relief 114

Valve gear, gas engine 121-124

Valve gear, steam engine 71-78

Variable crank throw 275, 276-

Variable speed devices 323, 324

Vauclaln's compound locomotive

cylinders 102.

Velocity registers 151

Ventilators 185, 299, 300*

Ventilator or cowl for a chimney

top 187

Vernier calipers 336-

Vessels, raising, by compressed air. . 177

Watch escapements 289-292-

Watch stops 292

Water lift, compressed air 177

W T ater lift, railway 396-

Water ejectors 148

Water meters 150, 151

Water power 138, 139"

Water pressure reducers 151, 152

Water-tube boiler, the Worthlngton 102"

Water-wheels 131-135-

Water-wheel governors 137, 138

Water-wheel Impact 13&

Wave motion, power from *28t

W T edge 2*

Weight motor *. 25-

Well boring 297

Well, driven 160"

Well pump, compressed air ... .176, 177

Wheels, elastic 2111

Wind gauge 187

Wind Instruments 186-

Windmills 165-167

Windmill, the prairie 388

Windlass, Spanish 26

Wire drawing and covering 376

Wood-bending clamps 325

Worm gear 22-43

Worthlngton water-tube boiler 102.

R^ainbow V P decking

thousands of

* "

Imitators.

i *>

Do equal -

mill Sold Right*

. |

Pressure.

i '

Don't Rape to
Ok Wire and Glotb
to Bold
Rainbow,
gan't Blow it out

THE COLOR OF RAINBOW PACKING IS RED

Notice our trademark of the word "Rainbow" in a diamond,
in Three Rows of Diamonds in Black, extending throughout
the entire length of each and every roll of Rainbow Packing

Sole manufacturers of tbe famous

Eclipse Sectional Rainbow Gasket

Peerless P.ston ana Ualoe Rod Packing

fionest 3obn Hydraulic Rainbow Core Packing

Hercules Combination

Arctic Ammonia Ring Packing

A Full and Complete Line of Fine Mechanical Rubber Goods

INCLUDING RUBBER HOSE FOR ALL PURPOSES

>•

Send for Our New Catalogue

Copyrighted and manufactured exclusively by

PEERLESS RUBBER MANUFACTURING CO.

16 Warren Street, NEW YORK

Scientific and Practical Books

PU BUSHED BY

NORMAN W. HENLEY & CO.

132 Nassau St., New York, U. S. A.

49" Any of these books will be sent prepaid on receipt of price to any address In the
world.

j8*- We will send FREE to any address in the world our ioo-page Catalogue of
Scientific and Practical Books.

Asklnson. Perfumes and Their Preparation, A Comprehensive
Treatise on Perfumery x

Containing complete directions for making Handkerchief Perfumes,
Smelling Salts, Sachets, Fumigating Pastils; Preparations for the Care
of the Skin, the Mouth, the Hair ; Cosmetics. Hair Dyes, and other Toilet
Articles. 300 Pages. 32 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth $3.00

Barr, Catechism on the Combustion of Coal and the Prevention of
Smoke i

A practical treatise for all Interested in fuel economy and the sup-
pression of smoke from stationary steam boiler furnaces and from loco-
motives. 85 illustrations. 12mo. 340 Pages. Cloth $1.50

BJackaU. Air-Brake Catechism :

This book is a complete study of the airbrake equipment, including
the latest devices and Inventions used. All parts of the air brake, their
troubles and peculiarities, and a practical way to find and remedy them,
are explained. This book contains over 1,000 questions with their an-
swers, and is completely Illustrated by Engravings and Three Large
Folding Plates of the Westinghouse Quick-Action Automatic Brake, and
also tbe 9%-lnch Improved Air Pump. 264 Pages. Handsomely bound
In Cloth. Fifteenth Edition $1.50

Grlmshaw. Saw Filing and management of Saws:

A practical handbook on filing, gumming, swaging, hammering and the
brazing of band saws, the speed, work and power to run circular saws,
etc., etc. Fully Illustrated. Cloth $1.00

Grlmshaw. "Shop Kinks »s

This book is entirely different from any other on machine-shop prac-
tice. It is not descriptive of universal or common shop usage, but snows
special ways of doing work better, more cheaply and more rapidly than
usual, as done in fifty or more leading shops In Europe and America.
Some of its over 500 Items and 222 illustrations are contributed directly
for Its pages by eminent constructors ; the rest have been gathered by
the author In his Thirty Years' Travel and Experience. Second Edition.
Nearly 400 Pages and 222 Illustrations. Cloth *2.50

Grlmshaw. Engine Bonner's Catechism i

Telling how to erect, adjust and run the principal steam engines In the
United States. Describing the principal features of various special and
well-known makes of engines. Fourth Edttlon. 336 Pages. Fully Illus-
trated. Cloth $2.00

Grlmshaw. Steam Engine Catechisms

A series of direct practical answers to direct practical questions,
mainly intended for young engineers and for examination questions.
Nearlv 1,000 questions with their answers. Eleventh Edition. 418
Pages*. Fully Illustrated. Cloth $?

Grlnishaw. Locomotive Catechism:

This is a veritable Encyclopaedia of the Locomotive. Is entirely free
from mathematics, and thoroughly up to date. It contains 1,600 Ques-
tions with their Answers. Twenty-second Edition, greatly enlarged.
Nearly 4o0 Pages, over 200 Illustrations, and 12 Large Folding Plates.
Bound in Maroon Cloth $2.00

Hlscox. Gas, Gasoline and OH Engines!

Full of general Information about the new and popular motive power,
Its economy and ease of management. Also chapters on Horseless Ve-
hicles, Electric Lighting. Marine Propulsion, etc. Special chapters on
Theory of the Gas and Gasoline Engine. Ionization of Heat and Efficiency
of Gas Engines, Retarded Combustion and Wall Cooling. Causes of Loss
and Inefflciencv In Explosive Motors. Economy of the Gas Engine for
Electric Lighting. The Materia' of Pow»r In Explosive Engines. Car- .
bureters. Cylinder Capacity, Mufflers. Governors, Igniters and Ex-

NORMAN W. HENLEY & CO.'s PUBLICATIONS.

plotters, Cylinder Lubricators, The Measurement of Power, The Indicator
and its Work, Ueat Efficiencies, U. S. Patents on Gas, Gasoline and OH
Engines and their adjuncts since 1875. etc. 412 Pages. Large Octavo,
illustrated with 312 Handsome Engravings. Tenth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged. Buckram S2.60

Hlscox, Compressed Air In AH Its Applications t

Giving the thermodynamics, compression, transmission, expansion, and
uses for power purposes in mining and engineering work ; pneumatic
motors, shop-tools, air-blasts for cleaning and painting, air-lifts, pump-
ing of water, acids and oils; aeration and purification of water supply,
railway propulsion, pneumatic tube transmission, refrigeration and
numerous appliances In which compressed air is a most convenient and
economical vehicle for work — with tables of compression, expansion and
the physical properties of air. Large octavo. 800 Pages. 600 illus-
trations. Price 95.0O

Hlscox. Horseless Vehicles, Automobiles and Motor Cycle** Oper-
ated by Steam, Hydro-Carbon, Electric and Pneumatic Motors*

The make-up and management of Automobile Vehicles of all kinds are
treated. It also contains a complete list of the Automobile and Motor
Manufacturers with their addresses as well as a list of patents Issued
since 1856 on the Automobile Industry. Nineteen Chapters. Large 8vo.
316 Illustrations. 460 Pages. Cloth $3.00

Hlscox. mechanical Movements, Powers, Devices and Appliances t

This Is a new work on Illustrated Mechanics, Mechanical Movements,
Devices and Appliances, covering nearly the whole range of the practical
and Inventive field, for the use of Mechanics, Inventors, Engineers,
Draughtsmen, and all others Interested in any way in mechanics. Large
8vo. Over 400 Pages. 1649 Specially Made Illustrations, with Descrip-
tive Text. Third Edition 93.0fr

Inventors' Manual ; How to Make a Patent Pay t

This Is a book designed as a guide to Inventors In perfecting their In-
ventions, taking out their patents and disposing of them. 119 Pages.
New Edition. Cloth 91-0O

Krauss, Linear Perspective Self-Taught.

The underlying principle by which objects may be correctly repre-
sented In perspective Is clearly set forth In this book, everything relating
to the subject Is shown in suitable diagrams, accompanied by full
explanations In the text. Price 92.5CX

LeVan. Safety Valves; Their History, Invention and Calculations

Illustrated by 69 Engravings. 151 Pages 91.00

Parsell 4c Weed. Gas Engine Constructions

A practical treatise describing the theory and principles of the action
of gas engines of various types, and the design and construction of a
balf-horse power Gas engine, with illustrations of the work \n actual
progress, together with dimensioned working drawings, giving clearly
the sizes of the various details. Second Edition Revised and Enlarged.
25 Chapters. Large 8vo. Handsomely Illustrated and Bound. 300
Pages |2. 50

Reagan, Jr. Electrical Engineers' and Students' Chart and Hand
Book of the Brush Arc Light System t

Illustrated. Bound in Cloth, with Celluloid Chart In Pocket. 8vo.
Cloth 91.00

Sloane. Electricity Simplified.

The object of "Electricity Simplified" is to make the subject as plain
as possible, and to show what the modern conception of electricity Is.
158 Pages. Illustrated 91.0*

Sloane. How to Become a Successful Electrician s

It is the ambition of thousands of young and old to become electrical
engineers. Not every one Is prepared to spend several thousand dollars
upon a college course, even If the three or four years requisite are at
their disposal. It is possible to become an electrical engineer without
this sacrifice, and this work is designed to tell "How to Become a
Successful Electrician." without the outlay usually spent In acquiring
the profession. 189 Pages. Illustrated. Cloth 91*00

Stosrne* Arithmetic of Electricity t

A Practical .Treatise on Electrical Calculations of all kinds, reduced
to a series of rules, all of the simplest forms, and involving only or-
dinary arithmetic : each rule Illustrated by one or more practical prob-
lems, with detailed solution of each one. Fourth Edition Illustrated.
138 Pages. Cloth 91.00

NORMAN W. HENLEY & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.

Aloane. Electric Toy Making, Dynamo Building and Electric Motor
Construction s

Thla work treats of the making at home of Electrical Toys, Electrical
Apparatus, Motors. Dynamos and Instruments In general, and Is de-
signed to bring within the reach of young and old the manufacture of
genuine and useful electrical appliances. Third Edition. Fully Illus-
trated. 140 Pages. Cloth $1.00

*loane. Rubber Hand Stamps and the Manipulation of India Rubbers

A practical treatise on the manufacture of all kinds of Rubber ar-
ticles. 146 Pages. Second Edition. Cloth , |1.00

Aloane, Liquid Air and the Liquefaction of Gases s

Containing the full theory of the subject, and giving the entire history
of liquefaction of gases, from the earliest times to the present. It
shows how liquid air like water is carried hundreds of miles and Is
handled in open buckets. It tells what may be expected from it in the
near future. 365 Pages, with many Illustrations. Handsomely bound
In Buckram. Second Edition $2*60

-Sloane. Standard Electrical Dictionary!

A practical handbook of reference, containing definitions of about
5,000 distinct words, terms and phrases. An entirely New Edition,
brought up to date and greatly enlarged. Complete, Concise. Con-
venient. 682 Pages, 303 Illustrations. Handsomely bound in Cloth.

8vo I8.0M

Usher, The Modern Machinist ft

A practical treatise embracing the most approved methods of modern
machine-shop practice, and the applications of recent improved ap-
pliances, tools and devices for facilitating, duplicating and expediting
the construction of machines and their parts. A new book from cover
to cover. Third Edition. 257 Engravings. 322 Pages. Cloth |2 60

Tan Dervoort« Modern Machine Shop Tools; Their Construction,
Operation anr" ■■—•-»-»-••. — ■—.!-.-■■ — *»— ». ™ — * — * «--_
chine Tools i

Operation and Manipulation, Including Both Band and
chin " "

A new work treating the subject In a concise and comprehensive man-
ner. A chapter on Gearing and Belting, covering the more Important
cases, also the Transmission of Power by Shafting with formulas and
examples is Included. This book is strictly up-to-date and is the most
complete, concise and useful work ever published on this subject.
Containing about 600 Pages and 600 Illustrations 94.00

^Wood worth. Dies, Their Construction and Use for the Modern
Working of Sheet Metals I

A treatise upon the designing, constructing and use of tools, fix-
tures and devices, together with the manner In which they should be
used In the power press, for the cheap and rapid production of sheet
metal parts and articles. Comprising fundamental designs and prac-
tical points by which sheet metal parts may be produced at the mlni-
m*sn of cost to the maximum of output, together with special refer-
ence to the hardening and tempering of press tools, and to the classes
of work which may oe produced to the Dest advantage by the use of
dies in the power press. Containing 400 Pages. 500 Illustrations .. $3.00

Woodworth* Hardening, Tempering:, Annealing and Forging of
Steel :

A new book containing special directions for the successful hardening
and tempering of all steel tools. Milling cutters, taps, thread dies, ream-
ers, both solid and shell, hollow mills, punches and dies and all kinds of
sheet-metal working tools, shear blades, saws, fine cutlery, and metal-
cutting tools of all descriptions, as well as for all Implements of steeL
both large and small, the simplest and most satisfactory hardening and
tempering processes are presented. The uses to which the leading brands
of steel may be ada ted ar« concisely presented, and their treatment or
working under different conditions explained, a« are also the spooial
methods for the hardening and temper ng of special brands. Containing
about 320 Pages, about 250 Illustrations ja.ttM

THIS BOOS 18 DUE OH THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW

AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 iCENTS

WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO SI.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.

gfP 13

DEC 26,1934

4t&

311936

S^OSS-SiW

nCI 01 1988

-8*

APR 26 1940

MAR S 1 9423

7Feb'57BC —

REC'D LD

JM 2 1353

24$ep'65AA

SMGKSr

SEP 1Q 1965

^ectj

LCL

AUT0Di S CSEP22 '88

LD Bl-lOOm-7,'88

rC 12790

U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES

■"■■I!! 1111

i^;

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Mechanical movements, powers, devices and applicances;"

See other formats